This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project to make the world's books discoverable online. It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the publisher to a library and finally to you. Usage guidelines Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. We also ask that you: + Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for personal, non-commercial purposes. + Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. + Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. + Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe. About Google Book Search Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web at |http : //books . google . com/ ^-y^. ii^ ied by Google Digitized by Google Digitized by Google Digitized by Google Digitized by Google INITIA AMHARICA An Introduction to spoken Amharic Digitized by Google CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS WAREHOUSE, C F. CLAY, Manager. Ionium: FETTER LANE, E.C. »t so, WELLINGTON STREET. liiBin EdiDif: P. A. BROCKHAUS. 0tbt Iforii: G. P. PUTNAM'S SONS. ISombm tn) Cilcnfta: MACMILLAN AND CO., Ltd. [Aii Rights resirved.l Digitized by Google JNITIA AMHARICA, An Introduction to spoken Amharic BY C. H. ARMBRUSTER, M.A Sudan Civil Service; late of H.M. Administration, British Central Africa; sometime Minor Sdiolar of King's College, Cambridge. Part I GRAMMAR O Cambridge : at the University Press Digitized by Google '^'''^5t^5^^^^ ^i A€ HApii n^NTA t6n AOfON fnOKfeXAl fixi TA ACfOMeNA yn* Ikactcjon AKOif rp^(t>a>. Herod, ii. 123. '^ Digitized by Google To a Friend Digitized by Google Digitized by Google PREFACE. rilUiS words and phrases in this work have been J- taken down from the mouth of natives^ As many as possible of the phrases are such as have been said spontaneously, i.e. are not the products of cross-examination. The Abyssinian, like other members of partially civilised peoples, or uneducated indiyiduals of highly civilised races, does not always speak naturally when questioned by a stranger. If he has had no education of any kind he experiences the same difficulty in answering enquiries concern- ing the language he unreflectingly uses as would, in similar circumstances, an uncultured European. Those, on the other hand, who have any smattering of learning tend to supply one with ' fine language '^ which may or may not be idiomatic, instead of the ordinary conversational expressions current among themselves. In any case it is of course incompatible with the position of the white man that natives shoidd address him in the style in which they address one another. I have, therefore, paid more attention to what I have heard natives say to each other than to ^ While the language of all sorts and conditions of men, from tdierever they come, has been noted, it is hardly necessary to say that care has been taken to avoid as informants individuals speaking T|gr|&iLa, Ag^^iifia, Gall|fi£iay Arabic, etc., and knowing Amharic only as an acquired tongue. ^ cp. the so-called ^U ^j^ and ^^>•^• Digitized by Google viii Preface. what they have said to me, and have not excluded words OP modes of expression on account of their so-called vulgarity^ : the object in view being to give some description not so much of what, in the opinion of learned Europeans and natives, Abyssinians ought to say as of what in point of fact they do say. In dealing with a spoken language I have not hesitated to use colloquial English. Those who wish to pursue their acquaintance with Amharic beyond this ' Introduction ' I woidd refer to the writings of Guidi, my indebtedness to which I desire to acknowledge most gratefully. In his mag- nificent * Vocabolario ', a work indispensable to serious students of the language, there is a brief bibliography of Amharic and kindred subjects. In the few cases where I have differed from Guidi in regard to the meaning of words^ it has been with diffidence, and only after repeated verification. Differences as r^ards form are of more firequent occurrence, as I have concerned myself with the spoken rather than the written word. The publication of this series has been rendered possible by the financial assistance of the Egyptian Government, as advised by Lord Cromer, and by the liberal attitude of the Syndics of the Pitt Press. ^ Quot homines, tot sententiae : e.g. Mondon-Vidailhet, Gram, p* 201 Ki^'i I ^ Cette fia^on de piurler passe ai^jourd'hui pour yulgaire ' : yet I heard this useful word employed repeatedly by Dejjazmach Gassasa, a man of great courtesy and refinem^it ^ In cases like IMJ ^^ Xlf^^^ there, Guidi's ^quello 1&' (Vocab. p. 487) may be the original meaning : I give the one I find in use. Digitized by Google Pr^ace. I wish to express my cordial thanks, for valuable information supplied and for assistance rendered in many ways* to M%j.-Gen« Sir F. B^inald Wingate> E.C.B. etc., Sirdar and Governor-General, Lt-Col. E. B. Wilkinson, Maj. W. S. R. May, Capt. R. C. R. Owen, C.M.G., A. L. Butler, Esq. and J. Grieve, Esq., of the Sudan Government: to Lt-Gol. Lord Edward Cecil, D.S.O. and Capt. the Hon. C. James, of the Egyptian Government: to Capt. R. B. Black, Capt. C. Garvice, DB.O. and El Mulazim Awwal Mustafa Effendi Izzed- din, of the E^;yptian Army: to H. Famall, Esq., C.B. etc., of the Caisse de la Dette, to F. B. Wynch, Esq., of the National Bank of Egypt, to W« B. Heard, Esq., lateH.M.yice-Con8ul at Addis Abeba, toDr E. A.Wallis Budge, of the British Museum, and to Prof F. C. Borkitt^ Dr M. R James, George Wherry, Esq., M.A. etc., R. T. Wright, Esq., M.A., A. R Waller, Esq., M.A. and J. Clay, Esq., M.A., of Cambridge: XrVj^Ui A/.i mc^t a3& • AaiAi^i ^2:r I f^LnAa A^a Hoi^c i -au- • fd^i AiS- 1 ACS I X^lU-aJbC I J&ATA^ I XAA-^ n Notices of errors and suggestions for improvements wiQ be thankfully received, and should be addressed tome c/o The Sudan Agent, War Office, Cairo. C. H. ARMBRUSTER Ehabtoum, Jcmuary^ 1908. AM. GR. h Digitized by VjOOQIC Digitized by Google CONTENTS. § PAOB Pbefacb yii List of Abbreviatioks xvii INTRODUCTION. la Held of the Language 1 16 Dialects 1 2 Place in the Semitic Family 2 PHONOLOGY. 3 Phonetic Alphabet 4 4a The Amharic Characters 8 46 Value of Characters 11 4€ Punctuation 12 5 Doubling of Consonants 12 6 Doubling of Final Consonants .... 13 7a Crasis or Contraction of Ac^acent Vowels . 19 76 Modification of Consonant by following Vowel . 21 7e Assimilation of Consonant by following Consonant . 23 7d Variations and Anomalies of Pronunciation . . 24 8 Accent 35 ACCIDENCE. The Noun. 9 The Substantive 51 9a Gender 51 96 Number 51 9c Case 52 M The Ethiopic Accusative 52 b 2 Digitized by Google xii Contents. § PAQB 10 The Abjbgtive 63 11 The Abticlb 53 The Pbokoun. 12 The Personal Pronoim 55 12a Disjunctiye Personal Pronouns .... 55 126 Personal Pronouns Coi\janctiye with Nonns . • 57 12c Personal Pronouns Coi\junctiye with Verbs . . 60 13a The Demonstrative Pronoun 67 135 i0h 69 14 The Relative Pronoun 70 15 The Interrogative Pronoun 72 16 The Indefinite Pronoun 77 17 The Refiexive Pronoun 83 18 The Distributive Pronoun 84 19 The Reciprocal Pronoun 85 The Numeral. 20a The Cardinal Numeral 86 206 The Ordmal Numeral 88 20c The Fraction 89 The Verb. 21 Primitive Form of Verb (Root) .... 89 22a Derived Forms of Verb 91 22b Less Common Derived Forms of Verb ... 92 23a Voice 95 236 Mood 95 24a Tense 96 24b Composite Tenses 97 The Regular Triliteral Verb. Formation and Inflexion of Parts .... 97 25 Indicative, Simple Perfect 98 26 Contingent 98 27 Jussive 100 Digitized by Google Contents. xiii § PAOB 28 ImperatiYe 100 29 Genmd 101 30 Infinitiye 101 31 PWadple. 102 Compound Tenses : S2ayb Compound Perfect and Imperfect; 2kA&lUi 102 32c Alternative Form of Compound Perfect . 104 3l2d Independent Use of 2kA 411& 104 Composite Tenses : 33a The F^st Imperfect ; Wd 105 336 The Pluperfect 106 33<; Other Composite Tenses 106 3Sd Independent Use of Wd 106 34 PABADIOMOFREOULABTBILITERALVERB^TypeA 107 35 „ „ „ „ TypeB 111 36 ^, ^ QUADRILrTERAL VeBB . 114 Negative Conjugation. 37a Formation • • . . . . . . 115 376 Transference of -** 117 37(^d Omission of -*• 117 d7e Substitution of Conjunction -^ for N^ative -^ . 118 37/ Optional Omission of -** 119 38 Paradigm of Negative Verb 119 39 Negative of hh &Ua, Wd 122 40 Negative of iOh, hf^Nif^ 123 Conjugation of Derived Forms of Verb. 410,6^0 P^uradigm of Passive or Reflexive Form of Verb 41e^e I^uradigm of Causative Form of Verb 41/ Coi\jugation of other Derived Forms . 42 Conjugation of Biliteral Verbs . 43a The Impersonal Verb .... 124 126 127 127 133 Digitized by Google xiy Contents. C!oinmon Anomalous Biliterals : 44a hhki^ 135 446 hf 136 44c ^M 138 45 Prefixing of C!oi\janction8 to Contingent . 139 40 Thb Adverb 140 The Preposition. 47a Simple . . . . ' 141 476 Composite 143 The Conjunction. 48a Prefixed .144 486 Snfl^ed 140 48c Unattached 140 49 The Interjection 147 50 Formation of Nouns 147 SYNTAX. 51 Note 152 Number. 52a Angular for Plural 152 526 Plural for Singular 153 53 Concord in Number 153 Oender. 54a Concord in Gender 154 546 Determination of Gender 155 54cy d Diminutiye Use of Feminine .... .150 54e Words of Variable Gender 157 Case. 55a Position of Nominatiye 157 556 Introductory Nominatiye ... . 157 50 The Accusatiye 158 50a Indeterminate Accusatiye 158 Digitized by Google Contents. xv § PAOB 566 Determinate Aocusatiye 159 56c, / sometimes long, sometimes short ' stress accent ; words marked with two accents usually have the first when final, the second before another word (% 8). f not in general use. * theoretical form. = amounts to, is equal to, the same as. § refers to the paragraphs of the Orammar (Part I.). Digitized by Google ZIX USE OF BRACKETS AND HYPHENa In English (a) Inclusiye : di]% 8. (-ty^ acy*) = 19 *r 8. ♦I^ q^'^m^o 99 20 mj& 8. fliS t^^e » 20 ♦-1 8. ♦•I q^^mm^e 157 1 • • • • • • §54e 172 25 • • • • • • " The simp. per£ is sometimes used to express an imme- diate future: e.g. hTTIfJOt tf;^* Agdi'eh h4dn|, well, we are going." 209 5 ng (nS) 323 10 juss. fhf^m, imp. hhf/n "8. also Isenberg's /A/H, hhfnA (Gram. p. 128), and in similar verbs forms corresponding with his Jkft-?A (p. 118)." Digitized by Google Digitized by Google AMHARIC GRAMMAR- INTRODUCTION. Fidd of the Lcmguage. Amharic (Ji^^C? or hnc?i amftr|ftfta) is the Ian- § \a gnage most widely spoken and written in Abyssinia at the present day^ It is indigenous not only in Amh&ra, the district from which the name is taken, but over the greater part of Central Abyssinia. The ascendency of the Shoan race, whose mother-tongue it is, has established it as the official language of the Ethiopian Empire. As a language of commerce it is heard beyond the limits of Abyssinia proper in the Italian colony of Eritrea, the French Somali Coast protectorate, and the eastern provinces of the Sudan. Dicdedts. Two principal dialects of Amharic are distin- \\b guished, that of Gojjam (G.) and that of Shoa (S.). The differences between them are, generally speaking, of a minor character, and barely warrant the use of the term 'dialect' in this connection. Forms marked G. are also in use in the country north and west of V Gojjam and those marked S. also to the south and east of Shoa. ^ For other Abyssinian languages see Cust, Lng. Afr. pp. 87—140. AM. GB. 1 Digitized by Google 2 Amharic Grammar. [§ 2 Place in the Semitic Family. ^ 2 The Ethiopian branch of the Semitic family is divided into two groups, northern and southern. The former is represented by the ancient Ethiopic {^dm g|iz) with its modem descendants Tfgrg or Kh&sa (a^UJt) and Tjgr|ftfta (1-*7C?) ; while Amharic is the chief modem representative of the latter. A considerable literature has been preserved in Ethiopic, which is still in use as the ecclesiastical language of Abyssinia ; but of its sister language of the southern group, of which Amharic is a develop- ment, we have no written record. Thus Amharic stands in the relationship of a niece ^ to Ethiopic, which would appear, moreover, to have exerted, either directly or indirectly, a marked influence on the younger language. But if Amharic has in great measure assimilated the vocabulary and appropriated the grammatical forms of Ethiopic, it has done so with such independ- ence^ as to indicate extensive imitation rather than primitive affinity^. In its present state it is lacking in some most ^ not a daughter: Praetorius, Am. Spr. p. 4,*... was schon Rodiger und Dillmann erkannt haben, dass die heutige amharische Sprache nicht die Tochter des iEthiopischen ist, sondem dass das Altamharische zum iEthiopischen nur in einem geschwisterlichen Yerhaltniss stand.' 2 Guidi, Vocab. p. ix. 3 Munzinger, Vocab. p. iv. Digitized by Google § 2] Introdiiction. 3 characteristic Semitic features, and those which it displays give one the impression of having been superimposed on an alien (possibly Hamitic) basis. As in Ethiopic, the strong and weak Semitic aspirates are confused, though the Ethiopic characters cor- responding with each are retained : il =♦= n, A = ^ = n, •^=^, but II A *![ are to-day all pronounced alike and mterchanged in writing, or even omitted; similarly between 3^ = ' = t< and 0=^ = & the distinction, both in writing and in speech, has been lost. Many^ too, of the consonantal modifications described in § 7 are not found in Ethiopic and are foreign to the spirit of Semitic enunciation. Again, in regard to the con- struction of the sentence, while Semitic languages co-ordinate phrases, Amharic subordinates them and, like Latin or German, readily encloses a whole period between subject and verb. The exact place, then, of Amharic in a general classification of languages is open to discussion. Meanwhile, for practical purposes such as the arrange- ment of dictionaries and the exhibition of its accidence, it is treated as a Semitic language, a system from which I have seen no reason to depart. 1—2 Digitized by Google Amharie Grammar. [§ 3 PHONOLOGY. Phonetic Alphabet. § 3 In order to designate the pronunciation of Amharie as far as possible without ambiguity I employ the following phonetic alphabet. The principle held in view is that one letter should never represent more than one sound, and one sound should not be repre- sented by more than one letter^. In regard to the consonants this is a feasible ^tem ; but the fluctuat- ing character of some of the short vowels precludes a strict adherence to it, which would involve the use of an impracticably large number of letters to repre- sent variations of no essential importance. The indications, then, by means of examples taken from European languages of the value of the sounds which occur are, especially in the case of the vowels, only approximately exact. With the exception of the ' explosive ^^ sounds represented by p, q, t, c, s, and the guttural x (frequently pronounced k by Abyssinians themselves) the pronunciation of Amharie presents little difficulty to an Englishman. ^ Lepsius, St Alph. pp. 31, 32, 38. 2 See end of this §. Digitized by Google §3] Phonology^ 5 Vowels. All Towels are pronounced short unless marked " = long, "^ = long or short, "^ = very short, a j a in It. fatto. ft a in father, a e in bet, but more open, a e in send, but more open, a I a in formula, e in Fr. le. § j e in herd (or er when r has no conson|nta] value). e e in bet, but less open. e e in send, but less open. i i in It. minuto. i i in machine. I i in quick, but pronounced with the lips more closed 1 } lengthened. tt u in Fr. absolument. 0) a in was. o j o in It. caro, but more open (not o aperto). o o in It padrone, but more open (not o aperto). u u in fall. tl I u in It. luna. a a and 6) represent the same vowel in Amharic (sS^ § *)• The above examples show, approximately, the commonest pronunciations of this variable voweP. When a a 6) are given as alternatives they represent a gradation of sounds from e in ' bet' through approx. u in *but', eu in Fr. neuf, e in Fr. le, 6 in Ger. Gotter toain^was'(§7 s, c are pronounced with emphasis, and appear to be separated from a following vowel by a slight explosion of breath. They are quite distinct from k, p, t, 8, & Digitized by Google AmJiarie €hrafmna/r. [§4a The Amharic CJiaraeters. §4a Amharic employs the Ethiopic syllabary, with additional signs representing sounds not occurring' in Eth. The characters are read from left to right. There are seven forms of each character, each repre- senting the consonant followed by (and including) a different vowel. These seven classes are known by their Eth. names (of which the Am. pronunciation is given). I. *7dTI ^z, original, representing the con- sonant followed by a (a, w) II. hd^l kfi|y, second, w » » S III. -^Aft sfijjs, third, „ „ „ t IV. Mib rfi^, fourth, „ » ,, a V. rirft hfimjs, fifth, „ , „ ye VI. fkf:h s&d|s, sixth, „ . „ « I VII. hub say|, seventh, „ „ „ There is also a series of characters representing the consonant followed by w and a vowel ; this w is often pronounced 6 before a. or no vowel ha A la o A ha ao ma w sa o ^ ra o A sa k^y siljs rfiyi hdmjs U- hu % ht i ha * h^e A- lu A. It A IS A> I^e /h. hu A.hT 'h ha A. h^S a— mu -Imt •7 mS •* mye ip« m "t St •1 sa •* sy§ <- ru <5 rt ^ rS i, ryg fr su A. st A sa & s^S sSdis o U hi, h A Ij, 1 S H Z| f ya li da K ja "» ga «» *t b^S -t tt ;^ ta * ty§ *g ct ^ cS « c^S 1 ht :» hS •% h^e X nt V na % n^ t fit ? fia -S fie A. t A a K yg h. kt h kS tb k^ •fi-xt 11 xs •ft x^ 1? wt !» wa « w^e \ t ^ a 1 yg H. zt H za H. zyg TCzt V JS If ^ye «■ yt ^ ys ft yS ^ dt ^ dS 9. dyg 5t jt Jf js £ jy§ X gt P gs I gy§ m.tt tn « HI. tye fla.ct ^ cS ob'dyg K pt K P« *. p^ X. st K sS K sye I St n sS t 8y§ A n <. fS i, fys •c pt T p5 T py§ If •n 1 V • V S|, 8 qi q b|, b % * V« V q, c h|, h 4 *^ >< fij, fi ^ i h ki, k ■fi xi» X ii»*wi,wti,u 11 z|, z ^ yi. 1. 1 J«^ dj, d •^ 4 g T tj, t *^ c *■ Pi. p b s|, S * i f T Pi. P sftyi sr 8^3 ♦ q^3 P •f h H fi5 x-s wS z^S f- y3 ^ d^5 ^ j-s t*qwt t qw5, qda a. bwS, bHs ;!: twS, t5S !e cwa, c^ :kqwS ♦^ qwj, qwtt •>• hw|, hwo) •Hhwt •S hwa, h5S X nwS, n5S >hwS >• h^,hwtt h*kwA> *K.kwt \\ kwa, kdS II. zwa, zdS S^ dwS, ddS \VkwS tf- kwj,kwtt >gWa> T^gwT sj gwa, g55 IP. twa, tdS 0(1. cwa, c5S jl. swa, s5S ?3fwa, f55 >gwe T- gw|,gwii 3 also 5?, ^. '^ used for rwS, r05, by those who reject is\ native opinion on the point is divided. 3 also S. Digitized by Google ^G^ §46] Plumdlogy. 11 Value of Characters. In the traditional Ethiopic pronunciation the §46 vowels of all the classes except gj|z and s^kljs are considered long; but in spoken Amharic they are all constantly shortened (§ 7(1). The vowel of g^ differs from that of rd^ not so much in quantity (rfi^ often being short) as in quality, in which it varies (§ 3) in different words. But in ih '^ h 0^ it h of the same quality^ as rdy|. The above are its commonest values after the various con- sonants ; but A la, la>, and 7 c|^ da> also occur. For this and other variations in pronunciation see § 7d. Some characters which represented different sounds in Eth. are now pronounced the same and are inter- changeable in writing: ll = A = '*ha ip = A sa K==0sa 0, is also written AV, *%= 9^V etc., and T^^Cf or £f. ti and (§ 2) contain no consonant, but are vowels and as such may be blended with an adjacent vowel (§ 7a)«. ^ ggz in these 6 letters as in the rest is theoretically short, and is usually pronounced so unless the accent (§ 8) falls on it when it is often pronounced long. . ^ h§, ha occur as pronunciations of h Ti. ^ ^A (for f- + JiA § 7a) sometimes sounds yadlla, i.e. the crasis is not always complete; but no hiatus occurs between a and d in any way comparable with s . Digitized by Google 12 Amhartc Chrammar. [§ 4(?, § 5 Puncttuition. § 4c > marks the end of a word. T corresponds to a semicolon. tt ,, ,, All! stop. 41 marks the end of a paragraph. Doubling of Consonants. §5 In English we pronounce doubled consonants as if they were single, only one f being heard in oflfer, stiffer, etc. In Amharic doubled consonants are pro- nounced double: ff as -ff f- in *off fiir' (pronounced without any hiatus between the words) or ff in Italian goffo ; tt as -t t- in ' hot tea \ etc. The Amharic characters represent not only single but also double consonants with a following vowel: A = la or 11a o o Thus since ^• = t, ti, tt or tt| 1 = n, n|, nn or nn| 71 = s, SI, ss or SSI, ^y& t|nnis, small, might be transliterated in 64 different ways. There are no means of indicating by Amharic characters whether a consonant is doubled or not, or whether the consonant of a character in column VI of the syllabary (sftdjs) is followed by a vowel or not : and in both cases both alternatives are equally common : haooD d-mma-ma, it ached. o o hao^ l-ma-m, pain. 4»ATy* q|-l-ti-m, marrow. 1T7C n}-g|-g^-r, pronunciation. 9^f:C ih-di-r, ground. Digitized by Google § 6] Phonology. 13 li¥l* k|-f.t, open- J&tl^^ y|-k-^t, let him open. All l|*kk> measurement. KIAh'l^AI j-nnj-li-kj-Ilft-cc|-hwd-lla.n, we send to you (pL). This defect of Amharic orthography has involved the designation by the same characters of words with different pronunciations and meanings : KA (a) &la» he said, ip) dlla, he is present ; KAlfly* (a) algdyam\ I will not enter, {h) algdbbftm^ he has not entered ; fMOo^^ (a) }^mdtftl, he will strike, (6) }dmmdttftl, he will be struck. A knowledge of the accidence, especially that of the verb (§ 21, § 7c), enables one to tell to a certain extent when a consonant is single and when double, and of what significance the doubling may be ; but in a great many cases the exact form of a word can- not be gathered fi*om its representation in Amharic characters, but must be learned by experience. Dovihling of Final Consonants. The remarks in § 5 refer to the general question § 6 as to whether any component consonant of an isolated word is single or double. But when words are aug- mented by suffi;8:es or combined with other words in ^ I have not heard the pronunciation given by Isenberg, Gram. p. 153, note: JiAn*^/* al^mat'am, I do not come. 2 For y and bb see § 7rf. 'Digitized by Google 14 Amharic Orammar. [§6 a sentence a further question arises ^ that of the variation of a final consonant between being single or double or either. Certain final letters are doubled before a vowel at the beginning of a suffix or of a following word before which there is no pause or break in the sense, but otherwise remain single: — -A -1, see 'h, -tDfi^^ hf,F4i9^ below ; cp. § 32a, -/• -m, suff. attached to indef pron. (§ 16) and to neg. verb (§ 37), also conj. = and, even, also, (§ 486) : 9^'i9^ I hUja I hAVnc tt m|n|ni kazzih alndbbar, there wasn't anything here, 9^9^%hM(iCtt mfnimm alndbbar, there wasn't o o o o anything ; -m is also occasionally doubled before fl and f , especially when y becomes ^ (§ 7d) : 9^9^ I tun I m|nimm^ b|h^on, whatever may be the case, on any account, 9^9^iV^n m|nimm yalla (-mmyal-), there isn't anything, U-A^ I fH n hiillumm ydza, he seized everything ; -"^ -c, (i) in the pL ending -^5 ¥ (§ 106) : ^ddl'taoohtk fdras^Oc mdttu, (the) horses have come, ^d6^ I fi|ras^6c6u, the horses, ^^^Y I haom^ tk f^ras^doc amdttu, they have brought some horses; ^ Guidi, RedupL, discusses the first but not the second of these questions. 2 also -jm. Digitized by Google ^ §6] Phonology. 15 (u) the f suff..^-c(§24): )fl^Y n ndbbarac, she was, o o 2iA)fl^7^ fl alndbbfracc|m, she was not, hCjiL I )fl^Y I hh tt |r85d ndbbfracc dl§, he said it was she ; -1 -n, the pere. suff. (§ 12c) us, to us: KA*^ tt ftlun, they told us, 2iAA*7^ tt al&luim|in, they did not tell us, l&A^A tt y|lunnftl, they will tell us, Ami fl sdttan, he gave us, 2iAAm1 1 hh a alsdtt^nn &la» he refused to give us ; -^ -n, (i) the pers. suft* (§ 12c) me, to me : 2iAAm^/* a alsdtta&fi|m, he did not give me, hAAm^ I hh a alsdtaiifi dl|^ he refused to give me ; (ii) standing for -i -ni (§ 76) of the part. (§ 31, § 36, § 42) : A^^ f Idmmfifi, a beggar, hn'^'^i l^mmdikfiOc, beggars, A^^ f >flC a l|mm&fi ndbb^r, he was a b^gar, A^^ f hh a l^mdfkfi dlla, there is a beggar ; (iii) in some parts of verbs with last rad. Y : hrfi a dg|fi, find. Km Oh a fig|fifig!u, find him, MPi I hlC% a ftg}fifi ftlafl, he told me to find ; (iv) in certain words : lh¥^ I kiifi|fi, small-pox, lh«^ I hS!.r4ir a kiifi|&fl a|d4llam, it is not small- pox; Digitized by Google 16 Aniharic Chrammar. [§6 -T -t in certain words : uDmT I mdt|t, something to drink, uDmT I hA a mdtatt dlla ?, is there something to drink? 'f» -|, (i) standing for -A* Ji (§ 76) of the part. (§ 31, § 36, § 42), is single or doubled when nothing follows or before a consonant, doubled before a vowel: ♦j6 1 q§ or qayy (§ 3), red (part, of tA qdlla), ♦j6 1 VOH a qdi (qayy) nau, it is red, ♦fr I qAyyu (§ 11) the red one, ♦j6 8 hf!»f-M^ a qayy a|dallam, it is not red ; (ii) in parts of verbs with last rad. f is usually single when nothing follows or before a consonant, doubled before a vowel: j6tj6 a y^qwcoi, let him wait, fM%fM I inc a y|qwo)i ndbbgr, he was waiting, j6tf ^ a yjqwcoyyan, let him wait for me, h1^j6 1 hA*^ a att|qw(oyy filufi, they told me not to wait. *^Sj^ J?he jntei^T^ffi -h -S and -mf. or -oj6 (sdy| + j&) -wdi (-WCOJ, -wp double certain consonants when they are attached to them : -A -1, of the aux. -hA -fil (§ 32) : j&n^A a yiydq&l, it is enough, fA^\xi yiydqftUd?, fA^^mf^x^ yjyAqftUw^?, fA^trf!» a j^ydqftUwj ?, is it enough ? -r -m (as above) : hj&MU9^ a aldallah}m, you are not (§ 40), hfjf-h%iVf» a aldallah|mmw| ?, are you not ? Digitized by Google §«] Phonology. 17 -^ -d in certain words : frlr^t d|nn|c, potato, r:^^ n djnnjccd?, potato? The w of -wij (-wa>|, -wj) is doubled after a vowel : im^wf^ u mdttawwj % has he come ? 't -n in certain words is single when nothing or a consonant follows, single or doubled before a vowel : •n mftn?, who?(§15), •T> I ^OH^ A a mftn yduqfii ?, who knows ? ^n I h All 8 mftn (-nn) fiiah % who told you ? fnjt:t mjndjn?, what? (§ 16), ^7j^1 1 a»^ a m|nd|n mdtta ?, what came ? ^Jf:ti hao^n m|nd{nn amdtta?, what did he bring? 'J -n in j&in y|h4n (ace.; § 8; § 13a) is single or double in any position: j&ir» I 4./M I hr'm « yihan (nn) f^ dnta (§ 7d), bring this horse, j6ir* I h^^ a y|han (-nn) dnta, bring this. In analogy with the above variations the II of hf^NilT aiddllam (-da- § 7^ ; § 40) becomes 1 when the ->• is dropped, unless a vowel follows, and -^ -ftft in parts of verbs with last rad. 7 is pronounced single : f^^ I hS^f4i9^ u dagg a|dallam, and fM9^ I hf,f-A u dSgg{mm d}dal, he is not good ; ff^^AihJfJtni yajdall|ndfh^on,ifheisnot; b|ggdik for b|ggdiifi ILi^ i if he is found AH. OR. 2 Digitized by Google 18 Amharie Grammar. [§6 The doubled final -A 41 ♦ -qq T -tt of adv. and interj. of more than one syllable constr. with Kh Sla (ay. VQA) usually become single before a consonant : 4 A9A9 1 KA I b|l|cl|cc iX^ it lightened, -flA^A^ I J&AA 8 bil|cl|c yjlfii, it is lightenmg, -OA^A^i A>i)aH8 bplclic 111 nau« there is going to be lightning. -qq, -kk are sometimes retained before y : A^ I J&AA 8 s|q|qq y|l&l, it grates, Ifllinfl I J&AA a 8§ks^kk y|lal, it makes a slight rattling sound ; and sometimes before any consonant : J^A^A^iKAa d}Yl|ql|qq fila» it was in great confusion, j^aA^A^iJ&AAa djyljqllqq (§8) y^lftl, it is in great confusion, j^OA^A^i/iAi diyljqliqql (§ Id) sp, when it is in great confusion. WheA such words are not constr. with XA their final consonant may be single, and remain so before a vowel: Jt^lA^A^ dlyl|ql|q, in great confusion, jtrtk^^ti^thf^f4irM d|7l|ql|q ajdallam, it is not in 'great confusion. Digitized by Google §7a] Phonology. 19 Monosyllabic adv. and interj. and those ending in consonants other than the above usually keep a doubled final consonant always doubled: H^ I hh a zAuw (§ 3) iX^ he entered unexpectedly, H^ i 11^ I z^uw| (§ 7(^ yp, if he enters . un- expectedly; ^i.^ I KA « g^6f^4la^ he was very stout, ^i.9 1 f ^fA I Ai9- 1 g^(5f|fi*yamin|l s§u, a yery stout man. Crasis or Contraction of Adjacent Vowels. § 7a When the formation of words, grammatical in- flexion, or the application of other prefixes or suiffixes involves thie meeting of certain vowels, the following contractions and modifications occur : + g|}z = rfty|, e.g. ^A ydlla, which exists, a(a) + S(§46) = 5 for f - ya- + M «lfe ; . g||z + rft^ = rd^, e.g. flool* bimat, by the year, |(a) + a = a for fl- ba- +^aoHr am|t; ^ + sftdjs = g^, e.g. fCth yarsi?, of him, his, §(a) + i = * (a) for f. ya- +KCfr Jrsu ; ^Yl + 8^ "^ ^Jh ^'S' J&i'D^A, y|mdt&I, he is com- a + a » ft ing, for J&np^ j^^tS + -h A -ftl(§32); rd^ + rd^ = t&fi e.g. l;H^0K gygtddCa^ their mas- a -f ft » ft ter, for ^;^ gy^ta + -dVi0- .dd&;i(§126); 2—2 Digitized by Google 20 Amharic Grammar. [§ 7a sfidjs + g|iz = rft^ e.g. \r^ Idnta (§ Trf)?, shaU I I + a = a briiig?,forA.lj -hhr^Anta; sftd|8 + sftdjs = sSdgs, e.g. A#lbj^ S|h4d, when I go, i + i = i forft-d +XA.Jt-|had; 8&d|8 + ^= s&l|8+^^ e.g. iifao^ siy&mdta (8|ain-^ i + yS = i(| § 7^ + ya syam-), when he brings, for ft- s|- +faD^ yamdta; sSdjs + J& = 8&I|S, e.g. iLpp^ stmdta {^m'\ when i + yi = ^ (i §^^) ^^ comes, for ft- si- + f^im^ yimdta. f may arise from sdl|s : sS^is + g^ = 8^^ + ^> eg. ^A+^^ATl tilaqmySllai, T + a = (the cod- you (f.) are picking, fioT sonant) + y 5 ^h¥^ t|Idqmi + h ATI dllas (§32a). f may arise from hfimjs: himis + ggz = sid|s+^^ e.g. li^^fliih laqjmmyallau^ yg H- a = (the con- (§ 7rf), I have picked, for sonant) -hya A*^ Idqimm^e + hiiih dl- li^^(§32a); ^ h&in|s + rftyi = s&dis +f\ e.g. ttCfVoh bary&ccau, their yg -h a = (the con- bull, for a& Mrye + iV^ sonant) + j& -docau. ^ This is a point of orthography rather than of phonology; the common pronunciation is syam- . ^ If the ccmsonant in sdd{s is one of the resultants in § 76 it may become rft^ absorbing f : e.g. hf!^fhxh a|dcyallau^ or hf^^hxh a|6call^^ I have seen, for K|6* dj^ye + K Au- A\\wl\ Digitized by Google §7ft] Phonology. 21 a^ may arise from kft|Y or sft^: kfijy + rayi = sfidis + V, e.g. AouVoh (= ATWaH§46) ii + a = (the con- sattw&ccau, they gave them, sonant) + wa for Aoh sdttu + -d Voh -dccau ; sftyi + g^B = sftdjs + V, e.g. A4^A(= A**^A § 46) ^S + a = (the con- ldqm5&), he has picked, sonant) + wa (62) for A^M* Idqm^o + -h A -fiJ (§32a). Modification of Consonant hy following Votvd. § T6 When, in the same circumstances, especially in the formation of parts of the verb (§ 43), 1, s, t, n, z, d, t, 8 are followed by i, y or e in the same word, they are thus modified: A. li,Aj&ly become ^ |(yy§6). l^ Vre »» fk ye or f ya. "«., A. si, Z"^, hfi sy » Tl 8. "*, A. s^e » X I^eorffga -t ti.1-jity » * c. * t^e » « c^e or f ca. X ni, tf, ny » *« fi(fift§6). k ni'e » 1 fie or 7 fia. II. zi, Hj&zy » 3r i. 11 z^e M If 4^6 or Tf 4a. ^ dlJCfldy » J? • J- fc d^e » K jyeorKja. m. ti, X., I si, '?f, ty > » * c. Ok ^e, X., t §^6 M Olr c^eorokda. Digitized by V Google 22 Amhcine Grammar. [§ 7b If the original consonant was doubled (§5) the resultant consonant is doubled also: e^. with the model lit0o Idqqamf, pick, ger. sg. 1st A4^ Idqjmm^e, part. A^^ laqimi cp. A4*A sdqqal^, suspend, ger. sg. 1st A^ s^<)S7ye» part.A;l'^s^q5(-dyy§6), tlip ndggasa, reign, ger. sg. 1st WH ndg|ss^e, part. tpTf n^gds, h4.ir kdffata, open, ger. sg. 1st h9^ kdf|cc^e, part h4-^ kdf^ In the part, of bilitteral verbs (§ 42) t., A. also becomes It si, •t „ „ ^ 6i, eta E.g. AA Ifisa, lick, part A7f l&s or Alt Ifisi, for *AA. Ifisi, ♦^ qdtta, punish, part, t^ qa6 or ♦fli. qdci, for *+iiu qdti. Exception : Mm dnnata, fashion, ger. Mair dnnicc^e, but part. MOL an(n)dti. Cp. also Knp^ jdmmara, b^n, aoXao&f (§ 7a) mfjamlndrya, and ™*^^' aUh c4rr|sa, end, ooOLiA m^darrdsa, final, 4*ti* q^nnata^ girth up, m^H^ mfqann|ca, girth. This modification does not occur invariably Digitized by Google § 7e] Phonology. 28 tliroiig^iit the accidence ; e.g. the pers. suff. -^e, my (§ 126), does not cause it, and pref. like A- 8(|)-, when (§ 46), are not susceptible of it. AsrimUcOion of Consonant hy following Consonant Tike assimilation of adjacent consonants is com- § 7c paratively infrequent; the following occur in the verb: A 1 in the n^. pref hA- al- (§ 37, § 38), is assimilated by, and in writing disappears before, the follow- ing letters, which with the exception of y are then doubled (§5) in pronunciation, (a- often being lengthened) : r, e.g. YilA9^ arrdssam, he did not forget, for ^hMAr alr^ssam; t, in the pref 1*- t|- of the sg. 3rd f , 2nd m., f , and pi 2nd (§26, §27): e.g. hPtdi att|rsa, do not forget, for *hAl-C4 al- tjrsa; n, in the pref M- inn(j). of the pi. 1st (§ 26, § 27) : ag. MiA9^ ann(})rdsam, we shall not forget, for *YiMiAr al(j)nn(|)rAsam ; y (§ 7ft), in the pref j6- yj- of the sg. 3rd m., pi. 3rd (§ 26, § 27), KA/&- aly|- becoming K|6. a|. : e^. hfUfir ^^am, he will not forget, for *hAf.Mr alj^Sm. Digitized by Google 24 Amharic Grammar. [§7rf ^ t, of the reflexive or passive pref. +- to- (§ 22a, § 41a) is assimilated by any following consonant, which is doubled (§ 6)^ in pronunciation, ^ dis- appearing in writing : e.g. j6A+ffA ]^lldqqam&l, it will be picked, for ^Itl'A+ffA yitldqqam&I, P^Cn^ yjqqwcwrratftl, it will be cut, for *j6l^^^A y|tqwo)iTatfil. § 7rf Variations and Anomalies of Pronunciation. The pronunciation of Amharic varies not only in the mouth of individuals of different districts, but also, as in English ^ in that of the same individual on different occasions, according as he speaks slowly or fast, carefully or carelessly, to a superior or to a companion. A native, too, that has any knowledge of reading, is inclined on occasion to pronounce words as they are written, there being many gradations of the extent to which this is done. ^ But if this assimilating consonant is itself followed by another consonant it is usually pronounced single : |67+m+^ A yi^qaUqqatal, he is trembling, from ^l^Oi^Oi tanqatdqqata; or either single or double : j&CiniQA ysi*(i*)g§'y^gg|y&l it is waving, from +C'in'in targayd^ya. 2 Cp. our use of ' sha n't ', * don't ', * won't ', etc. ; such words might well prove unintelligible at first hearing to a foreigner knowing 'shall not', etc. Digitized by Google § rrf] Phonology. 26 An exhaustiye treatment of the subject of varia- tion in pronunciation would be beyond the scope of this work ; but the following instances will give some indication of its nature and the extent of its pre- valence. Vowels. Those marked -^ are commonly pronounced short unless accented (§ 8) : e.g. im^ 8 mdtta, he came, usually mdtta : J&lf 8 f nD^ I loH n yjhe yamatta n§.u, this is he who came. But they often remain short even when accented, unless the accent is received from an enclitic ; and a generally remains short in au, a|. g^z, a^ a, 01 (§ 3) : for value after consonants and with no consonant preceding see § 4 ; often a before h, 1, r, t, c, c, s, i, j, fi, especially when they are final or followed by i or |, and before any single consonant followed by i: Am sdtta, he gave, AavSi sdtt^ or sdttail, he gave me, part. A* 8|c or sac (§ 76), giver ; A4- sdfi^ (a) he sewed, (b) it was broad ; part. A^ (a) sdfi or safi, tailor, (6)sdffi,broad; a followed by u gen. forms §u : f A^ y&Uam, there is none, fhohir y&llaum, he has none ; Digitized by Google 26 Amharie Grammar. [§7^ usually 01 after w: ID1J5: woiud, male, iDirnC W6!mb|r (ar), chair, tf qwcoyya, he waited. k^y, u: final u is generally weak, sometimes yeiy short : •flC+ bjrttt, strong ; and the u of -U- -hu (or -tl- *ku, see below) in the verb when it (the vowel u) is final approaches ii : Affu- sdmmahu, I heard, approaches sdmmahti, and is also written AfT^ sdmmahwti, sdmmahw. o o The u of u- hu is often displaced, Le. precedes instead of following h : (i) in the sg. 1st ending -U- of the simp, perf (§ 26), especially in verbs retaining the vowel of the last rad. (§ 42a, b, § 32) or with last rad. a guttural : Idqqfmuh for l^qq^mhu A4*9^U-, I picked, sdtnmau^ for sdmmahu Affu-, I heard, o o s^ttau^ for sdttahu Amu-, I gave, dllsiu^, dll|u^ for allahu KAu-, I am present, KA^^Au- |laqmdllau^, I am picking, hf^^ih dddaguh, I was brought up. This ending is also written -'V' hwtl, which be- comes -uh ; and by a similar displacement A hwa becomes uha: bauh&la for bfhwfila AAA, after. Digitized by Google I7d] Phonology. 27 (ii) in the pron. suffi (§12 6, e) and 2nd pi. ending (§ 26) -&Yu- 46(d)yuh, for -S4Kd)|hn (see io below) : M4-Til- ag|di^(d)7nh, your (pL) country, A*^?fa- ]^q|in^c)yuh, you (pi.) picked. But before a suff. other than the aux. -hA -ftl (§32, §12(;) this displacement does not occur: A+^^A laqm£6(c)yuh&l for laqmdd(c)ihwft1, you (pi.) have picked, but A*^TiM* laqqam^6)|hut^ you (pi.) picked it, AfTU-lf sdmmahuh, I heard you, AmiM* sdttahut, I gave him, f Au^ y&Uahum, I am not present, ff^^thtt^ y^ddaghubbat, in which I was brought up. A similar displacement occurs in dm-^e for drw^e hC% beast, Idgdm for Ijgw^ MIT, bridle, and cp. md'^ftKi (m4^a>q) aoa^ for maq^o (m^^^o) ^♦, oribi, tctfkkosa for tdkk^cosa i*)HA, scorch, ^kul for |kkul Ktl-A, half 8ftl|8, T: often |, especially when not accented: A.^^ sTmdta or s|mdta, when he comes ; sometimes when accented : AJS- h|d, go. ^ occasionally -ftc(d)tihut. Digitized by Google 28 Amharie Grammar. [§ ^d For s&l|s before -f -ya see § 7a : it is pronounced as 8dd|s+ya: ^Atu^ maldkkya, measure. r&yj, a: occasionally a in the ending -f -ya whea unaccented (§ 8) : aoii&f massarya or -rya, tool, but aoiidf I loH tf massaryd nau, it is a tool. hdm|8, ^e: the ^ is most noticeable when ^ is accented, and in & r^; 6 in A»A l^la, other ; a, a in A^f^ hada (ha-, -da, less commonly h^-) he went. sftdis, i: o o often a after w, and sometimes, if accented, u : OHftT wttst, interior, OHfl wtty, beautiful, OHfll* w^yat (wu-), beauty ; Uin h^ k^fu, kdfa or k(ifu, bad, 1ri«^ kjft (kiift), open, fill kikk (kukk), coarse- grained; ain o MM (i)nsdsa, domestic animal, TC tarr (t|rr), January, h/L^ drag I, nonsense I a, e, in fM y|he (yahe), this. Digitized by Google § 7d] Phonology. 29 8ftd|8, I tends to disappear in rapid speech, even though accented by a slower speaker: ftfD^OHl I W t^^Oh a yamfttdun |qa f|tau be- comes yamattdun qaftdu^ undo the baggage that has come ; J&lf & I M" I yasd|u jqa becomes yasduqa, the tea- things. Unaccented i is dropped when the word is easily pronounced without it, as often becomes the case when a suff is added : VnC nfiy|r, leopard, MK- naylru, or nayru, the (his) leopard ; ILiidA A bimds|l, if it seems, fLoDAAoH b2m^(!)Iau, if it seems to him. Initial i disappears after a preceding vowel : KAtalLlf |skazzih, as far as this, nv/ih I KAhlLif a mdttu skazzih, they came as far as this. In words beginning with in-, |6-, |m- the | is often omitted, the n, A or m forming a syllable by itself^ : XTl\1 Akw&n, indeed, Ky^ I KA |mbi &la or mb| ftla, he refused ; but after a consonant the | is heard: Aj^iKniiMa l|j Imbiala, the child reftised. ^djs without a vowel, on the other hand, is often slightly vocalised in a word ending in two consonants or in one doubled (§ 6) consonant ^ as in Bantu ihtu (^w), etc. Digitized by VjOOQIC 30 Amharie Grammar. [§>Trf when it is followed by one beginning with a consonant, especially an enclitic (§8)1 h^Vt s|mm|nt, eight, M^l^ I •lie I 8|mm|nt| y^, eight dollars ; Ohf: wiidd, expensive, Ohf: I VoH a wiiddi n|u, it is expensive ; Hf^ f n A a z|mm bal, and z|mm| yal, be quiet |, I is often prefixed to initial r, and sometimes to n(j), which then lose a following j: YilA !rddda for lA rddda, he helped, imp. C^ rjda or KC^ |rda, help ; )h ndkka, he touched, imp. 1h nj(ka or Kih ^6ka (Aka), touch. s4^, ^S: the ^ is most noticeable when ^S is accented, and in C t^Z ; ^ a in KjtWi*" a|ddllam (-da-), he is not, no, (§ 40). Consonants. (In discussing a letter under this heading g||z is used as the simplest and original form without refer- ence to its inherent voweL) V, #hr ^t: final h after a vowel is weak, and after a diphthonjB^ tends to disappear (see kd|y above) : ayyau?' hf II-, I saw. . . i Initial h is ofleti lost : ^ igar X7C for hdg^ mi^ country^ . ^ Digitized by Google §7rf] Phonology. 31 pm XA^ for h|lm AA^, dream^ dti§in^ M^ao for hdttam^ 'ti^no, he sealecL h is displaced in m^h&tam for mdht§m ^D'tf^, seal, bhiri for bdhri QA^, character. • h after a consonant interchanges with k, in the ending -U- -hu (§ 25), also written -In- : l^qqamku M9^ for Idqq^mhu M9^ih, I picked, and with k, x, m the endmg -0 -h (§ 25, § 12 6, c) : alx, alk, for Slh KAl), you said, h^onx, h^onk, h^oAk, for h^^nh ITIO, you have become, r&Xl^, r&skjn, for rdshjn ^Al)7, your head (ace.). This -h or -k is sometimes assimilated to or assimi- lates an adjacent guttural, which is then doubled (§ 6), g becoming kk : duwa>qq for duwa>qh hiD+0, you knew, you have understood, ad^rr§kk§u for ad^rragh^u hf^d^OOh, you did it, fj^l^kk for f^llfgh /A'lll, you wanted. gm : m sounds n in 4nta for dmtS hf*^, bring. d : see sdd|s above. A: 9 sounds z in m^ for m|sf noh^, anvijL Digitized by Google 32 Am/iarie Grammar. [§Trf V 4* : q in S. is pronounced like hamza^ > in Arabic: (cp. the Gairene pronunciation of o) : dard^a for C|rdqa asuij^, moon, >|yye for qjyye ♦(!», butter. 11 : when doubled always bb ; beginning a sentence usually, and after m always, b ; otherwise b or y : ^QAA y|bb&l&l, it is said, ft^Ar t tftC a bdql'^o ndbbar, it was a mule, occasionally, yiql^o ndbbar, iD^ftC wcJmbar, chair, i'QA t§bti| or tay&la, it was said, fM I n*A* I yjhe bdql^o (yd), this mule. 7fl varies between nb, mb, ny : h1fl4 anbdssa, ambdssa and anvdssa, lion. e o • o ft is often f in IWll' kaf t or kayt, property, ^•flft gafs (-ys, -bs), barley. ¥ : c occasionally sounds almost yy in 6. : s^^t^Oyy for s^^t^^Oc A* ¥•, women. ) : see s&d|s above ; final n is often weak after ^e, ^o, u, and is dropped in qwfigm^e for qwagm^en ifr^^l, part of September, &wa>, &ua>, for &wa>n hiDl, yes, (|)nt^O Krf for (|)nt^dn KTM, what's-his-name (§ 16)- ^ YoUers and Burkitt, Gram. § 2 B. 1, ""a simple sus- pension or catching of the breath in Fr. the h in 'la honte' is a true hamza.** Digitized by Google lid] ' Phonology. 83 n before gatturals often (but not always) becomes A : d|ngat or d|Ag§t JfTll*, perhaps, *^ ciAq, difficult. n before b may become m : see 11 above. 7: fk affects preceding a, see g||z above ; final fk sometimes becomes \i na| for nafk h\ I am (§ 186), dm&i for dm4A hffi, loyal. h : k interchanges with h, x» see above : /l)A yahl, about, nearly, is a cont. (§ 26) of hhA dkk^^ (q-^-)» ^ amount. G. has ha- for ka- h-, in, from, haKzih for k&zzih hlLU, here, hdmdjr for kdmdjr h^JfC, on the ground. ■fi : X interchanges with h, k, see above ; pronounced h in fl**fi c^(5h|, he shouted. m\ for w and u see § 3. AH w|, wtt (see sdd|s above), ^u, becomes u after §, a, a^ e, I and forms diphthongs with them, ju becoming yu: 0^ w|ta and w^ta, come out, Yim^ duta, take out. II: z is sometimes s before h (x, k, see II) : yash for yazh ^0, you took, yasx for yazx f^^y = f^^ ySsk for ySzk fnula, =/TIO am.gr. 3 Digitized by Google 34 Amharic Orammar. [§7rf sometimes assimilated to following s : yass for yazs ^Tf, you (f.) took. IT: see C; i arising from zi, z^e (§76) does not interchange with j. f : for y and | see § 8. ^ y\ following §^ a, oi, a becomes } and forms diphthongs with them: ^U-l y|hun, let him be, Ji^il-1 ^un, let him not be ; initial f^ y|- may do this with the final vowel of the preceding word : f^'VI I ^^f- fl dahndjdaru !, good-night I (pol). In the mouth of many individuals yy between vowels tends to become j, and | to become ^ or dis- appear altogether: fh^f^ a yastdyySl, yastdj&l, he lets (something) be seen, Of hd^a, hiA (S.), twenty, hfPi^r fl a^lfjm, a^alf|m, adl-, he will not pass. Similarly initial y becomes ^ : h^^ I f A a k|fumm y4lla, -mm^all-, there isn't any bad. Ji: d before other consonants often becomes r: q4rm^o for qddm^o ♦jfl^, formerly, l|hdmafk for lihad nafL A^X: i )^ a I am going, harku for h&dku ikj^ln- 1 went, wcossarku for wcossadku oiAjtln-, I removed, hf:Clah ddrigau becomes drgfu, do it. Digitized by Google § 8] PJionology. 86 K : initial j interchanges with z in S. : ffll^ jfera or ym* 2|gra, guinea-fowl ; when this variation occurs in a verb it continues throughout its deriyatives: KuD^ jdmmar^ (If- zd-), begin, ir%aoi^ tajdmmara (+Tr- t§2d-), be begun, 0of^0o6f majimmarya (nolf- m|i^), beginning ; sometimes when final : ATT Iji, for A^ l|j, child, j arising from di, d^e (§ 76) does not interchange withi. Ok : sometimes almost yy before t : afwdyytO&l for afw^ictd&l JiV^;!: A, he has whistled H, : s is t out of G. : ^i. t&fa, and K^ s&fa (G. and 'learned'^), write, nifli)& tdha|, and flJi^ s^^^ai (G. and 'learned'), sun. /i: f or V in >9A nafs or navs, souL Accent. By accent is meant stress accent, and by the §8 accent of a word the principal stress that falls on it: thus the accent of * cab-proprietor' is on the 'a' or the syllable of which 'a' is the vowel. (The sentence accent, by which an emphatic word in a sentence receives more stress than other words. ^ ie. used elsewhere by those with some knowledge of Ethiopic ; in G. it is a genuine survival. 3—2 Google Digitized by 36 Amharic Grammar. [§ 8 and intonations indicating a question, surprise, a menace, etc., are similar to those of English.) Accent must be carefully distinguished from quantity (§ 7d) : ^^7 a jIc&ol, let him put the saddle on. Quantity may influence accent : ftH*fl^ bdzzabbifl, it is too much for me, also bazzdbbifi. For the influence of accent on quantity see § 7d and enclitics below. The stress accent in Amharic is in general much less marked than in English. Amharic speech, like French, runs with an almost even distribution of stress on each syllable. This is one of the reasons why to the beginner, who finds it difficult to distin- guish the separate words in a phrase, a native appears to speak much faster than he actually does: and why, even to a practised ear, it is a matter of difficulty in many cases to detect where the principal accent of a particular word lies^ Secondary Accent. Before and after a doubled consonant (§5, §6), or two consecutive consonants, though the principal accent may lie elsewhere, there is often a marked secondary accent, (as on the i in 'cab-proprietor'), which is sometimes almost equal to the principal accent : ^ Ouidi, Gram. §66, 'in generale Taccento non d sempre stabile e chiaro.' Digitized by Google § 8] Phonology. 87 httMlPi n dbbal^bb}fl, he lied to me, sounds to all intents and purposes dbbfl^bbjfk, )&AhAyAi y|l|k|ll|h&l, he will send to you, y|l|- Whal, ^aoM^i^ih n t|mmall|sallficcyuh, you (pi.) will return, t|mm4llasdllficcyuh, h'm^^ n ft^yt5&l, he has taken in, ^ytdSl, )&lf?Aa yjh^dnftl, he will be. y|h^(5nftl, /fl^A a y&y^r&l, he is lighting, y&ydrftl, aiM n tdlla|a, he prayed, tdlldja. In some words, such as i^ao^ fl t§qdmat, sit down, it is barely perceptible that the stress on the accented syllable is greater than that on either of the others. The adequate pronunciation of doubled conso- nants and unaccented Towels is necessary to ensure syllables not marked with the accent receiving their due share of it. Accentuation of the Verb. The accent of the simplest form of the verb (§21) fiedls on the syllable preceding the doubled radical : 7Q g^bba, he entered, h^ao Idqqama^ he picked, imiUd mandzzara^ he changed, ^ I cannot endorse Afevork's statement, Gram. § 17, ' sulla media radicale, f^l^ deggh^fe,' ' sulla penultima radicale, lihA gheseggh^se,' though there is often a perceptible secondary accent on these syllables. Digitized by Google 38 Amharic Grammar. [§8 Il7f z§g^yya, he was late. For the accentuation of the derived forms and the conjugations, see §§ 21-45. The accent of the greater part of the conjugation of the verb is fixed, and as the verb usually comes at the end of the clause (§ 73&) its accent is less likely than that of other words to be disturbed by that of an enclitic. AcceKduation of DiphtJiongs. An accented diphthong usually has the accent on the first vowel, but it may fall on the second : A^ ld|i above, AoH I ^oh a s4u nau, it is a man ; i^fiOhhHr q^esdust, priests, itl^OhhHr I hA- fl q^esaiist ftlu, the priests said so. Final \ and u. The accent hardly ever rests on final | or u : but fM I A^i y|h^ l|j, or yjhe lij, this child: (also written ^*fi). Variation of Accent. Enclitics. An enclitic is a word which is so closely connected both in sense and pronunciation with the preceding word as virtually to form part of it, throw- ing back, in many cases, its accent upon it, i.e. causing the preceding word, which may or may not preserve its original accent, to be accented on its last syllable. Many monosyllabic words in Amharic are of this nature. Digitized by Google § 8] Phonology. 89 hm^ ndu, he (it) is, ?^ nftt, she is, etc. (§ 18&) ; smbstantives like 4IC bjrr, dollar, ♦1 qfn, day, Aj? Ijj, child, fL^ b^et, house ; imperatives like ^ na, come, ll*C zm*, go round, n A bal (bal), say ; and the second part of composite prepositions (§ 476) fl-... A^ ba-... Idj, upon. ^A^/ m&]&fya, pleasant ; ^hl»f I )m« fl mSlafyft (§ ^d) n^\ it is pleasant ; 0»¥mdda?, when? o _ 0tff I tOH fl m|i54 nan t when is it ? ^77f t|nn}s, small, ^I7f I ?^ fl t}nn|s n&t, she (it) is small ; tfpAhi"? m^aktafifka, messenger, tfpAhi"? I )l) fl malaktafiild nah ?, are you a mes- senger? h^4 dmsa» fifty, X^4 1 4IC: amsd y|rr, fifty dollars; \\t^ ^ikkul (§ Tc^), half, Xto" A I 4*1 : ttkkiil q|n, noon ; ^ Cp. KpeiTTOP ioTip. Digitized by VjOOQIC 40 Amharic Grammar. [§ 8 hyt dnta, you, M+ 1 A^ fl ant& (§ 7d) li j I, you there I (calling a boy) ; K^ Jqa, goods, h^ I flfl* I iqft y^et, store ; 71ll*fl I f^UV I "IHiiH fl g^nzay y|zah g|zau, take some money and buy it, T}|l*fl I f^UV I V n g^nzay y|z4h na, bring some money; Ylfl-A I Yin-A I n A a djkkul cikkiil yal, make great haste. The accent from an enclitic does not rest on final I or u (see above), e.g. the article -ah -u (§11), but on the preceding syllable, or the first Towel of a diphthong formed by the article : noTI^ mdAgadu, the road, fliiDl7<^ I A^ : bamaAgddu lai, on the road ; Iti^Oh gdyatau, the table, 'Utt^Oh I H*C a tagayatdu zur, go round the table. Certain suffixes bring the accent to the vowel immediately preceding them : e.g the emphatic sufi! -Oh -u : f^V yjhe, this, f^Ooh yjhftu, this very one ; hlLU kdzzih, here, tttUh kazzfhu, just here ; but i'VLfOh tdzzyau and tazzydu, just there. Digitized by Google § 8] Phonology. 41 An enclitic does not throw back its accent across a pause, or on to a word with which it is not immedi- ately connected by the sense : Jk^ I flfl* |q& yygt, store, AtLU I }^ I fl»^ I r AoH^ fl lazzfh |qa y^et y4llaum, there is no receptacle for these things ; f AiQ I ioh n yal^eya n^u, he is a thief, f AiQ I f/P I ioh n yal^^ya damm^o n^u, he is a thief, too. The position of the accent may determine the sense, by showing what words are closely connected: ffr* I ^^ I A}^ a yayetwd-syet Ijj?, the child of which woman ? yay^twa s^^t-ly, of which daughter? In some cases an enclitic may or may not throw back its accent, however closely connected with the preceding word^ : h/^C I *flC I ass|r yjrr, and dssjr y|rr, ten dollars ; 4IH* I ioh n b|zti nau, and b|zu n^u, it is a lot ; 9^f:C I ioh n minder nau?, and m|ndir nau ?, what is it? When accented initial | disappears (§ 7rf) its accent falls on a preceding vowel ; if no vowel precedes, a following n. A, m takes the accent : Xf ^ I MfiOh n dyyacc jndau, she just looked ; ^ Both accentuations are common and apparently they do not differ in meaning: all inquiries on the point meet with the reply ihit i Mjt i tun i MHiplC i Digitized by Google 42 Amharic Grammar. [§ 8 h? I Mf^Oh n ayya ndau, he ju&i looked ; hHWi I iiAim^^ a Akw&n, almdttfim, no, he hasn't come. The enclitic particle MK (i)i\jf, oh, but..., indeed, retains its accent : hf^^Oh n dntau (§ 7d), bring him, hf^^Oh I MK n dntaunjf I, oh, but bring him ! The mter. suff. -h and -id^ (§ 6) do not throw back their accent : JiA^A a dlqdftl, it is finished, JiA^Aa dlq5alld?, is it finished? hf0f4if^ n aid4llam, he is not, hf0f4iVf0 n ald4llammw|, is he not ? Other suffixed particles sometimes afiect the accent of the word to which they are attached and sometimes do not: e.g. -•? -mma, as for, f^V yjhe, this, ^U^ jih&mma, as for this ; d.dA' fdrasu, the horse, i.^^ fdrasumma, as for the horse. o o Other variations of Accent. Apart from the disturbance that may be caused by an enclitic, the accentuation of a word yaries in many cases according to its position: according, that is, as it stands (a) alone or before a pause, or (b) before any other word with which it is connected by the Digitized by Google § 8] Phonology. 43 sense ; and many words exhibit further variations of accent in each of these positions^ The position (a) is called in this section 'final ', and the position (&) 'con- nected'. Note. Isolated words in the course of this work marked with two accents usually take the first, some- times^ the second, when final, the second when con- nected But words with accented suffixes such as -h -a, -mjR -w4| (-wi^, -w|), marked with J their own original accent as well, are pronounced with both accents. Taking any letters 7, ^ ^ h, with which to com- pose forms as types (without regard to difierences in vowels or consonants immaterial in accentuation), the following variations are exhibited by certain forms according to their position: li-gjfa: fin. g|fa: A^ s|ra, work ; conn. g|fa or g{fa: in rapid speech the word loses its accent altogether: A^ I nn-fl^ fl s|ra (s|ra, sjra) y^zzdbbjfi, the work is too much for me. ^ Afevork, Gram. § 16, 'Intomo all'accento TAmarico non ne ha ancora, con regole e norme fisse, stabHito le leggi.' '...awiene che tante e tante parole si sentano pronunziate ora in un modo, ora in un altro...' ^ Words of this type are to be heard accented on tlie last when final in questions : e.g., av. ^V Digitized by Google 44 Amharic Ghrammar. [§8 ^liJi* ga&ra: fin. g|f i&ra, also g^fara : tmA natdia, open, also ndtala, Hm? zatdna, ninety, also zdtana, Kn^ Ag|da» stranger, also Ag|dai ATI ;^ bd8|ta, disease ; conn, gd&ra, also gafara : tmAi^^: ndtala 6dmma, slipper, also natald cdmma^ Hmfi^isa zdtana m^6tu, ninety died, also zat^nd m^cStu, Wi^^ I ao^i n A^da mdtta, a stranger has come» also Ag}dd mdtta, nTf;^ I ihohn bds|ta n&kkau, the disease attacked him, also b^|td n&kkau. *7A^ gB^fra : fia gaffdra, occasionally gdfiara : QXh^ callama, darkness, f^ao^ dfinrndna, cloud, occasionally ddmm§na, 9A;9 f jlldga, track ; conn, gdffara, also gafiara : OkA^ilflC cdllama ndbbar, it was dark, also callamd ndbbar, f^ao^ I 'AH* I tOH a ddmmana b|zu nau, it is very cloudy, also d^mmand b|zu nau, 9A;9 1 rAf* fl f jU^gA y&llam, there is no track. Digitized by Google § 8] Phonology. 46 *^4Xi eafar : (prp. + substantive) fin. g^far, also gffi&i*: f fli : yayag, of a sheep, but f Af* I hoh I rfl'l fl yal&m nau yaydg ?, is it a cow's or a sheep's ? conn, gaf dr : f OT I /*';j : yaydg sjga, mutton. *1iX g^fiar: fin. gdfiar: ^^ I tOH I iD^flC a yet n§u wa>mb^?, where is the chair ? mAX: wa>ll§d, interest, Mfy^ I timhf: a nd&min? b^oOlad ?, on what terms ? at interest ? hh I hoh I All-fl fl kiikk| n^ I jz4y ?i is it fine or coarse? )h«^ k\ifp|fi, small-pox; conn, gififr and gafi'dr: m9^tiC I i^An^ fl waimb§r tgsdbb^, the chair is broken, flioAX: I i*fl^^ a bauoiU^d taydddarf, he bor- rowed at interest, AlHl I Mt^ I l|zz|y d'^dq^et, fine fiour, also l|zz|y d^6qyet, IhV^ I S!(D:Mah I hah a kufi'lfl yawoigg^ n^, he is pitted with small-pox. Digitized by Google 46 Amharic Gr^rammar. [§8 *li.C gafar^ : fin. gdfar^o, sometimes gaf dr^o : Ittdr gdyal'^o, gecko, sometimes gaydl'^o ; conn, g^far^o : mtlr I Mih n gdyal^o dyya!u^ I saw a gecko. '*7^gaf(f)tP: fin. gif (f)ir, occasionally gaf (f ) ir : V I m^V n na woklih (occasionallj wcodfh), come here, t^f^tlMMn qwc^ kdzzih (occasionally kazzlh), wait here; conn, gaf (f )'ir : m^O I Mr9^^ n wcodfh att^mta, don't come here, hHLlf I Mr^f^ n kazzlh att|qwa>|, don't wait here. fin. g^flSr, sometimes gafi'dr : ao^h9^ m^lk&m, excellent, ItMi siirrfty, sock, sometimes surrdy, g/o9^^^ mdmtftt, to come ; conn, gafi^dr : ao^h9^ I WC n malkdm ndbbar, it was excellent, o o o Ti'Mi I h9^^ n surr&y dnta, bring some socks, ao^m^ I X^A;iAu- n mamtdt jfalligdllau^, I want to come. "^iVlf gafra : fin. gdira: ^^S* dfthnft, well ; Digitized by Google § 8] Phonology. 4t*T coniL gafra, also g^fra : 1^^? 1 7Q tt d&hnft g^bba, he arrived safely, fAV I OHP I l^A^A tt dahnft wa>t y}s4rftl, he cooks well *pd^ gftfara : fin. gftfdra, sometimes gdfara : ^M m&ldda, early, sometimes mdl^da, •*+^ g^otdra, bam, sometimes g^dtara ; conn. gdfara» sometimes gftfarS : ^M f dh/i- n mdlada h&du, they went early, ^M I aooh n mftladd mdttu, they came early, W-^ f +^inA tt g^dtara taqdtt^la, the bam was bumi *-|«:g|fir: fin. g|fjr: ^^ t|ii|fl, mosquito ; conn. g|f|r, also g|f|r : ^Tri I f A»* tt t|njfl yalllim ?, are there no mos- quitoes ?, also t|n|fk y&llam ? ^n4J3a gafarak : ^- g^f&^k, occajsionally gafdrak : fc+IM- Aqayat, uphill, occasionally aqdyat ; conn gdfarak : fc+IM" I A.#lb<9« ^ayat s|h&du, when they go uphill. *n4J3a gaffarak : A'}AA^ sansdlat, chain, e e o Digitized by Google 48 Aniharie Grammar. [§8 ^M^Mr qwtUqw^at, downhill ; conn, gdffarak, also gaffardk : A'}AA^ I in4- tt sdnsalat tdffa, the cham was lost, ♦^A+^AI" I A.^ tt qw^qwtilat h&da, he went downhill, ♦^A+^AI" I luoCf: I qwttlqwtildt ^wwrd, when he goes downhill. *liJ^ gafar&k : fin. usuallj gafdrftk, sometimes g^farftk or ga&r4k ; ^AAA mas^l&l ladder, sometimes mds^lsl or masal&l, f/J^9^ ddratftm, broad-chested, sometimes da- rat^m, o ah'S^9^ wtisat&m, false, sometimes wdsatftm or wtisatftm, nh^l^ Mk|ra|, for hire, also bak|ra| ; conn, gafar&k : n^AAAiiD^tt bamasalil wcotta^ he mounted by a ladder, f/J^9^ 1 4.iXi: daratdm fdras, a broad-chested o o o o horse, ah'S^9^ I hf^Mf^ tt wtLsatfim a|dallam, he is not false, nh^|&iXA*tt bak}!^ dllu, they are to be had for hire. *7i^h gaf&rftk : fin. g|fi&rftk, sometimes gaf&rdk : S^^f^ dwa|dt&m, sickly, sometimes dwa|&tdm ; Digitized by Google § 8] Phonology. 49 coniLgaftrdk: S^f^^ I hf,f-M^ tt dwa|fttdin ^d^am, he is not sickly. *7*Cll ggf|rk : fin. g$f|rk: fcT'H' a^nt,.bone, Vli^^ n^g|st, queen ; conn. g4Qi*k and ^af |rk : fcT'H'i'hAn^tt St|nt t|8dbbar|, the bone is broken, also Stjnt t|sdbbar|, ynr'^ I ^QAAY tt njgjst t|bb&ldllad, she is called a queen* Words m -l* -g^e^ -•»* -g^3f : fin. 'gyef, '-g^of : Mt^ d'^6qyet, fiour, Mn I f>fX^^ I n^«^ tt bam|n yidddrrag&l ? bad^Oqyet ?, what is it made with ? fiour ? ^/rt* ^^ot, government office, M- I [V^HH I +^/H- tt yet nftc^ ? tac|l^ot ?, where are they ? in the office ? conn, '-gygf, 'g^5f, also -gyef, -g^^f : Mt^ I AmiiH tt d^6q^et sdttau, he gave him some fiour, also d^oq^t sdttau, ^/H* I A.<- tt ^^ot hadu, they have gone to the office, also ^l^^t hadu. -;i* -gSf, -1* -gygf, -•»* -g^5f receive the accent when a sufSx is attached to them: AhC sdkkftr, drunkard, AH. OR. A Digitized by Google 60 Amharic Qrammar. [§ 8 fllM?¥ sakk&r^Oc, drunkards, AhCf sakkftr^Oocu, the drunkards ; ao&?t mdr^t, ground, ^p&'fs mar^etu, the ground; and there is a perceptible secondary accent on the penultimate in words like aoJl^ mdAgadu, the road, fiV-A« fanusu, the lantern, MvP s^^titu (-|tu), the woman, ^A4 t|ll|qu, the large one. The adj. ending -? -flfia has the accent on the syllable preceding it: fin. and conn. fcfVC? am&r|fiiia, Amharic, 9^ChV mirk^dftfta, prisoner; but when -Oh is added the accent varies : M-^HH fin. yet|iiflau, conn. ySt|iifkau. The general tendency in these variations is for the accent to come forward before a suffix or another word: but in some cases nothing but an enclitic brings it forward:! oohM' mdlakat, bugle, ^Ah-f ^ mdlakat^Oc, bugles, ^Ah^ 1 14- n mdlakat ndffa, he soimded a bugle, oohM^t I *f- « mdlakat^Occun ndfiu, they soimded the bugles, ^Ah^ I ioh n malakdt nau, it is a bugle. Digitized by Google ACCIDENCE. The Noun. The Substantive. § 9 Substantives are of two genders, masculine and feminine, have two numbers, singular and plural, and in addition to the nominative an accusative case. Gender. §9a There is no special form of the substantive for either gender. Number. § 9b The pi. is formed by adding -^5^ -^Oc (-^5cc before a vowel § 6) to the last consonant of the sg. II* b^et, house, pi. rL*¥ by^t^Oc. Z^ gy^ta, master, pi. l-f ^ gy^t^Oc. A*7^ Idmmdfi (§ 8) beggar, pi. Af?'?^ lammftnft^Od (§ 6). In some cases (see vocab.) -f -ya disappears : nCf bftrya, slave, pi. ac^ bfir^Oc ; and i is sometimes retained : A^ sdfi, tailor, pi. Ac¥ sdf^Oc and (not G.) Ad.P^ sdfi^Od. Besides the pi. in -^5^ some irregular plurals (Ethiopic forms) occur: n*A* bdql^o, mule, pi. tt^Urt bdql^oc, also fcfl+^Al- abdqw|lt (ay-, -qwti-, -♦- -q|-), and Ml+^A-f ^ abdqwIlt'^Oc (ay-, -qwtt-, -♦- -qj-). 4—2 Digitized by VjOOQIC 62 Amharic Grammar. [§ 9c, § dd The irregular pis. more commonly in use are given in the yocab. ; all nouns with irregular pL also have the r^pilar pi. in -^0^. § 9c Case. The accusatiye is formed by adding -1 -n to the nominative (of which final sdd|s receives |) : nom. 0.1- bygt, ace. O.I-'J by^tjn. „ l;»- gy^ta, „ !;►-» gy^tSn. ^ „ Af?^ Idmmftft, „ AfJ^^J lammdiifl|n (§ 6). „ 0.* * by^t^od, „ 0.'f^bygt^6a|n(§6). -1 comes after the art. (§11) and pers. sufi^. (§ 125), but before other suffl : fli*1 by^tun, the house, Ms^l sy^t|tun, the woman, fli*7 by^tyen, my house, fli;I:'> by^twfin, her house, V^^^l byet&cc|n|n, our house. flt+iy" by^tunjm, and his (the) house. The JEthiopic Accusative. §96? The Ethiopic accusative in -a survives in some cases, in which the form but not necessarily the mean- ing is acc.^ : the efiect in Amharic is generally to give an objective sense to a following noun : ^ 'Status constructus.* Praetorius, Gram. iEtb. § 125, 'Quoad formam status constructi nihil refert num nomen in eo positum nominativi sensum habeat an genitivi an accusativi.' Digitized by Google §10, §11] Accidence. 58 Vb/^ njgufl, king, Ybw I VU^^ : n|g(i8| ndgfst, king of kings, em- peror; QA b&I, master, QAfli^ bftlay^^t, master of the house. But in some phrases the form in -| has the objec- tive sense (§ 67c) : VIC n^g^r, word, Vl^ I hi : ndg|ra s4ri, (maker of words), slanderer. The Adjbotivb. The adjective does not differ in accidence from § lo the substantive: sg. nom. ^T dagg (da-), good, h*. kjfu (kd-, k(i-), bad, ace. fi^ d$gg|i^» hf^l k|fun, pi nom, f^ll^ ddgg^Oc (-6c § 6), lic¥ k|f^Od (-66 § 6), ace. Kt'^l dagg^66cin. hC^-J kif^6«^n. For irregular (Eth.) pla see vocabulary ; all acy. with these form the regular pL as well. There is no special form of the adj. for either gender. The Aeticlb. The definite article 'the' is expressed by the §11 sufiSxes: sg. m. -u, written -hh after a voweP, f -i+ -itu (-jtu), written -|l+ after a vowel, pL m. k f -u. ^ Le. after any class of letter but sidjs (§ 4a). Digitized by VjOOQIC 64 Amharic Orammar. [J 11 S. has sg. f 'V -wa. All the above form the ace. in -1 -n. Oil- b^et, house, (!•* b^^tu, the house, ace. fli*^ by^tun. l;h gy^ta, master, Z^Oh g^^tau, the master, ace. Z^oh'i gy^taun. Al* s^et, woman, Ms^ s^^titu (itu), the woman, ace. A-t**! s^^titun (-|tun). 0.* ¥ b^^t^Oc, houses, 0.** bygt^6ccu, the houses, ace. 0.* *1 byet^dccun. i.iJti fdras, horse, mare (§ 9a)» S. ^^(k. fdraswa, the mare, ace. d.iSL'i fiiraswan. e o o o The article may be attached to a noun sub. or adj. or to the rel. + verb (§ 14). When it is attached to a verb ending in a conso- nant, the form -oh is used, connected by the vowel a (^z § 4a ; cp. the mode of connecting the pron. suff. -HH § 12c). The f ending -¥ -c (-66 § 6) takes -hh with- out the connecting a, and in G. -i* -itu (-|tu). After a verb ending in -u the art. takes the form "^ -t or -* -tu. E.g. fVir I yam^dta, who died, fViroh I hoh I yam^otdu (§ 8) sau, the man who died. f ^idCjc- I yammiwcord, that (rel.) descends, f 'TLiDCftOH I Tf S'-fl I yammjwoirdau z|n&y, the rain that descends. f l^+¥ I yam^<5ta6, who (f ) died. Digitized by Google §12, § 12a] Accidence. 66 f l^+¥iD-1 t A/ti yam^otaocyun (§ 6) s^et, the woman (ace.) who died, G. -IS*** -cditun (-|t-). f +7ftA^* I AP^ I yatagaddalut sdu^Od, the men who were killed, f +7ft/Ms'> I M n yatagaddalutun dyya, he saw those who were killed, faoat'P I VVoh n yamdttutu nficc^u, they are those who came. There is no form for the indef. art. in Amharic. The Pronoun. The Personal Pronoun. The personal pronouns are of two kinds, disjunc- § 12 tive (the emphasizing and distinguishing forms), which stand alone, and conjunctive, which cannot stand alone, but are suffixes attached to nouns, verbs, etc. Disjunctive Personal Pronouns. The disjunctive personal pronouns are : §12a sg.lst Xk|ny^(§8),I. 2nd m. M^ dnta (-ta)^ you. 2nd f hVG Anci2, you. 3rd m. XCfr |rsu (§ 8)^, he, it. 3rdf XCflL irs3 (§ 8)^ she, it. . ^ or M^ ant, (see vocab.) 2 M¥ and, ^ . . • or Xfr |ssu, (see vocab.), which is generally used of inanimate objects. * or XflL |ss6d. Digitized by Google 66 Amharic Grammar. [§ 12a pL Ist X? |fifid (§ 8), we. 2nd XA-H- pidnt (§ 8)\ you. 8rd hCWoh jr8dd(d)au2, they. The polite form of address is sg. 2nd hChP {ve&^o^ (§ 8), you, which is constr. with the verb in the pi. 3rd ; pi. XA'H', The polite form of reference is XCkYoH, he, they (e.g. the Rfis, the Bftses), with verb in pi. 3rd. All the above form the ace. in -'} -n (§ 9c)> may take the article (§11)> and simple and composite prepositions (§47) may be constr. with them: e.g. Xkl I ao^^ tt jn^^n mdttftii, he (it) struck me, myself f k1 1 hf^^ tt yan^^n dnta (§ 7rf), bring one of (some of) mine (f + X = f § 7a). f kiD«1 1 h9^^ tt yan^^un dnta, bring mine. ^yt I pC : tanta gfir, with you (+ + fc = ;'' § 7a). ACA« I lOH tt larsd nau, it's for him ( A + X = A § 7a). n? I ^*^ : ba&fid tftc, beneath us (as distinguished from others). 1 or XA-H- illdnta (-ta), hKTrt (|)nnAnt (-+ -ta, -ta), S.V. X*-. 2 or MVoh |ssdc(c)au, which is generally used of inanimate objects, or XICA« (|)nndrsu (-na-), X*fr (|)nnAssu (-na-), s.v. X»-. 8 or hChP I [XCfl] ^^6, hhP |ss4^, XA^ i [X*] |ss^6 ; in S. also used as pol. form of reference. Digitized by Google § 12&] Accidence. 67 XAT^ I hMJi^r n |lldiii|ii alfi^lljgim, you (pi.) I don't want. f 9?+|l* I V^ n yannant^jtu (§ 8) nftt, she is yours (pi). ^ hCWohJ I KrV- n |rs^id^un &jj&a\ them I have seen. Personal Pronouns conjunctive with Nouns. §12ft The personal pronouns conjunctive with nouns, other pronouns (§§ 16 — 19), and some adverbs, render- ing the possessive or genitive, are the following suffixes: sg. 1st -yg, after a voweP -fr -ye (-jS, ^)\ my. 2nd m. -0 -h^ your. 2nd f. -Tl -s, your. 2nd poL -aP -^^o^ after a vowel -P -^o, your. 3rd m. -u, after a vowel -hh -u, his, its. 3Pd f. V -wS (-5S), her, its. pL 1st -ft^ -^c)|n, our. 2nd -ft^tf- -^d)ihu (-dd(c)yuh § rrf), your. Sd^Ji sSd } -^'^^ -^^)i^ ^^^^ (^> ^^') These all form the ace. in -1 -n. ^ i.e. after any class of letter but sdd|s (§ 4a). ^ or -f -ya (-^a). « or .-fl -x W -»> -k (§ 7rf). * or -P* -wo (-^o) ; S. also sg. 3rd pol. Digitized by Google 68 AmhaHe Grammar. [§ 126 When -U or -71 are attached to sfid|8 (§ 4a) it has |, unless they have a further suff. These suff. are attached as follows: (a) to a consonant : (k^ b^et, house. house. M: by^tye, my (k^U by^<|h. your (m.) 0.^71 by^^s. your (f.) a.+F by^ta^, your (poL) a.-!: b^^tu. his (its) 0.* by^twa, her (its) 9^^"^ by6tfic(c)in. our a.;^^ byetfic(c)|hu (-6(c)yuh), your (pi.) a.;^«l*fl»- by6tdc(c)au, their (his, pol.) „ ace. M:! by^tyen. flil-Ol by^tihin (-th|n), fli1-Ti7 by^tisin (-tijn). Mr9^ by^tf^n. Mn by^tun, O.*"* by^twSn, ^^'^Til by6tac(c)jnin, IM•*^^'> byetic(d)|hun (§ 7rf), flijHpflhi byet^d)§uiL Digitized by Google § 12&] Aeeidenee. 69 (j3) to -S: 1^ gy^tS, master. l:*^ gygtSjye (-aye)^ my master. 1;*'0 gy^t&h, your(m.) ij'-'ll gy^tal, your(f.) I^^P gygti^S your(pol.) ^;^dH gy^tau, his (its) „ l;M» gygtdua^ her (its) 1;^^ gyet4c(c)|n(a+ft = ft§7a), our „ 1,^'fih gyet&c(c)|hu (-c(c)yuh), your (pi.) „ %^io- gy€tSc{e)^\i, their (his, pol.) „ (y) to ^o: fl^A- b^ql^o, mule. n*A-fr baql^^ye (-1^^)2, my mule. tt^HrV bdql'^oh, your (m.) n+A-1! b^ql^os, your(f.) a¥lirP baql^^o (-l''6)2, your (pol.) tt^HrOh bdql^ou, his (its) n*A-1» baql'^dua*'', her (its) a¥^^ baql6dc(6)|n, our n^Yih baql^c)|hu (-c(6)yuh), your (pi.) O^O^Vflh baql5ac(c)au, their (his, pol.) „ ^ fin. (§ 8), but conn, gy^ta^e: ^;^frl op^Ia g^^ta^e mdtta, my master has come. Similarly, conn, g^^ta^o, g^^taua. 2 fin. (§ 8) ; conn, bdql^^, bdql'^O, b^l'^oua. Digitized by Google 60 Amharic Orammar. [§12c The genders and numbers given above refer to the possessor, not to the object qualified : e.g, /•ft^O m|9t|h, your wife, QA7I bS]|8, your husband, fl+/Hf baql^ocd^e, my mules. With adv. : n^^-l batftccdd(c)|n, beneath us (as distin- guished from e.g. above us). § 12c Personal Pronouns conjunctive urith Verbs. The personal pronouns coiyunctive with verbs ^, rendering the dative and accusative, are the following sufiixes, also used as infixes : connecting vowel sg. 1st '^ "h (-ftft § 6), to me, me. a (a) 2nd m. -0 -h^ to you, you. | and a (a) 2nd f -Tl -8, to you, you. | 2nd pol. 'P -^o^ to you, you. a and none 3rdm. -HH-u, .^.^^ >^ } a „ '^ -t after o, u, „ „ „ none 3rdf .ft* .fit, ^^it^uV''^''' ^*^} ^^^^ pi. 1st -1 -n (-nn § 6)^ to us, us. a (a) ^ also with fl-, A-, when joined to a verb (§ 47a) ; also with hW q.v. ^ 2 or .-fi -x, -k, (§ Id). ^ or "P^ .^ot; S. also sg. 3rd pol. * or -* -nna. Digitized by Google § 12c] Accidence. 61 These suff. are attached to all parts of the rerb (§ 34) except the infin. and part, which, as nouns, take the suff. given in § \2h. The connecting vowel joins them to a verb ending in a consonant. They are inserted between the verb and the aux. M (§ 32) or another suff., such as the n^. suff. -^ (§37). E.g.: (a) after a consonant : J&TIC 7|Ag|r (-ar), let him tell. f/n^Si 7|Agaraft (-ara-), let him tell me. pnco yiig^h (-ar-), w » you (m.) ^TlcrS yiAgfris (-ar-). » » you (f ) r^-itiy yJAgfri'^ (-fir-)S » W you (pol.) pnij^- y|6gai^ (-ar-), 9> W him. f-ytl^ yJAgarftt (-ar-), » » her. JtTI« y|Agaran (-ara-)2. 99 » us. J&TI^Yu- 7|Ag|ric(d)|hu(-ar -^d)yuh)^ » you (pi.) fi.ru^m- yi6g|rfic(c)ai, 99 5> them (him, pol) )&)1^A yjn^grS], he tell& J&V7^?A Tin^gr^iiMl (-afl-), he tells me. fiyi£lffii yindgrahSl (-ah-)', „ „ you (m.) ^ or finCPt I [-CI*] y|iigar^ot (-ar-). 2 or ^TI) 1 or flm^PI* sdttaddl^ot ^ or AmYV sdttac^nn|. ' or V7^ you (m.) hM1/!^9' aln^gg|Tag|in, » W you (f.) hAM^/* aln|gg|r|^m^ >» » you (pol.) hM^diD-9* alndgg^um, n W him. hPiYli^^ ohi^^r&^m, »» l> her. hMn£^9^ aLn^ggaranniin (-ra-)^ » «> U8. hfiiVli-'hhr aln|ggar^a)|h um, „ » you (pi.) hAM^ToH/* alnaggar^d)|um, „ » them (him, poL) (8) after -u (k%) : A / VK. niggaru , they told. Yl^^ n^ggaruii, i they told me. VK-0 ndggaruh. >> w you (m.) VK-TI ndggarui, » w you if-) VK-P n^gg|ru^o*, M M you (pol.) Yli^ n^ggfrut, >» » him. Vl$ft' n^ggarwfit, >> » her. VK.1 n^ganm^ » » us. W^Yo* n^garwic(d)yuh, » » you (Pl.) MiVi»' naggarwdc(c)§u, » W them (him, pol.) ^ or -*fi^ -x|m. 2 or '£P^r -ra^i|m. ^ or -i^ -nnam. o * or *7<-P1- ndggaru'^ot ^ or *7« ndggarunna. Digitized by Google § 12c] Aeddenoe. 66 (c) after.7(s4l|B): •lrt^-7rf bjttjn^gri, if you (f) tell •O^m^ b|ttjndgrift (jft), ifyou(f)teUme. HPn^iOh bjt<|ndgryu, „ „ him. a^'nCf^ bjttjndgryfit, „ „ her. UPtVnin bjttjndgrin (-|n)\ ^ „ us. 'a^t-t^C^7io-b|tt|nag]7id(d)^ « ^ them. (0 after -5(rdy|): A^ sdmma, he heard. A^^ B^maft, he heard me. A^U s^mm&h, ^ ,, jou (m.) A^m sdmmfts, „ „ you (f. ) A^TP sdmma^o^ „ „ you (pol.) Aflio- s^mmau, „ „ him (it). im^ sdmmftt, „ „ her. dfn sdmman^ „ „ us. A^^tf- s^mmfic(c)yuh, „ „ you (pi.) A^n^i9« 8amm^c)au, ,, ,, them (him, pol.) 1 or -Ol-W^* bjttjn^nna (jn-). or imP^ s^ma^oi or A^) sAmmann^ 2 8 A1C.QB. Digitized by Google 66 Amharie Grcmmar. [§ 12c (17) after -yS(hdn48): AT^/Aii- s|tj6^dllju'' or flT^Att* sat|6cjlllau*', [ = rtT* I Mil- 1 § 32a], I have given. AT^yAu- s|^^&'elldllau>'^ I have given to you (m.) AtWAU- sf^ccyes^llau^ „ „ you (f. ) A-rtPMo- 8atj6cye'^6Allau'»2, „ „ you (poL) AT^I^Atf- 8|t|6c}'ewdllau^, „ „ him. A'PT^;^Att• satjocjrfitdll^u^', „ „ her. AT^^^AAU. 8at|6cy8«{6)yu- ^ hdllji"(§7rf)j " " ^^^^ A'PY^1*1»AiI' sati6cyftc(c)aikl-) them (hun, " \^^\ \ " " Pol) {6) after -'^S (sftyj): t^&A I [t<7f?h A i] ndgr5fil, he has told. Vldf^ n^gr^ofiMl, he has told me. WCyA n^gr'^ohal', „ „ you (m.) WCfA nlgr'^oSfiJ, „ „ you (f.) WCPKA ndgr^'o^HfiF, „ „ you (poL) Vte^ti ndgr^otftl, „ „ him. hniz^ti n!gr^tfil, „ „ her. WlTVA ndgr^onnfil, „ „ us. V'7i^A n|gr5ftd(6)^hftl, „ „ you (pi.) )1;(:¥rA nagr^d)au&I, „ „ them (him, pol.) 1 or At^AU- satiocyex^l^K^ 2 or A'P*P;^Al^°s§tj6cye^otdll|u^ 3 or A'P5'';''Att- 8a^6cfttdll|u>». * or AT^^Au- sa^66a6(6)yuhdllju«'. 6 Qr AT^f AU- sati^6fic(6)|udll|u^ « or -TiA -xfil. '^or WCpVa n^'^o^otftl (-r'^Ot-). Digitized by Google § 13a] Accidence. 67 The Demonstrative Pronoun. §13a The demonstratiye pronouns are, for near objects : sg. nom. m. f,V y^e (^^h, jihe)^ this, that, f. ^U'f yjhjd (-66) or ^Y y|d (yi66)2, aoc. m. f,VJ 7|han (-nn § 6) or fitni ^ann&n, f f.^y|6^, pL nom. Mnja (|)nndzzlh (-az-, -|h ; § 8)> or MU (|)nny^hM§8), ace. XM.U1 (|)nn|zzih|n (-az-, -|h-), MUI (|)nny^|n. For distant or absent objects : 9g. nom. m. f jS, that, that other, f. ^TyS6(-6c), ace. m. fi ySn or fn ydnnan, f. f^tjUt^. pL nom. MHJ (i)nndzzyS (-&z-; §8)^ or htS (|)nnyS(§8), ^ ace. KiUJ'i (|)nndzzySn (-dz- ; § 8), or hXfy (|)nny5n(§8). ^ lid; also written J&li ; G. ht ^h^e. 2 G. Mlf Jhicc (^66), y|66, |66. or iUMJO lUdzzfh (-4z-, -|h ; § 8). * or XA.U |U^h, hXV (|)nnlh (-|h ; § 8), XA.U lUih (-|h). ' or XAH^ iU^^ (-4z-), XA^ |IlyS. 5—2 Digitized by Google 68 Aniharie Orammar. [3 18a After prefixes SM becomes -ILU -zzih {-^•). f^ „ MJ^^ -zzya6(-d6). [r>i4.U?io- (ya)woidih|ftftdu (-<^h- ; § 8), the nearer (of two), nearest (of several), [f >«•/?•• (yft)wa)dydflaiu (-iodfi- &; §8), the further (of two), furthest (of several) ; in these forms -m^ is inflected like the article (§11). All the above refer to animate or inanimate objects, and may be used substantivally or adjectiv- ally. f' may be prefixed to its noun. E.g. SM I J&fl^A a y|he y|y^ftl, this is enough. f^irMHt^^vi ydool (§7rf) m|stu nftt, this is (that^s) his wife. SM I i.Ch : y|he fdras, this horse, that (near) horse. fH^ : yftzftf, that (distant) tree. ^1 1 1|* I h^lr^/Unah n yan zftf attiqwiiratau, don't cut that other tree down (that tree we saw, were speaking about, etc). XkU I amines • f •Tl I ^Voh s nnyfih matftf^Od e • yamftn nftd6^u?, whose are these books? MILU I j&flA^A- 1 t'lltj « nntoejh y|yaltdllu t^- nazzya (§ 7a), these are more than those (others). 1 but +^ tdya (§ 8) or +11^ tdzzyS (§ 8), from, than, in or on that ; there. Digitized by Google § ISb] Accidence. 60 AAlLU : 8|lazz|h (§ 8), beoause of this, therefore. ni«¥ I Art : yanj66| (§ Id) B^et, of this woman. XAhlL^ : Iskdzzy^ (§ 8), aa fkr as that, up to there. J&OiJ&lfAAi-HlJtt y^e y|6s£lal taszya, this is better than that other. f iD<^ll?iD- 1 ^lA : 7aw6Kl|h|Jiftdu fi^ras, the nearer (-est) of those horses. f IDJC'^?|&+ 1 VI- : yawoidyftftft^tu nat, she is the further (-est) of those. The demonstrative particle ^^*- nj- (nft-), look!,§i3& see ! (not found alone), takes the pers. suff. conjunc- tive with verbs (§ 12c), and expresses the present tense of the verb *to be' (§ 40) : 8g. 1st Vi naji (n§| § Td), I am. 2nd m. VU n^ (nah), you are. 2nd f t7! n&d, you are. 2nd pol. hP n4^, you are. 3rd m. \ah ndu, he (it) is. 3rdf ^^ nat, she (it) is. pi. Ist n nan, we are. 2nd S'Tu- n&c(c)|hu (n&d(c)yuh), you are. 3rd Wie- nd6(6)au, they are, he (pol.) is. The monosyllables above are enclitics (§8) and i»use a preceding word to be accented on the last syllable. Digitized by Google 70 Amharic Orammar. [§14 E.g. h'itVin in^^ naft, it is I. hyfr I •Tl I VU tt^ dnta mfin nah ?, who are you? f 2^ I ha^ a yan^^ nau, it's mine. ^A • ll'tV I T^OH « rS« dahnd ndd6au?, is the R&s well? § 14 The Relative Pronoun. The relative pronoun, which is always prefixed to a Terb (§ 34), is, for all numbers, genders, cases and persons: f.y».pref.t.^pperf(§25) l„h„,„M„h,,h.t; f ^- yamm- or A^- imm- pref. to > « ' cont.(§26) J «^^§^2. f ^- is yammj- and hf^- is |mm|- before a con- sonant (which, if t, becomes tt, § 6) ; M^- is mm(})- after a vowel. hh dlla (§ 32), he is present, there is, and the neg. f A^ (§ 39), hr^Nir (§ 40) take f-, makmg ^A yalla (§ 7a)y he who is present, that which there is, f A»A yal^4lla, he who (that which) is absent, Sr^M. ydjdal (§ 7a, -11 § 6), he who (that which) is not. The neg. pref KA- al- (§ 37) comes between the reL and the verb. The relative refers to animate and inanimate objects. The antecedent, if expressed, usually follows the ^ also written ^Irll a m&nnah ? Digitized by VjOOQIC § 14] Accidence. 71 yerb to which the relative is attached If no ante- cedent is expressed the reL implies one of any num- ber, gender, case or person, according, if it is in the nom., to that of the verb to which it is attached. The rel. + verb, being tantamount to a noun, may take the -*> -n of the ace. (§ 9c) and the article (§11)^. E.g. f 09^ I yamdtta, he who (that which) came. f 00^ I hoh I yamattd (§ 8) sau, a man who came. f o^^U I yamdtt&h, you who came. f ^709^ I yamm|nnjmdta, we who are coming, f ^HL^^ I Ai9« I yammjmatd (§ 7a ; § 8) sau, a man who is coming. f ^^tfpin- a yamm|ttmdtu, you (pi.) who are coming. XCA« I hoh I h^ao^ |rsd nau mmjmdta, it is he who is coming. hJir I VoH I hf^^ao^ a ant& nau mmjttmdta ?, is it you who are coming ? ^A I J&fl^A a ydlla y|ydq&l, what there is is enough. f ^A^A7aH I dMl n yammalfdlljgau (§ 7a) f&ras, the horse which I do not want. ^ Occasionally, especially in G. and Wallo, a pi. in -^5^ (§ 96) of the rel. + verb is heard : f Ai^T I ^Oh a yahad^Oc ndccau, they are those who went, = f A.*?- 1 ^Voh » yahadu ndccau. f ^A.^^ I ^Voh n yammjhad^Oc nftccau, they are those who are going, = f ^A.*?- 1 ^Voh a yamm|- hadu nSccau. Digitized by Google 72 Amhario Orammar. [§15 f 0»^1 1 Kf U « y&mAttan dyy&h ?, have you seexi who (what) came? ^ao^m^ I AoH I y&mattdu sau, the man who came. ftfD^iD-1 1 AoH I hffli9« a yamattdun sau dyyah^u ?, have you seen the man who came ? ^Al I Am^ o ydUan s|taft, give me what there is. f tfonh I yamdttu, they who (those which) came. ^aoat^ I A^AT I yamdttut fdras^Oc, the horses which came. f tfonhis I IVoh n y&mdttutu nd65au, they are those who (which) came. ^'^aoat^ I hf U yammjmdtutun dyyfth ?, have you seen those who (which) are coming ? ^Afl1-liM«H*^tt yallabbatjn alduttqim, I don't know (a) who (what) is in it, {fi) the place in which he (it) is. ^A^flilis I h?t I yallacc|bbatitu s^et, the woman who is in it. The Interrogative Pronoun. § 16 The interrogative pronouns are, referring to persons : sg. nom. ^n mftn (-nn § 6) ?, who ?, ace. •7*1 m&nnan?, pi. nom. n'i mftn(-nn §6)?, or M^n (|)nndm4n?i (-nn§6; §8), ace •Wl mdnnan?, or Vi^fYi (})nnaminnan ? 1 or JiA^n |lldm^ ? (-nn § 6 ; § 8) Digitized by VjOOQIC § 15] Accidence. 73 Refering to inanimate^ objects: 8g. nom. & ace. ^7 n4n?, what?, pL nom. ^*rT mjn^66? (-6c § 6), ace. f^^ m|n^66qn? r*7 may take the m. art. (§ 11)> and the pera. suff. coiyanctive with nouns (§ 12b). 8g. nom.& ace. ^IjfC mjnd|p?^ what?, pL nom. njC-C^ m|ndjp^Oc?» (-cc § 6), ace. f^jfC^T m|nd|r^<>dqn ? f^/tC may take the m. art. (§11). A pi. of ^n and ^1 is also formed by repeating them with the eonj. -V -nna = and : pL nom. ^TK^n man(n|n)n§;man ?* (nn ; § 8), who?, ace. •T^V^WI man(nin)nam&nnan ?^, pi. nom. & ace. ^1?^1 m|n|nndmjn ?, what ? ; these forms when used substantivally may be constr. with a pi. or sg. verb. ^ also to aninials and occasionally to persons : ^7 1 Aid- a m|n sau ?, what man ? ^1 1 IfW a m|n h^onh ?, what is the matter with you ? (lit. what have you become ?). iJJL* I fnf:^ I irrf- n f||ra4tu m^ndjn h^dnad?, what has become of (happened to) the mare ? 2 or njt^ mjndin? (nn §6). 5 or njtC*r^^mJnd|m^6c?, njt*f * mjnd|nn^0c ?, (■«§6). ^ The -n|n- is dropped in rapid speech. Digitized by Google 74 Amharic Grammar. [§15 Referring to animate and inanimate objects: sg. m. nom. •TViFio- m&nndc(c)au ?^, which ? (of two or more), ace. -iFie-'> -cc|un, f nom. •TS'¥/&+ m&nnfic(c)'^o|tu ?, ace. -+7 -tun, pi. nom. n^VP^ mftnn^c)au^5c?2 (-^F^ ^^o^oc; -de § 6), ace. -^ -d^n. sg. m. nom. fr+ yetu?^ which? (of two or more), ace. -+1 -tun, f. nom. fr;!: yetwa?*, ace. -;!:'> -twSn, pi. nom. Xk* (j)nnyetu?^ ace. -+1 -tun. 1 or m^Vm- mfinn|lldccau?, f •nAV/t* m&nn|l- ladc^^tu?, etc. 2 or •»S'¥* mftnna6c^66cu ?, •TJAV* mftnnjllao- c^66cu ?, ace. -¥l -ccun, or •T'T^io- mftnn'^Occdccau?, •71A*^iD- mann|11^0c6idcau?, •TV^io- mannSccddcau ?, ^Jii^Ppoh mann|ll&cc&eeau?, nv¥?^ah mannft66^56cd66au ?, n^iiSf^Oh mftnn|llft6c^06cd65au?, all with ace. -Vohl -ccaun* o « also written f* etc., G. U* hdtu? * or f I:* yetitwS ? (-t|t-). g! U-fc-l: hdtitu ?, U* h|twa? « OP hk-f^ (|)nnyet^(5c? (-66; -fS -t'^666u), ace. -*Yl -t^'i^n (-** 1 .^^666011) ; G. U*^ 14^^06? (-66), ace. -f^l -t^66(^, or XWi: (i)iinah|tu ? ace. -+? -tun. Digitized by Google § 15] Accidence. 75 f^Voh yetjftfiau?! (§ 8), which?, what kind of?, of which -dH is inflected like the art. (§11)*. tll^ 4^t ?, how much ?, how many ?, is indecl, and usually constr. with a sg. noun op verb, sometimes with the pi. All the above are used substantivally or adjectiv- ally, except f^JtC nVtHJ and f^Vf^, which are only used substantivally. Kg. ^n I lioh a mfin nau ?^ who is it ? •WT I Mo n m&nnan dyyah ?, whom did you see ? A^^iAmila lamftn s^ttah?, whom did you give it (them) to? *" ^ ^ ^n I Aoh I ioH I h^^fX^oh a man sdu nau mmyfi- ddrgau ?, what man is it that will do it ? (who is the man that ...?). M^n I Woh a nnamdn ndccau ?, who are they ? ^n I v¥tf- a mfin ndocyuh ?, who are you (pL) ? ^n I hit a mfinn dllu ?, who are present ? ^yK'^yi I im^ a m&nn|nnfim&n (§ 8) mdtta ? (or ^nhmdttu), who have come? ^TK^J I MV a mann|nnamdnnan dyyah ?, what persons did you ^ee ? ^7 1 hA a m|n dlla ?, what is there ? 9^ s hA a m|n ftla?, what did he say? ^ also written ?^Vm* G. If^Voh hat|iiftau? (§ 8). ^ it may be dropped in the pi. f I'V^ yetjftiiOc (-«)?, ace. -V^^T -fliiOo^. ^ also written •Won. Digitized by Google 76 Amharie Ghrammar. [§15 9ntnu.t ^f^mm- « m|A gjzye l&ntau? (§ 7rfX what time shall I bring it? J&lf t Ak 1 9^1 1 im^ m y|he lan^^ n^n^^ nau ?, what use is this to me? 9^J I A^^ a mjnmi Idnta?, what shall I bring? 9nf:C I im- n m|nd|r (§ 8) nau?, what is it? 9nf:'i I »nc » m|n(^n n^bbp?, what was it? 9^^:^ I MV n m|nd|n dyyah ?, what have you seen? 9nf!:e'^t I hf U IS n4ndjr^66c|n ayyah ?, what ob- jects did you see? laf • K#li.^ A-^ I y-ivr ^ I A^H SI gdyaja jhaddllau^ : mjninnftmin l|gza?, I am going to market: what things shall I buy? V^Woh t d.dh I ioh n yamanndccau (§ 47a) far^ (§ 8) nau ?, which man's horse is it ? ^J^Vm^ I d.dh t m&nnjllSccau fdr^ ?, which horse? ^S'Vjt* I n*A- 1 S'l- « manna6c^3|tu yjql^O (§ 8) nat?, which (she-) mule is it? Ms I *flC n y^tu ndbbar ?, which was it ? f i: I Aid- i tflC a y^tu sdu ndbbar?, which man was it ? ff;!: I A.^ I Aj^ I tiD- SI yayetwd (§ 8) s^et Ijj nau?, which woman's child is it? fki: I ff>^?i9- 1 ti9- IS by^tu yet|flftAu (§ 8) nau?, which is his house? f 1-?i»- 1 d.dh : yet|iifiau (§ 8) fdras ?, which horse ?, what kind of horse ? A'H* I hii n sint dlla ?, how much is there ? hVt I hA" II ^t dllu?, how many are there? A'H* I nif-n I idC m 4nt g^ncf y ndbb^r ?, how much money was there ? Digitized by Google § 16] Aeeidence. 77 hVt I l.Uti I aoin m ^nt ftras m^t^ I or hVt M d.dfi^'^iaoahm 8|nt f^r^'^Oo mdttu?, how many horses have come? ^Vt m}n|fifia?, prop, what kind of?, is generally used as an intensive adv., how! 9^ may also be used in this way (§ 77 ; &y. hhh) : e.g. 9^Vi 1 1*^ I im^ n m|n|£k£ka m^(5ftfi| n^ I, how foolish he is! ^1 1 ^ A4* I ioh m m|n t|II|q nau I how big it is ! The Indefinite Pronoun. The indefinite pronouns are, § 16 referring to animate objects : sg. nom. •TV* mdnn|m (-mm § 6), some(-body), any (-body), aca ^W^ minnan|m (-mm), pi. nom. Vimr (Dnn^m&nn|m (-mm), ace. \A^W^ (|)nnam&nnan|m (-nun). Referring to persons : sg. nom. li'H^ (|)ntan (-&n)^, what's-his-name, ace. Ii>hy> (|)ntan|n *, pL nom. K>M*Y (|)ntan^oc (-ta-; ^ § 6)», ace. li1+T^(|)ntan^6cc^(-ta-); these forms may take the art. (§11). 1 or K>f (|)nt^O, lil-f -» (l)nt^On. 2 or K>f1 (l)nt^on. * or M1+1 (|)nndntan (-an), with art. ->• -nu, ace. Ml+ll (|)nndntan|n, with art. ->-1 -nun ; this pi. is also used of inanimate objects. Digitized by Google 78 Amharic Grammar. [§ 1^ 8g. nom. MAi |g^^e^, so-ondHSO, ace. MAil Igilyen, pi. nom. liVlAi (|)nnag41ye^ ace. KflM (l)nnagdl^en. Referring to inanimate objects : sg. nom. & ace. TIT m|n|m (-mm § 6), anything, „ „ T'Wl m|n|mm|n, anything at alL sg. nom. & ace. \Ortl (|)nt|n, whatVits-name, pL nom. Ii-H-T^ (|)n<|n^oc (-6c § 6)^ ace. Xri-TY-J (|)n• -m (-mm § 6) ; with -u it may be constr. with pi. noun; it generally follows a noun it qualifies. Of the above, K>W, MAt, nr, nn, Xn-I are used sub- stantivally, hfty is used adjectivally, and the rest are used in either way. KM^, MWm* and the forms in -^ are generally (y^^, ^19^ always) followed by a neg. verb (§ 37), which drops its own final -^, if the pron. has one. E.g. h^nT t At II lam&nn|m (§ 8) ^t' ^^^ i^ to some- body. ^1»* I f A II m&nnjmm yalla (-mm^&lla § 7rf), there isn't anybody. ^1^ i LIA I hf^Auf: a m&nn|m fdr^ ^hi4 no horse is to go, (lit. any horse let-it-not-go). ^nf^ I hAf If a m&nnan}mm aldyyah ?, didn't you see anybody ? f^f^ I YAXth n m|nimm aldyyau^ I didn't see any- thing. 9^9^iYiM^Cti m|n|mmin alndbbar, it (there) wasn't anything at all. M^l I Kf*^ a Atin Anta, fetch a what's-its-name, (e.g. something for the name of which one does not know the Amharic). Digitized by Google 1 16] Accidence. 81 4i t^^^ i^ (them) to 80-and-80. hn^m^ I h^ftT « l^&[mid5|umm itt|g|, don't giye it (them) to anyone (of them). ^rWfm^'tf^ t KAfu- « m&nn|Uftd£^iimi{mm ald7y&u^ I didn't see anyone (of them). •riAlPfVi/^^fCor iL^fti] Mru-« mannjllftd- 6^6d^|m fi^r^^0c5 (or f^v^) aldyy^^ I didn't see any of the horses. hfVPfm^ I KllhC I AT « l^ftnn45£^amm ask^ (§ ^) 4^' S^^^ i^ (them) to one of the servants. hVi^ I hAf U^ n and465 aldyyii.hum, or Wi^ I h^fih tk and&5J|mm aldyy&u^, I didn't see any. YiWfm^'i t T^ « andiSJ^im |ra, call one of them. WiWm-'i I MlhC I T^ « and^id^fun 6Sk&v t|ra, call one of the servants. MVif: I Ai9« I anddnd s^u, a few people. KVnf: • ^f l^ » anddnd dyyau^, I saw some. hvnf^ I Ai*^ « anddnd^Oc s^^t^Oc, several women. hf^ I K^ I ayy&l^e |qa^ a good deal of baggage. kf A» I hP^ I Wi»- II ayyil^e sau^6d n^i£5|u, they are a good many men, what a lot of men there are! A>l I T^ « l^la ^ra, call another. M^l I T^ « l^laun ^ra» call the other. AM. OB. 6 Digitized by Google 82 Amhmic Orammar. [§16 * tbfi%iMk I Mf^ tt 1^ fj^r|8 atdyyftft, diov me another horae. the other home. tf^iluiUii^aUofii fhteT I hiillum, everything. f tl I U-A- 1 ti9- II y|he hiillu n^, this is all. i'U-A-^ t MC i VoH a tahiillumm ag&r nau, it is everywhere, (in every part of the country). ihA-1 1 KA^A"?^ « hiillun alfi&ll}g}m, I don't want it all. U-A-7^ I hA^A"? II hiillun|mm alfiUlig, I don't want any of it. U-A-1 1 Ami9« a hiillun s|tau, give him all of it. if-A-'W" I ftmiP- tt hiillun|m 8|tau, give him every- thing. 7111 fh I fhft XL gdnzayu hiillu, all the money. 4TT^ I l^A• • hr^ n sft^n^6d^n hiillu dnta (§ 7rf), Imng all the boxes. U"A71 I hhl n hullfid(|n dllan, we are all here. A.•^i^M^l^a h|du hulliofiyuh, go away, all of you. (O^fS^ t t^A' I Ahf^ a wa>ttdddar hiillu hada, or iD^f^C I U^ I JhA^ a wa>ttdddar hiillu hadu, or iD^fXa^ I t^A- 1 dkAn a wcottdddar'^Oc hiillu hidu, or iO^fX!^^ I tMVtfH i JhA- a wa>ttdddar^Od huU^ldSau hadtt, all the soldiera have gone. Digitized by Google §17] AeddemM. 8S The Reflexive Pronoun. For tkie reflexiTe pronoun the wwds § 17 inh r&8, lit head, tM n|fs (na-, -vs), lit soul, OAlk^ b&lab^^t (-}y-), lit householder, Ai9«H* sduim|t (-at), lit person, and the phrase niHiXj^i bfg^jj (§8), lit with what the hand has in its power (s.y. TM) are used with the pera suff (§126) to express 'self', when it is not expressed with sufficient deamess or emphasis by the reflexiye form of the yerb (§ 21). The aboye refer only to persons, and are used sub- stantiyally or ac^ectiyally : e.g. ^A-7 1 IfA « dteun g&ddala, he killed himself f miA I \Ciir I i^Ar % J&^A'^;^A SI y|h&nnanjss (r- s^^ rdsf "^o y|f^ll)gut&l, but you (pol.) Will want this yourself J&ll^i A^4^ I ti9- n y|he larfisftd6|n (§ 8) n^ this is for us ourselyes. WM t KA^Atf- n ndys^en |la£cdll|u^ I shaye my- self, (or fl^Hiirl I M- sdunnat^en jla-). ^A I tiML^m- 1 KAtn<-r « r&s 7&layyetdd6au al- n^bbarum, the Rfts himself wasn't there. a74iK£iK#»^Aif-« b|g|zzdja3re |m§«dll^M Will come myself 6-2 Digitized by Google 84 Amharic Grammar. [§ 18 1174 1 Kf 7i9« I hf!^£l^ a b|gazz%yd56}u ad^rr^gut^ they did it themselves. flTHih]^- is perhaps an emphatic personal rather than a true reflexive pronoun. The Distributive Pronoun. § 18 The distributive pronouns are : hWJjt dnddnd (§ 8), indecL, each, one by one, (cp. §83a), Kf-...-u, iyya-^...-u (written -dH after a vowel), indecL, each ; -u is dropped after numerals, or may be replaced *by pera suff. (§ 125). The above refer to animate or inanimate objects ; they are used acyectivally ^ ; they may take the pers. svdSi of the 1st and 2nd pL (§ 126, -u disappearing)^ in which case hWIJt may be used substantivally. They do not always logically refer to the noun with which they are constructed Kg. Au-A- 1 Mng: I -nc I nmVoh n lahilllu anddndl (§ 7d) y}rr 4t45cau, give them all a dollar each. MVif!: f iD^fLC • K^A • TJ&1- 1 hh^A m landAnd (§ 7a) wa>ttdddar dmsa t(yy}t ak]dlf|l, distribute fifty cartridges to each soldier. hJVM^JJ I mr44 a andand46qn[n tdyyaqunn^ they questioned each of u& hJVi^'^0* I Au^ a andand^yuh h|du, go one at a time. ^ also written Kt- ^ i.e. in constr. : logically they may be substantival Digitized by Google §19] Accidence. 86 Kf Ikis iyyay^^, each house. each is to bring his mule himself. Xr&* I A}H^ I ^Vn n iyyas^itu l^jwan tinsa, let each woman take up her child Xr4T>- 1 h4.+ n iyyasi^u kdff|t|, he opened each box. Mh^^ t J&#»AA n bayy44mu (§ 7a) y|m^l|s, or Mh^Wm^ t J&^AA- u b|y7as|md5i^ y|m4ll|su, let each answer to his nama h/^C I MdMr I -nc I dsfijr y|yya8^6st| yirr, ten at three dollars each. httL^'^ih t du^ n iyyay^et^idgjruh h|du, each of jou go to his (own) house. The Reciprocal Pronoun. The reciprocal pronoun is § 19 XCA fICA- |r8|^ bars-^ (ya-, -ars-), with the pi. pers. suff. (§ \%h\ each other. This pron. refers to animate or inanimate objects, and is used substantivally or adjectivally. The pL of the disgunctiye pers. pron. (§ 12a) or the dem. pron. (§ 18a) repeated, with fl- ba- pref to the second pron., is used in the same sense. E.g. XCA I flCA?'? I ^^\1 a ^rsa yarsdoqn t^tdllSn, or X? I fl? I i-^A7 a |fifii yafifki tatdll&n, we haye quarrelled with each other. ^ or KCA jrs, KA |ss|, KA |ss. ^ or AA- bass- (y|-, -ass-). Digitized by Google 86 Amharie Orammar. [§20a hCh I ^Cfi^ I MrmUr m |ra ySn^idfyiih att^tdlu, don't quarrel with each other. bansioi^ y|ggft$&Ulu, the boxes knodc against each other. Kknja I mnjO i i^jni-M^ a « nnazspi Yinnanih ta- gdyt^uftl, these and those are connected witii each other by marriage. §20a The I^umeral. I%e Cardinal Numerai, The cardinal numerals are: Cypher S Mfr andi, 1. 1 U^^ htilftt (-att). 2. f ^ftl- s'^ost, 3. 1 fU^ dritt (§ 8), 4. Js Ar A^ dmm|st, 6. X ftfrft* 8|dd|gt. 6. I Aa*4bit(-$y-;§8), 7. S Air*^ slmmjnt, 8. fi Hm'J z^t^fi (4ta-). 9. I h/^Cia^, 10. JJft h/^^ithtf: asrSh&ad^ 11. XI h/^^ 1 iM^ aeria»il|tt (-att), 12. » U^ hf g (hji)'. 20. 1 f hl^^ dndji 2 or h/^-^l/C- asr^nd. S. 11^ hd^a. his, i hft. Digitized by Google Aeeiden€e. 87 Sff Vftdklf^b^tMni^ 21. 9 1*^4 s^ULsS, 30. 9 Jm» drbS (-rr-), 40. 9 Ar4 ^sS, 60. S AA4 sjl8S>, 60. G An ^bS (-$7), 70. T fl*TJ/ samlilnjS, 80. 3 ■fliV zft^S(c&-; §8), 90. f •^ m^f'S, 100. n iMl* . tf»f hiiljtt m^ro, 200. ut IfU 8|1l«, 1000. ft KA«|lf, 10,000. Iff h/^CtKAf: i84r yf, 100,000. Iff «»fi3bAV u^^o ilf, 1,000,000. i*- if- may be used to join numbers above 99 : 0^ I ^f:^ m^t^o tand or a^ i Mjt^ m^t^o and, 101. 0^ I i*A A4 m^f^o tas^sa or 0^ t A A4 m^f^o s|lsa, 160. The cardinals are used substantivany or adjec- tiyally. With animate objects they take the sg. or pi. from 2 to 99, usually the sg. above 99; with inanimate ^ or 0/ 1 Mjt h^adnd, (-yibd). ^ or, occanonally, the T. forms AXr4 8|dsl, M sjssa. ^ or ?£ ^. * or +#h^Jt t|hdnd * or ditf: hand. Digitized by Google 88 Amharie Grammar. [§ 206 objects the sg. or pL from 2 to 9, usually the sg. above 9: e.g. ihh^i4Mt9 hiilatt %a8, or iM^iiL^^Yi hiilatt fi^r^^Od, 2 horsea ihh^ • Aj^ I M^ m hul&tt (§ 8) l|j dUftt, she has two children. AA4 1 Ai9« I 8|lsft (§ 8) s^ or hM i AP^ i sjlsa s^u^Oc, 60 men. ^p* I tt^iir I m^t^o y^l'^o, 100 mules. fcr/rt-i4T1i dmmjst s4t|n, or K»*/rt-i4TT*i dmm|8t s^U|n^oc, 6 boxes. Af*4 1 4T7 1 ^msa sdtin, 50 boxes. TJie Ordinal Number al. §20& The ordinal numerals are formed from the car- dinals by the sufSx -^?^ -^fkfiS (-&fkfiS) : e.g. iM+? hul^tt^ftfta (-la-, 4ft-)2, 2nd, /»/!+? s^OstAflflS (4fl-), 3rd, U^? h|ydflftS«, 20th, etc. 1st is A+? fit^fifiS (f|-, -afi-), or aofj^if maj^mmdryS (-Sr-) ; but hrt^ t #h1|^? asrahand^ii&S (-afi-), 11th. In compound numbers only the last takes the ordinal form : e.g. ipA4 t Kf'Ai'? s^Utea amm|st4fifia, 35th. 1 or-?-fifta. 2 or iMl-? huljtt|iiflS (-la-), /»*«•? s^Ost|fifliS, etc. 8 or ur? hjyafifta. Digitized by Google § 2(k^ § 21] Accidence. 89 All ordinals commonly take the art (§11), and ^t? and 0m%0mif also the pref. f- ja-: e.g. ^iA^m* I Ai9- « ya^tafifidu (§ 8) s^ the first man. ^0m%0m£fm^%'itiCti jamiJimm&ryau n^bbar, he (it) was the first. Another ordinal form is in -^ *(i)yy£^ • o^h^f hul|ttiyya (-la-), 2nd, etc. The Fr(Mction. Fractions are expressed by the ordinals, usually § 20c by the form in -/: eg. iMl- 1 lihHrf^ : hiilatt s^Ostlyya, Vs. Vs is KlhA |kkul (^-), usually adj., or XtWM- ikkul^^ta (tik-), & 1/4 is <^ rub (ruy), or tU^V arfttt|iifiS. Fractions are joined to whole numbers by +- : e.g. hJf: I -Mi-A and t^kkul, V/t. The Vbrb, Primitive Farm of Verb {Root), The primitive verb in its simplest form, which is § 21 the third person singular of the past^ consists in three radicals or root-letters* : 1 or dil)8 + f (§ 7a), 04i±f, etc. 2 ^r .-fc^. ' called simple perfect (§ 24). ^ using 'letter' in the Am. sense of a consonant, smgle or double (§ 6), with its following vowel (§ 4a). Digitized by Google 90 Amharie Grammar. [§31 A^^ li-qq^ma^, to pick^ gather. ^LAl fi-lla-ga, to seek, want The consonant of the 2nd^ radical is doubled (§ 6). In some verbs (type A § 34) it remains single in cer- tain parts of their coiijugation ; in others (type B § 35) it is doubled throughout^. Some verbs, e.g. ^AA, follow both types, but with a different meaning in each case ; others, e.g. i*^#»in, follow either type without change of meaning. The triliteral is the commonest root-form, but there are also quadriliteral verbs ^: ^tlf ^ ma-n^zza-r|, to change, hAhA ka-l&-kk|-la) to hinder, with 3rd rad. doubled : and numerous bilitend verbs, ^ corresponding in form but not in force with Ar. j^. A perf corresponding with J3 does not occur in Amharie, unless in such biliterals as H^ z'^i^ra (for ^ifiD^ zdwar^) to revolve, which has cans. ifiD^ z^ww^ (zduwar^), to cause to revolve. See Guidi, Coniug. pp. 246 — 261. ^ lit. 'he picked'; this root-form being, so to speak, the 'name' of the verb is conveniently represented by our infinitive, which is the Eng. ' name ' of a verb. ^ rarely the 3rd : If 7r zf g^yya, to be late. ^ There is nothing, on the face of it» to show which type a verb follows in its coiyugation; type B is commonly transitive (Guidi, Coniug. p. 247) ; type A may be either transitive or intransitive. ^ A few verbs have more than four radical^ e.g. hm^f!J^fJ^ audal^dalf^ ta be idle. Digitized by Google § 22a] Aceidenee. 91 raoBt of which are triliteral roots which have lost a racL: mi. ^f^ to write, (cp. Eth. IMiA), ^^ m^tta, to come, (cp. Eth. ^XtA), A^ s^mmS, to hear, (cp. Eth. Af*0)L Derived Forms of Verb. From the primitive form others are derived\ of § 22a which the commonest are : (a) Passive or Reflexive, formed by prefixing ttar^: +M^ taldqqam^ to be picked, hmtt dtt^bf (-y^), to wash, ;^lnO t^i^b| (-y^ ; § 7a), to be washed, wash oneself, +^Ud t|m|nAzz|r^ to be changed, f^A t^^a, to be written, i'An t^sdrnmS, to be heard. (ft) Causative formed by prefixing h- a-, express- ing causation or efiectuation of the action or state of the primitive verb: KAt^o aldqqam|, to take (animals) to pasture ; from tdtt q&rraba (-y^), to be near, Mdtt aqdrraba (-ya), to bring near; from AAAA lasillasa, to be soft, KAAAA alas^Uasa, to render soft ; hsmm am^ttSf to fetch, bring. ^ No single verb occurs in all the possible derived forms ; some verbs occur only in certain derived forms, the primitive form not occurring. ^Cp.jSB. Digitized by Google 92 Amharie Grammar. [§226 (y) Causative formed by prefixing hA- as-, ex- pressing causation, effectuation, or permission of tiie action or state, usually by. the employment of other persons (§ 68) : htlAt^ asl^q^m|, to cause or allow to pick or be picked, have (a thing) gathered ; hAhAhA ask^^kk^l, to cause or allow to hinder or be hindered ; hA^o^ asm^tta, to cause or allow to come, import. The causatiye of verbs with 1st rad. h is formed by hA- : tUid. dll^i, to pass, h4AA asdll|f|, to cause or allow to pass. Less Common Derived Forms of Verb. § 226 (8) A form with S preceding the doubled rad. ^ : >E^oin ddmm^ta, to gin (cotton) ; tA^A qaldqq^a, and t AtA q^fiqq^l^ to mix ; AiA l&oca, to shave. (c) Passive or reflexive of (S) : this often has a relative or reciprocal force ^ : i'Haom t^dmmata, to be ginned; ^fJL wakldada, to like, o o •WA*' tawdddadu^ to like each other, agree ; i*t AtA t^qalaqqala, to be mixed ; ^ Cp. jju ; but in Am. this form has a primitive not a derived force ; see Guidi, Coniug. p. 252. ^ Cp. J5U5. ^ pi. (§ 84), as commonly used. Digitized by Google §226] Aeeidmee. 98 i*Aak t|I^i£5a, to be shaved, to shaye oneself; or indicates a habit : MA ndkkasa, to bite, o • • "KIlA t|nSkkas|^ to have or acquire the habit of biting; (i) Causative (y) of (^) in htt- of which s is ajssimi- lated to the next consonant: often with relative or distributive force: h^^^ allfiqq|m|^ pick with others, help to pick ; h/A kdffal|, to divide, Ah/A akkfifiala^ to divide among others, dis- tribute ; iAMr sandbbata, to remain, hllKMr assanSbbata, to dismiss^. o o o (17) Reiterative, (and thence Intensive or the re- verse), formed by interposing the single consonant of the doubled rad*, with the vowel a, before that rad : h^^0o laqSqq|ma, to pick a little here and there, pick out, select ; /iAA7 falfillaga, to make a slight search for; AO^ sibbfura, to break, 000 AftO^ sabSbbara (-aya-X to break to pieces, smash ; 7A0in galdbb^ta, to turn over, iMttm galababb|ta (-ayS-), to turn right over, turn over and over; ^ for hhA' aslS-. ^ for hUh- aska-. ^ here, as in other cases, the connection between the forces of the primitive and derived forms is not clear. Digitized by Google 94 Amharie Orammar. [§32ft AK i|u&» to destroy, dJ^X %jSjja, to destroy utterly. (0) Passive or reflexive of (ri) : +li^0o tal^qaqq^i^ be picked out here and there, selected, Hina^ tasabSbbara (-av^), be broken to pieces, smasti^' 'HAftflm tagalababbata (-aya-), be turned over and over, completely disarranged. (t) Causative of (rj) in h- : hh^toD alaqSqqama, cause to pick a little, send to pasture. (k) Causative of (rj) in htt- of which s is assimilated to the next consonant ; cp. (C), to which this form is often equivalent : AA^t^o all^qSqq^^, pick with others, help to pick, MAQflm agg^labSbbata (-ayS-), to cause or allow to be completely disarranged, (§ 68). (X) Causative of passive or reflexive^, usually in verbs with 1st rad. 'a* or 'ha' : hwi^ duwoKja, to know, hti^m^ astduwoiqa, to inform. (ft) A form (usually quadriliteral) with pref M- an- (active) : hJmAaUi ant|ld^l^ to suspend ^ Cp. Jii£li but see Guidi, Coniug. pp. 259, 260. Digitized by VjOOQIC §2Saj23ft] AtddeMe. 95 {v) Beflexive or passive (usually of quadrUiteral root), in +1- 1^- : +7inAinA tant|l^tt|l|, to be suspended Voice. There are no special forms for Uie voices other § 28a than the derived forms given in § 22. If an English transitive verb is rendered by an Amharic verb in its primitive form, a passive is sup- plied by the derivative in +- (§22a, a); if the Am. verb is in a causative form (§ 22a, ^), a passive may generally be supplied by its primitive form : e.g. to seek : iJCl f|illag|, to be sought : 'tiJCl t^f^lfg^ ; to bring: A^o^ am^^ to be brought : ao^ m^t^ Mood. Hhe verb in all its forms,' primitive and derived, § 236 has the following moods : Indicative (stating) : J&A^^A y|lAqmal, he is picking. Contingent^ (supposing) : fUi^lT y|l^m, (iC when, etc.) he picks, picked, or will pick. ^ called the simple imperfect by Guidi because of its form ; but Isenberg's term ' contingent ', considering the use of this form, seems more appropriate. It does not distinguish any tense, but is used to express both perf and impert Digitized by Google 96 Amharic Gramman [§ 24a Jussive (ordering) : J&Atf* 7|lq(ii^ l^t him pick. Imperatiye^ (ordering): Atf* l|qam, pick* It also has the : Gerund (a dependent clause in itself) : h¥V l^m^o, he picking, he having picked Infinitive (the action) : ^oAtf* m^qam, to pick, picking. Participle (the agent) : h^^ 1^4mi, one that picks, picker. Tense. §24a Tenses are distinguished in the indicative only, which has the following: Perfect: (a) Simple^ : At^o l^qama, he picked or has picked {P) Compound^ : A^^A lAqmd&l, he has picked Imperfect : (a) Simple^, only m the neg*«: hf,^^r'r ajl^- m|m, he is not picking. ()8) Compound^ : J&A^^A y}ldqm&l^ he is pick- ing; ^ The imperative and jussive are the same mood ; I have retained the time-honoured term imperative for the 2nd person of the jussive. 2 referring to the form. ^ this is the cont. with neg. pref. and sufi! (§ 37) ; also expresses : he does not pick, he will not pick. ^ also expresses: he picks, he will pick. Digitized by Google §245, §25] Accidence. 97 Composite Tenses. By meanB of auxiliaries the following tenses are § 24& fonned fh>m the contingent and gerund: Pluperfect: h^V I ittC I l^m'^o n^bb|r^ he had picked Past Imperfect : S^li^ I WC I y|l^(|)m n^bb^r^ he was picking. . Similarly A*1* I JtlWA I lAqm^o y|h^6nftl, he would pick^ J&A^9" I J&irVA.i yil^(|)m yih^'dn&l he may pick*. The Rbgular Triliteral Verb. Formation and Inflexion of Parts. The number, person and gender are shown by § 25 adding the following prefixes and suffixes to a stem, which is in the indicative simple perfect the root, in the contingent, jussive and imperative a modifi- cation of the root ^ also expresses : he would have picked. ^ also expresses: he used to pick, he would pick, be ought to have picked. ^ or: he must have picked or: he probably will pick. AM. GR. Digitized by Google 98 Amharic Orammar. [§ 26 Indicative Simple Perfect. Stem : A*0o Id-qq^-mf (§ 84), or 4Jil ff lla-ga (§ 85). Suffixes : sg. 8rd m. — (stem), all three radicals g^ (§ 4a) 3rdf. — ^-d^ „ „ gj|z 2iid m. — V -h^ last radical s^kl}8^ . 2nd f. — Tl -s „ „ sfid|8^ Ist — U- -hu^ „ „ s&d|s^ pi. 3rd — u ff » ki^y 2nd — d*U-^c)|hu* „ „ rfiy| Ist — l-na*^ .6 5 26 Contingent Stem, type A (§ 84) *A*r W-q-m^, type B (§ 86) *4tA1 fflll-g. Prefixes and suffixes : Sg. 8rd m. /6 — y| — 3rd f ^ t| 2nd m. ^ — t| — 2nd f. ^ — i t| — i 1st h — I — pi. 3rd /6 — u yi — u 2nd ^ u t| u 1st M — |nni — 8^ ^ -de (§ 6). 2 q\qq pronomiced -Ti -x, -h -k, (§ 7d). ^ or -htt, -uh (§ 7rf, l -n. ^ except in verb with last rad doubled, which Digitized by Google § 26] Accidence. 99 For the modification of these prefixes by other pref. see § 45. The vowel | of these pref coalesces with initial a- toform S- (§7a): e^. hmtt dttayi (-b^), to wash, cont stem *hT41 a-t-v, cont. sg. 3rd m. fMl ySt(|)y, (i^ etc.) he washes. The sg. 1st is written KT41 St(|)y, not *AT41 (§ ib). [So in cans, conjug. (§ 41^ e) cont. sg. 1st hli^f^ Sliq(|)m, (if, etc.) I take to pasture, hhli^f^ Ssl^qlm, (if, etc.) I cause to pick or be picked.] The sufi: -i (s&l|s § 4a) of the sg. 2nd f modifies certain preceding consonants (§ 76) : e.g. hlA* kdfiata, to open, cont. stem. *h*^ kaft, o cont. sg. 2nd f. ^h*^ t|kdfc, (if, etc.) you (f ) open. In all cases the form given for pL 3rd is also used for the polite form of the sg. 2nd and sg. 3rd (§ 12a). The above prefixes and suffixes and those of the ger. and in£ given below (§§ 29, 30) are applied to all verbs, primitive and derived alike. retains its vowel : e.g. Mlf II zagdyyah, you were late : and see § 42a, 6, § 446. ^ The 2nd rad. sometimes has I in slow speech, l£q|m, in cases which can hardly be pronounced without it, e.g. when the word ends with the two consonants. ® or Jnn — 7—2 Digitized by Google 100 Amharic Oromimar. [§ 27, § 28 § 27 Jvssive. Stem, type A (§ 34) : *A+r 1-qa-m, type B (§ 35) : ^^LAI ^^1%*? (same as cent.). The pref. and suff are the same as those of the cont (§ 26). The 2nd person is only used in the formation of the neg. imperative (§ 37), and the sg. 1st not without pref A- (§ 48a). The vowel | of the pref coalesces with initial | to form|(§7a): e.g. hmfl, jusa stem ^Xm-fl |tay, juss. sg. 8rd m. J&oi'fl y|tay, let him wash. § 28 Imperative. Stem, type A : A*^ l|-qa-m, typeB: AAT fd-U|.g. The suff. are the same as those of the cont. (§ 26). There are no pref ^ In the neg. (§ 38) the corresponding persons of the juss. are used for the imp. ^ Verbs with 1st rad. ^ or ) are sometimes pro- nounced, especially in the imp., with an initial X; but this is not confined to the imp. See § 7dy under sfid|s. Digitized by Google §29, §30] Accidence. 101 Gerund. § 29 Stem, type A (§ 34) : *li^ir l^qm, sg. 1st l^q|min, type B (§ 36) : *^M1 fd%, sg. Ist filljgg. Suffixes: Sg. 3rd m. — ^o 8rdf — S 2nd m. ^U -ah (-ah)^ 2iid 1. — aTl -ad 1st — ye pL 3rd |IIH -^ 2nd — i^hh -^6)|hu (4d6yuh) 1st — ht -jn (-an). The suff. -^e of the sg. 1st modifies certain pre- ceding consonants (§ 76) : e.g. hdA' ger. sg. 1st stem *h*1- k4i|tt, ger. sg. 1st h«* kdf|6cye. Infinitive. § 30 Stem, type A : * A*»* Iqam, typeB: */A1ftUag Prefix : 00 — ma — . o The inf. is a substantive, and as such may take the -7 of the ace. (§ 9c), the art. (§11), and the pers. sufi! Hub): e.g. ^AA;l7l^'} i AA0^^ a mafaU|g;dcqhun aldutiqjin, I am not aware of your (pL) seeking. 1 OP -§1i -|x, -ax (§ Id). Digitized by VjOOQIC 102 Ainharic Orammar. [§31,§32a § 31 Participle. Stem, type A : *h^ao laqftm, typeB: *M1 fallfig. Suffix : -i (sdljs § 4a), which modifies certain preced- ing consonants (§ 76) : e.g. hA+ part, stem, *hi«^ k|fiit, part. hi«Y k^f^ (§ 8), one that opens. The part, is a noun, and as such may take the -7 of the ace. (§ 9c) the art. (§11), and the pers. sufi! (§ 126), and forms a pi. in -^o^ (§ 96). §32a Compound Tenses. Compound Perfect and Imperfect; hh dlla. The auxiliary verb hh dlla, to be, is attached to the ger. (§ 29) to form the compound perfect, and to the coni (§ 26) to form the compound imperfect hh, though imperf (present) in sense, is in form a simp, perf (§ 25, note 6 ; § 426), and is conjugated thus^: sg. 3rd m. AA dlla, he (it) is. 3rdf h^^ dllac^ she is. 2nd m. hM dllah, you ara 2nd £ hATi dllas, you are. 1st KAU- dllau^^ I am. o pi. 3rd Kit dllu, they are. 2nd hK^O- all&cc|hu (4ccyuh § 7rf), you are. 1st T\M dllan, we are. ^ hh only occurs in this tense. ^ -cc (§ 6). ^ § Id, under kf^y ; also written hM^. Digitized by Google §32ft] Accidence. 108 In all the persons of the comp. perf. except the sg. 3rd £ and sg. 1st, and also in the sg. 3rd m. of the comp. imperf the aux. is shortened to -ftA -ftl. Thus A^^A l^m5al\ he has picked, = h¥r lAqm^o + -ftA -ftl (§ 76) ; ^li^9^fMi tjlaqmySllaS, you (f ) are picking, = ^li¥n i^jm+hAti dllas (§ 7b). A single word is formed by verb and aux., between which, however, a pronominal pers. suff. (§ 12c), alone or with a preposition (§ 47a), or the coi\junction -^ (§ 486) may be interposed : ag. A♦1•;^A Idqm^otftl, he has picked it ; AtrA;^A Idqm'^ollat&l (§ 8), he has picked it for him; A^f^^A liqm^ommSl, and he has picked. In the comp. imperf § 326 pL 3rd J&A4^A- ypaqmSllu, they are picking, pL 2nd ^A+^A^U- t|laqmal]&ccyuh, you are picking, the suff. -u of the cont (§ 26) disappears. But when anything is interposed between verb and aux. -u reappears, and -aA- -Sllu is shortened to -&A -&1 : ag. j&A^i^A?A y|ldqmull|nfi&l, they are picking for me; ^A^i^^A^ih t|laqmutall&£dyuh, you (pL) are pick- ing it 1 also written A^TVA (§ 46). Digitized by VjOOQIC 104 Amharic Grammar. [^ 82c, § S2d Alternative Farm of Campatmd Perfect. § 32c An alternative form of the comp. perf , common in G., consists in the simp. per£ (§ 25) with the sufi! -?A -nnal^ for all numbers and persons, the pers. suff. (§ 12c), etc. being interposed between verb and aux. as in §32a: e.g. AtuD^A l^qamannfil, [ = A^A] he has picked ; Atup^A l^qama6c|nnfil (§ 6 ; § 8), [ = A^^AY laqmSl- lac,] she has picked ; MaoohVA Idqqamaunn&l, [ = At^;^ A] he has picked it; A^hdA^VA l^qamallat|nn&l, [ = At^A;f"A] he has picked it for him ; AtuD^^fA liqq^mamro|nnal, [ = At^^A] and he has picked Independent Use of hii dUd. \Z2d hh dlla when used independently, Le. not as an aux., means to exist, be present^, rather than to be, which is rendered in this tense (present) by tun ndu (§136): Ohi I h A w^a dlla ?, is there any water ? any I tOH wtthd (§ 8) nau?, is it water? iD^fS^thhn woittdddar dlla, there is a soldier, there are some soldiers. OBjhfj: I ioh 8 woittaddar nau, he (it) is a soldier. ^ a final consonant to which -?A is attached re- ceiving |. 2 = il y a, es gibt, hay, c% vi 6. Digitized by Google § 33a, § 335] Accidence. 105 Composite Tenses. The Past Imperfect ; )fl^ ndbbar|. The aux. yerb )fl^ ndbb|ra (-ar-), or )flC n^bbar§33a (-or), to be\ following the cont. (§ 26) forms the past imperf , both aflSrmative (§§ 34-36) and negative (§ 38). Either (a) both verb and aux. are coi\jugated or {P) )fl^ is impersonal and remains invariable, usually in the form )0C : e.g. tdi^r . »flC^ |lfi(|)m n^bb jrhwtt (^r-, -rub § 7rf), or XA^9* I )flC |liq(|)m n^bbar (-ar), I wajB picking, or, I used to pick. The Pluperfect The pluperfect is formed § 336 (a) in the affirmative by the ger. (§ 29) followed by )n^ (varying as in § 33a) : h¥aoV I 'itiOa l^mah n^bbarh, or h¥aoV I )0C Idqmah ndbbar (-ar), you had picked ; {p) in the neg. (§ 38), and in the apodosis of a conditional sentence introduced by 0-, by the simp, perf (§ 26) followed by *fl^ (varying as in § 33a) : hAA^^Yil-^ I tfl^Yu- allaqqam&c(c)|hum nabba- rfic(c)yuh (§ 7rf), or hAAt^T*!!-^ I )flC allaqq^mftc(c)ihum ndbbfr (-ar), you (pi.) had not picked. OA^ I tih*r^ I tflC^ n [)nc a] b&lail, baldqqamuh (§ Id) ndbbaruh (ndbbar), if he had told me I should have picked. ^ coi\jugated like Mao (§ 25, § 34) ; only occurs in the simp, perf Digitized by Google 106 Amharic Gramnuir. [§ 33c, § md Other Composite Tenses. \ 33c In the same way in Bimilar tenses (§ 245) formed by j&lfVA y|h^(5nfil (comp. imperC sg. 3rd m. of Ifl h^^n|» to be, become, happen) the aux. may be con- jugated or may be impersonal and remain invariable : e.g. j&A4'0»- 1 /wrVA- a y|ldqmu yjh^onSllu, or f»h¥^* I j&lf ?A a y|ldqmu y|h^(5nfil, they may pick» or, they probably will pick ; h^aooh I iMfS'A' a Idqmau yjh^onSUu, or A^'uDOH I j&ir?A a Idqm^ j^h'^dn&l, they would pick, or, they must have picked Independent Use of Wi.. §33i7 hUl. when used independently (Le. not aa an aux.) supplies a paat both of hoh (§ 13&) and of hh (§ ^2d) : e.g. Ohi I WC a w^a ndbbar, (a) it was water, (j8) there was some water. ^K^ I toe I n& I f A9» a t|nint n^bbar, zdr^e y4l- 1am (§ 39), yesterday he was present, to-day he is absent (yesterday there was some, to-day there is none). ^^ifCA-iMCiKu-lifkitoHa f|t yarsii n^bbar, fthun yan^^ n^u, formerly it was his, now it is mine. Digitized by Google § 34] Accidence. 107 PARADIGM OF THE REGULAR TRILITBRAL VERB. TYPE A. §84 Mao l^qama^ to pick, gather. Indicativb. Simple Perfect (§ 26) 8g. 3rd m. Mao Idqqama^ he (it) picked or haa picked. 3rd f A+ooY l^qama6^ she picked, etc. 2ndm. A+y^ Idqqamh^ you (m.) picked, etc. 2nd f. A+fTi Idqqamd, you (f.) picked, etc. 1st A+^«- l^qqamhu^ I picked, etc. pi. 3rd* A^"^- l^qamu, they (you, he, pol.) picked, etc. 2nd A*-T^^U.laqq|mft>| y^^ (pL) picked, etc. (c)jhu^ I 1st A4>f*) Idqqamna^ we picked, etc. ^-dc(§6). 2 sometimes l^qam|h ; also A+^ti Idqqamx, Mf^ Idqqamk, (§ Id under 0). ^ {'ha) or Idqqamuh, also A**"^ Idqqamhwii (-muh), A+^lh l^qaiQku, (-ktl) (§ 7^7, under kdjy, 0). * also sg. 2nd poL and sg. 3rd pol. (§ 12a) in this and all tenses. ^ or laqqamiid(d)yuh (§ Id). • or M9^ l^qamn. Digitized by Google 108 Amharic Chrammar. [§34 Compound Peij^ect^ (§ 32a) sg. 3rd m. A^A Idqmd&l, he haa picked. 3rdf. h^nh^ laqmSUac^, 2nd m. A^noyA 14qmah&l^ 2ndf. A^nDlfA llqm&s&l, iBt A*r^A«- laqimmySllau^*, pi. 3rd h^ao^ti Idqm^&I, 2nd A*^^^A laqmac(6)|hwftP, Ist A4^aD?A Idqman&l. Compound Imperfect (§ 32a> 6) sg. 3rd m. j&A4^A y|ldqm&l, he is picking, picks, or will pick. 3rdf. 1-A*^AY <|l|qmSlla^^ 2nd m. ^A^^AU ^^aqmallah, 2ndf. 1-A*r^ATS tpaqmySllas, 1st XA*^A«- llaqmSllau^^ ^ Alternative form in G. of comp. perf (§ Z2e) : sg. 3rd m. Mao^^ Idqqamannftl, he has picked. 3rd f A^'odYVA l^qamao^nnftl, 2nd m. A^'^^UVA ldqqamh|nn&l, 2ndf A+*^9A l|qq^m4nnfil, 1st Mf^O^^ti Idqqamhunn&l, pL 3rd A^'^-fA Idqqamunn&l, 2nd A*^Yw-9A laqq^mficc|hunn&l, 1st A**^?A Idqqamnjnn&l. 2 be (it) sought, has sought Srdf. dJiif fi&Uagac^ 2ndm.^<1U fiUlagh^ 2ndf. d/vrn fillags, Ist ^lu* fi&Uaghu^ pL drd'' dJit f^Uagu, 2nd dApfthf^lfg&o{c)^VL^ 1st lA'n £&Uagnf7 ^ differing from type A in formation of stems but not in inflexion. ^ sometimes -gpi, also fjUlakk (§ 7d, under if), ^Ifi ffllagx. * or -ghii, fillaguh, fdllakku (-ktl), also written AA-T^, (§ 7>^ pL 3rd ^Al'PA fdlllgau&I, 2nd ^Ap^A fal]ig^c)|hwftl^ 1st ^A7?A fdlllganal. Compound Imperfect (§32a) sg. 3rd m. j&^ApA ^f|^ll|gal, he is seeking, seeks. will seek. Srdf. ^^ApA^ 4fal^gSll&d«, 2nd m. ^/AjiAU 1|fall|gfillah, 2nd f. ^/.AI/AI! tIfalllgySllas, 1st X^A;iAU' ifaUigSl]au>>7, pi. 3rd ^^LApA* y|fall|gSllii, 2nd ^^A;iA7ti-t}fall}gallic(d)yiih», 1st M/.ApA? |nn(i)fall|gSllan. ^ alternative form in G. (§ 82c) ^7f A f^lligfnn&l, conjugated like A^ooVA (§ 34). 2 -66 (§ 6). 3 or -gah-. TlA -xfil (§ 7rf). * § 7o?, also written -Air*. 6 or -gfi6(6)yuhal (§ 7 (i^ when, etc) he seeks, sought, or will seek. 3rd£ td^n 4%ll)g, 2ndm.^^LA1 ^f^^g, 2ndf. ^^Al 44lligi, Ist K^LAI |f)|ilig, pL3rd ^^LAT* ^%u, 2nd td^l- 4f|ll|gu, let M^LAI |nn(|)fd%. JOSSIVB (§27) Bg. 8rd m. J&^LA*1 }^fi^llig, let him seek. 3rdf. ^^AT 4fdll|g, 2nd m. [*1-^A1 t|4ll|g,]» 2ndf [*1-4«Al t|filljgi,]» Ist [*X^1 jft%.]* pLdrd J&iLA'h 7if|&ll|gu 2nd [*1-^LAT- <|f|ll|gii,]3 1st M^AI |nn(|)fdli|g Imperative (§28) /.AT f|^U|g, seek. ^Ifjugi, /.AT* f|^l|gu. ^ or -arj. ^ or -ar. ^ only used to form the neg. imperative (§ 38). * only occurs with A- 1- prefixed: A^AI lif|&ll|g, let me seek. AM. OB. 8 Digitized by Google 114 Amharic Ghrammar, [§36 Gbrund (§29) 8g. 3rd m. I.M f^^^o, he seeking or havings sought 3rdf. i^p ^^^ 2nd m. /A7U f|^ll|g$h^ 2ndf. /A77S fi^Utgas, 1st /Al pL 8rd ^^noh fdll|gau, 2nd 4tA;iY«- falljglc(c)jhu2, 1st l.M'i fi^Ilsg^^ Infinitivb (§30) aolA^ m^fdllag, to seek, seekmg. Participle (§31) iAX falldgi, one that seeks, seeker. For the principal parts of triliterals with % )h, >, (§ 4a) as Ist or 2nd rad., with 2nd and 3rd rad. the same, with 1st rad. K, and other irr^ular triliterals see table of verbs in the appendix. PARADIGM OF REGULAR QUADRILITERAL VERR § 36 The conjugation of verbs with more or less than three radicals and of derived forms differs from that of triliterals in the formation of the steins of the principal parts, but not essentially in the inflexion of those stems (§ 34), nor in any way in the formation of 1 or -ah, -Tfi -gax, -gax, (§ 7rf). 2 or -dl6(d)yuh (§ Id). » or -aa Digitized by Google § 37a] Accidence. 115 composite tenses (§ 24&). In this and the following paradigms the form of the tense given is the sg. 8rd m. unless otherwise stated. aoiUd manizz|ra\ to change. Indicativb. Simp, perf aoitli mandzzara^ sg. 3rd £ nDtlf^Y man^zzarac^'^ etc., like h*ao (§ 34). Ck>mp. perf ^ (§ 32a) hdTH^ minz|r6ftl, sg. 3rd f aoYHMi^ mana^rSllac^ etc. Comp. imperf (§ 32a, b) J&odVU^A y|mandz2|rftl, sg. 3rd f '^^aoVH^Af t|manaz4rallac^ etc. CoNT. (§ 26) fsOoYnC y|man^z2|r. Juss. (§ 27) fsOoJUlC 3^dn4r. Imp. (§ 28) aoimc mdn4r. Gkr. (§ 29) aoynC mdn4r^o. Inf. (§ 30) aoaoinC mamdnzar^. Part. (§31) ao'Wd manziri. The principal parts of some verbs of more than four radicals will be fomid in the appendix. Negativb Conjugation. Formation. The negative verb is formed from the aflSrmative§37a by the addition of the prefix hA- al- and the suffix 1 or^-(§7rf). *-«a(§6). ^ G. also aohniS^ manfazaryinfil (-ftr-; § 32c). 8—2 Digitized by Google 116 Amharic Grammar. [§37€^ For the assimilation of A by a following consonant see § 7c; and for the doubling of m see § 6. Both KA- and -9* are added to the ind. simp, perf (§ 25) to form the neg. ind. perf, coni (§ 26) „ ,, neg. ind. imperf , ger. (§ 29) „ ,, neg. ger. (not much used). For the formation of the neg. composite tenses see §§38a,ft. fcA- [without -9*] is pref to the juss. (§ 27) to form the neg. jusa and to the forms of the juss. 2nd (§§ 34, 85) to form the neg* imperative. hhr ^a- or fh" yftla-^ [without -^] is pref to the inf (§ 30) to form the neg. inf The part (§31) has no neg. form. Nothing comes between KA- and the verb. -9* comes after pronouns (§ 12c) or prepositions (§47a) which are suff. to the verb, but before other suff. : e.g. h^^Mohf^iDf, a alfillagaummw^?^ (§ 8), didn't he want it? f +iioTiD- 1 hAlfiAl-^? I i*+ a yatam^ftfi&u alh^cS- nallat|mm|nna m^dta, his desire was not fulfilled and he died, (lit. what he longed for (it) did not happen^ to him and ... for -? see § 48&). ^ G. gen. ^A-, 8. gen. hA-. 2 or -7io^|6 a -gaummw| ?, s-v. mf^. ^ IfV h^'^dna, it happened. Digitized by Google § 37*, § 37c] Accidence. 117 Transference of -^. -T may be transferred from the verb to an ad- §876 jacent^ word, the negative sense then applymg specially to that word : (cp. § 62rf) : e.g. iMi't I KA/.A19* a fi^r^un alfdll)g|m, I don't want the horse, (opposed to : I do want it) ; ^L^A-7^ I K A^LAI I n^A^OHl I Xlll a fi^rasunjmm alfill}g, y^l'^oun |i\j(, I don't want the horse but the mule. i-hdmjlr i hf.Mr' a takaradt a|d&Uam (§ 40), it is not in the bag, (opposed to : it is in) ; HkdmA^f^ I Kj&^A a takaratit|mm d|dal, it is not in the bag, (but in something else). Omission of -^. When the contingent (§§ 236, 26, 37a) is used as § 37c such, i.a in dependent clauses, in the n^. it takes KA- without -^: e.g. hf^d.^'19^ a|fill|g|m, he does not want (seek), Qj&/.A^ ba}fill}g (§ 48a), if he does not want, f^|&/LA*7 yamma|fdll|g (§14), he who does not want; hf,^M^ ^f$U|g, ( juss. § 38), he is not to seek, hf^^Mn • Mfjn • ^fdlljg Indah^on^, if he does not seek. ^ gen. preceding, as the natural place of the verb in the clause is last (§ 736). 2 for f ^|6/AT I Xlftin I yamma|fdll|g Jndah^on ; av. Xlftin. Digitized by Google 118 Amharic Grammar. [§ 37rf, § 37e Similarly, when the simp. perf. or ger. are used in a dependent clause in the neg., -9^ is dropped : e.g. KPilAnf^ alfillagam, he did not want, 0A/A7 balfdllag^ (§ 48aX if he did not want, fMJin yaUpiga (§ 14), he who did not want, KA/.A7iXlAir}i alfdllagdndah'^on^ (§ 8), if he did not want hPil.M9^ alfdll|g^om, he not wanting, not having wanted, hMMft I Kifjn I alfdlI|g^(5ndah^on (§ 8), if he had not wanted. §37d^ -^ is dropped after an indef pron. ending in -^ (§16): e.g. ^nf^ I K A^^ a mdnnjmm almdtta, nobody came. 9^J9^ I KaA^ a m jn|mm als^mma, he heard nothing. SubstUvtion of Conjunction -9^ for Negative -^. § 37e The coiy. -9^ and, even, also, (§ 486) may take the place of the neg. -^ which has been dropped (§ 37c, d) : e.g. aj&/.A1 1 h^hoiOh a ba|fd%, att|8tau, if he doesn't want it, don't give it to him, Qj&/.A^9* I AmoH a bajfill^m s|t^u, even if he doesn't want it, give it to him. aA/.A7 1 QAnD^ a balfdllaga balmdtta, if he had not wanted to, he would not have come, Q A/.A79* I fluD^ a balfillagam bamdtta, even if he had not wanted to, he would have come. ^ for ^A/.A7 1 Mfjm I yalfdllagdndah^on. Digitized by VjOOQIC §37/ §38] Accidence. 119 Optional omission of -^* -9* may be dropped without altering the sense in § 37/ TAT (§ 30) and hf.Mr' (§ 40), especially in questions: e^g. fATTa y^lad(|m, or fA^a y^ill&d (§6), she is not present J&DiKj&M9*a y|he a|d^lamt or j&Dihj&^Aa y|he ^dal?, isn't it this? ^A I hf^Nirf. a ydirn^ ^dallw|?^ isn't he (it) here (there)? PARADIGM OF NEGATIVE VERB. Indicative § 38 Perfect eg. 3rd m. hMitim9^ all^qam^^ he did not pick, has not picked 3rd f. hMi^aol^ all^qamac^, 2ndm.KAA4'f*ll^ alldqqamh|m^ 2nd f. hMi*9^9^ all^qam8|m, 1st hMi*rihr all4qqamhum^ pL 3rd hMit0^^ alldqqamum, 2nd KAA^'^Tv-^ allaqqam&d(c)}hum, 1st hMii^f^9^ alldqqainnam^. ^ =r(§14) + hA(§82rf,§7a). 2 §6, §8; S.V.IDI6. ^ here and throughout the coi\jug. -mm (§ 6). ^or-1l*--xim,-kjm. * or -Ih^ -kum. ^ or -Tt9^ -njm. Digitized by Google 120 Aniharic Orammar, [§ 38 Imperfect 8g. 3rdm. hfMh¥^f^ a|ldqm)m, he is not picking, does (will) not pick. 3rd f hPlrh^rr §:tt(|)liqm|m, 2ndm.h1-A*r^ Stt(|)ldqni|m, 2ndf h1-A*n.^ attpAqmim, 1st hAA*r^ alldqm|m\ pi. 3rd hf^h^^^f^ a|l^mum, 2nd h1-A*a*-^ §:tt(j)14qmum, 1st Mh^f^r ann(|)liqm|m. Past Iiaperject tif^h^f^ I Wd a|l^m|m n^bb|r|^, he was not picking, used not to pick. Pluperfect hMi^gmf^ I Wd all^qamam nAbb^^ he had not picked. CONTINGBNT sg. 3rd m. h|&A*/* ap$q(|)m, (if, when, etc.) he does (did, will) not pick. 3rdf hl-A+r att(|)l^(|)m, 2nd m. h^h^T" att(|)ldq(|)m, 2ndf. h1-A*n. Stt(i)liqmi, ist hMi^T" all^(|)m^ pi. 3rd hf^h^im* a|ldqmu, 2nd h^h^am. 5tt(|)liqmu, 1st MA*r ann(|)lkq(|)m. ^ the X- |- of the affirmative disappearing both in writing and pronunciation. ^ or -ar- ; or MC, as in affirmative co^jug. (§ 33a, b). Digitized by Google § 38] Accidence. 121 Jussive 8g. 8rdm. hj&A^f* ^qfu^' let him not pick. Srdf fcl-A+r attpqam, Ist KAA^f* aipq|m, pL 3rd hf.^'ta^ ^qamu, 1st MA^f* ann|lqam. Imperative 8g.2ndm.K^A^f* att|Iq|m, do not pick. 2nd f. fcl-A+n. attpqami, pL 2nd h^A'ta^ Stt|lqamu. Gerund 9g. 8rd hl hMi^^T^ all^m'^Sm, he not picking, not having picked* 3rd f fcAA*^»r allAqmSm, 2nd m. hMi^grnVf^ all^mah|m^ 2ndf. hMi^ao'Sf^ all^ma8|m, 1st hfiUi^H^r alldqimm^em, pi. 3rd hMi^aoOhf^ alUqmaum, 2nd fcAA^^^U-f* allaqin&c(c)|huin, Ist tkMi^ao't^ alldqinaii}m. Infinitive hliim^^f^ alamdlqam^ not to pick. Participle none^ ^ or -"fif* -x|°^- ^ ^- ^A^A*** yftlamAlqam. ' expressed by rel. (§ 14) : f •Ti&A^f* yamina^dq(|)m, one that does not pick. Digitized by Google 122 Aniharie Grammar. [§39a, §39& § 39a The neg. of hti dlla (§ 32a, d) is sg. 3rd m. f A9* yallam, he (it) is not present^ there is not Srdf fA^fr y&llaoqm, 2nd m. f Ail^ y&llah|m, 2ndf. fAlfr yiUa^m, 1st fAil-y* yallshum, pL 3rd 9M* y4Uum, 2nd ^Khyr yall4c(c)jhum, 1st fAW yallanjm. §39& When fA9* loses its -f* in the cases mentioned in § 37^, <2,/, i.e. in which it remains in the indicative, it becomes sg. 3rd m. f A y^Ia, Srd f. f A-f y4Ua6^ 2nd m. fAU y&llah, etc., coivjug. like hh (§ 32a): e.g. ^Pi^r I fA a t|ll|qimm (§ 6) y4ll^ there is not a large one. f*19* 1 f A n m|n}mm y4lla, there is nothing. f A- a y4llu ?, aren't they here (there) ? But in dependent clauses (§ 37c) it becomes sg. 3rd m. -/WA -l^'&lla, 3rd f. -AA-f -ly&llac\ 2nd m. -MX! -I^allah, etc., conjug. like hh, always with pref. (reL f- (§ 14) before M^m): ' -^ (§ 6). Digitized by VjOOQIC § 39«, § 40a, § 40&] Accidence. 123 e.g. fl/WA b|ly4lla or X751A.A (Dnd^^^ if he is not pree^it, if there is not fAA I htfjn I yaI^all^d|h'<'on (§ 8), if he were not present, if there were not The neg. conjug. of Wd, (§ 33) is regular : § Z9c hMttd/r alndbb^r^ (-ar-), etc. (§ 38). A neg. conjug. is supplied for ioh (§ ISb) by §40a 8g. 3rd m. h^Nif a|d^lam^, he (it) is not^ 3rdf hf.M'l^ ^d&n&o^mK 2nd m. Aj&l^AUf* a|ddllah|m^ etc., conjug. like f Af* (§ 39a) : eg. Xk I hj^NHhf a py^ a|dillahum, it is not I. f% 1 hf,f4if n j&dj6 a|ddllam, it is not mine. ^A 1 >^tV I Aj&M^ n rfts d4hna a|dallum, the Ras is not well. When hf.Nif^ drops -f (§ 376, c, d,f), it becomes § 406 sg. 3rd m. Kj&^A d|daP, 3rd f Aj&MiT^ ^d^Uac'S 2nd m. h^NiU aiddll&h, etc., conjug. like hii (§ 32a) : e.g. _ (§ 376) ^A^y" I hfif^ u t|ll|qjnmi ^dal, it is not large. (§ 37c) ft^fAl-ih }^d|ll^idcyuh, you (pi.) who are not (§ ^7d) 9nr* I K^^A « mp4mm ^dal, it is nothmg. hf,f^ is not constr. with MfjTt, but takes M5l-(q.v.): e.g. htfifif-A I (Dnd^dal, if he (it) is not ^ or ad-, -d4- (§ 7d). ^ also used as neg. particle, no. not « -11 (§ 6). * -66 (§ 6). Digitized by Google 124 Amharic Grammar. [§*1« With 11- (§47a, §48a) the -A of Kj&^A becomes g||z (§ ia\ and it has the meaning of a n^. of KA (§32rf): ag. aj&MV I imTIJC* I ^£*> » ba|dalla mdtkgad h&dna» we went where there is no road, ( = HAAII^ i ^TIJC* I bal^allabb|t mdAgad, etc.) Before the art (§11) the -A of hf^f-fii becomes e.g. f CA- 1 ff0Niah 1 4.dil i yarsii ya|dall|u f&ras, the horse which is not hia CONJUGATION OF DERIVED FORMS OF VERB. §41 a See § 36, initial remarks. Paradigm op Passive ob Reflbxivb Form OP Verb. Type A. i'Mim taldqqama, to be picked, (§ 22a, a). Ind. Simp. perf. i'Mim taldqqama, sg. 8rd f. i'Mao^ tal^qamac\ etc., like Mam (§34). Comp. perf. (§ 32a) +A**rA t|l^m5ftl2, 8g. 3rd f. +A*^A^ talaqm£llac^ etc Comp. imperf. (§ B2a,b) J&A^*VA y|lldqqamfil^ sg. 3rd f. 1'A+*»A^ tjUaqqamSllac^.', etc. ' -^ (§ 6). ^ G. also +A**,.VA taldqqamaimfil (§ 32c). ^ (§ 7c) the Ist rad. is doubled throughout the tense. Digitized by Google § 41^ § 41c] Accidence. 125 C0NT.(§26) f,li*9^ yjUAqq^mi. Jusa (§ 27) f.Mr yjUfjam ^'^ Imp. (§ 28) *+A*r taliqam^ ^ Ger. (§ 29) ^A^^* talAqm^o. Inf. (§ 80) imMf^ mallAq|m. Part. (§81) +Aj**T, talfqdmi. Type B. i'^Jil tafi&Uaga, to be sought, § Ub differs from type A only in the formation of the stems of the Ger. (§ 29) +^A^ taf411|g^o, whence (§ 82a) Inb. C!omp. perf. -h^A^A taf£ll|gdftl and of the Part. (§31) +^AX t|fall^. For principal parts of passive form of verbs with § 41c 1st rad. h, e.g. ^mtt t&ttaba (-ya), to be washed, and other irregular verbs, e.g. 'Kr^A tan^asa^ to breathe, and of verbs with more or less than three rad., see appendix. .^ (§ 7c) the 1st rad. is doubled throughout the tense. ^ 2nd rad single throughout the tense. ^ given as a paradigm ; the meaning of this particu- lar verb precludes its having a passive or reflexive imperative. Digitized by Google 126 Aniharie Orammar. [§41<7,§41« Paradigm of Causativk Form op Verb. l^ld OAUSATiyBm A-: hh'¥ao aldqqama, to take to pasture. Ind. Simp. perf. (§ 25) hMan aldqqama. Comp perf. (§ 82a) KA^A Slqjmfiftli. Comp. imperf. (§82a,6) ^A*^A yaadqmftl^, sg. 1st hh¥^hO- Slaqm£ll^^^ CONT. (§ 26) fh^ yS14q(|)m2, sg. 3rd f. ;^A♦r tS14q(|)m \ Jus8.(§27) ^A*rySlq|m2, sg. 8rd f. ;»-A*y tSlqjm \ Imp. (§ 28) AA*r glq|m. Gbr. (§ 29) fcA*^» 51qjm''o. Inf. (§ 30) -TA*^ mSlqam « Part. (§ 31) h^i^'X alqiimi. § 41« Causativb in hh- : KAAttfB asl4qq|ma, to cause to pick or be picked. Ind. Simp. perf. (§ 26) hhMao asldqqama. Comp. perf. (32a) AAA4^A asldqqjm^*. Comp. imperf. (32a, h) fhh^^A y5sldqqjmftl2 sg. 1st hhh^^Ath Sslaqqimallau''^ 1 G. also IkAttfvVA al^q|m|mifil (§ 32c). M 7a. 8 § 26. ♦ G. also MMamVA asldqqamami&l (§ 82c). Digitized by Google §41/§42a] Accidence. 127 Coot. (§ 26) /AA*r ySslfjqjmi, sg. 3rd f. ;^ftA♦y• tSsI^qqlm^ Jusa (§ 27) fiili^9^ y&l^qqim ^ sg. 3rd f. ;^ftA♦^ tSsl^qqjm \ Imp. (§ 28) KftA+r ad^qqjm, Ger. (§ 29) Mli^^ asl^i^^o. Inf. (§ 30) •TAA+r mSslAqqam^ Part. (§ 31) hbh^^ a^ilaqqfimi. Some caosatives in K are conjugated like a cans. § 41/ in M', e.g. hUf^d ab^dara (ay-, adda-), to lend. For this and other causatives, and the coi\jug. of other derived forms (§ 226) nee appendix. CONJUGATION OF BILITERAL VERBS. See § 36, initial remarks. §42a Biliteral verbs are in most cases triliteral roots which have lost a radical. When the lost rad. was the 3rd, the 2nd and now final rad. is (usually, but see § 426) rfiy|, -S (§ 4a), and a compensatory t appears in the ger. and inf ; -a is retained as part of the stem of the cont, juss., imp. and inf but disappears before a suff -i or -u (§§ 25-28, §§ 30, 31) : M7a. Digitized by Google 128 Amharie Grammar. [§^2a A^ simmS, to hear, understand, (q>. Eth. A^O). Inbicativb Simp. per£ (§ 26) Bg. 3rd m. A^ simmS, he heard, etc 3rd f A*?^ sdmmSc^ 2nd m. A^tl sdmmSh, 2nd f. A^TTf sdmmSs^ 1st A^U- s^mmShu^ pL 3rd Aa^ simmu, 2nd A*?¥il- 8amm4&(d)|hu^ Ist A^ sdmmSni^. Oomp. perf. (32a) Af*:l;A 8dmt8ftl^ he has heard, sg. 3rd f Af^^li^ samtSllac\ etc Comp. unperf. (§ 32a, b) J&A^A j^mfil, he is hearing, etc sg. 3rd f. ^A^iif t|samSllad\ etc. Contingent (§ 26) sg. 3rd m. J&A^ yi^^nia, (if, etc.) he hears, etc 3rd f. ^A^ f^fmS, 2nd m. ^A^ t|8ima, 2ndf. I-AT, 44"^^> 1st ^A^ is^mct, pi. 3rd f,Aa^ y|sdmu, 2nd h'Aa^ ^dmu, 1st MA^ |nn(|)sim5. ' -^ (§ 6). ~^ ~ 2 or -mahtl, -mau^ (§ 7dy under kJJjy) ; also written A^TI*. ^ or -4g(c)yuh (§ 7d). * or A*?1 s^mmSn. ^ 6. also A^?A sdmmannal (§ 32c). Digitized by Google § 42a] Accidence. 129 JUSSIVB (§ 27) 8g. 8rd HL J&A^ 7|smS» let him hear. 8rd £ ^im tpmSi, 2nd m. [**A^ tjsmS,]* 2ndf [**ftT. tjsmi,]^ Ifit [*XA^ |8m5,]« pL 3rd f^ha^ y|smu, 2nd [♦1'ftiip- t|smu,]* Ist MA^ Inn^ma. Impbratiyb (§ 28) im BpnS, hear. A0»« s|mu. GsR. (§ 29) Af*^ simf^o, he hearing, etc sg. 8rd £ Af^^ simtS, sg. 1st Af^ ^dm|^cye^ etc. Inf. (§ 30) imA*?1- mdsmdt*. Part. (§ 31) AT, simi*. AT is analogous with type A (§ 34) in the formation of its sterna There are also biliterals inflected like At throughout their coi\jugation but forming stems analogous with ^rpe B (§ 35); see e.g. principal parts of Ah Idkka, to measure, ^T q^mS, to rob, in appendix. ^ only used to form neg. imp. (§ 37) sg. 2nd m. Jk^AT Sttjsmi^ don't hear. 2ndf M-AT, 5tt|smi, pL 2nd hh'ha^ Stt|smu. * only occurs with A- (§ 48a) pref AAT l|smS, let me hear. ' § 76. * § 8. * or sfimi (§ 7d). AM. OB. 9 Digitized by Google 130 Amharic Ghrammar. [§^26 § 426 See § 42a, initial remarks. When the lost 3rd rad was id, f , in some verbs no trace of it remains in the ind simp. perf. sg. 3rd m., but the 2nd and now final rad. retains a in the rest of o that tense except before the sufi^. -u of the pL 8rd and in the in£ In the rest of the coi\jng. a is lost. A compensatory t appears in the ger. and inf : ♦^ q^i^' to remain behind or over, {J*^IX). Ind. Simp, perf sg. 3rd m. ♦<: qdrra, Srdf. */rf- qdrracS 2ndm. . t^U qdITah^ 2ndf t^:!! q^rrai, 1st ♦<:i»« qdrrau'", pi. 3rd ♦<• qdrru. 2nd ♦^^il-q|rrfic(c)ihu*. 1st ♦<;> qdrrana^ Comp. perf (§ 32a) tCAA qArtttftl^ Comp. imperf (§ 32a, 6) /&+^A yjqArfiF. Com (§26) i&+C yJq4r^ sg. 3rd f l-tC tjqdr', etc. ^ -cc (§ 6). _ ^ or -ah. ' § 7rf mider kfijv ; also written ♦^1r*. * or -ftc(c)yuh (§ Id), ^ or ^Ci q^rran (-an). ® or qa-. G. also ^iS^ qdrrannal (§ 32c). ^ or-q&-. Digitized by Google §426] Juss. (§ 27) ^♦C 8g. 3rd f. I^C . 2nd m. [*1-*C 2ndf. [*t^d 1st [*X*C pi. 3rd ^♦^^ 2nd [*1^<. Ist Accidence. tlqjr,]* t|qri]« y|qru, t|qru,]« 131 Imperatiys (§ 28) ♦Cqjr, ♦<5qp% ♦<• q|ru. X1*C |nn|qir*. Gbr.(§29) tC-f qdrt^o*, 8g. 3rd f. tcy* q^5», sg. 1st tC* qdqocSye''' etc Inf. (§80) ao^C'fr mdqratl Part. (§ 31) +<{ q|ri». ^4^ is analogous with type A (§ 34) in the formation of its stems ; for verbs inflected like ^£. but forming stems analogous with type B (§ 35), e.g. ti% bdjja (b4-), to be good, ^f qwoiyya, to await, wait, see appendix. ' In some verbs the 1st rad. loses its vowel through- out the jusa, e.g. Am s^tt^ to give, juss. sg. 3rd m. j&AT ^st, 3rd f I'ft'P ^st, etc. * only used to form the neg. imp. (§ 37) sg. 2nd m. Mr^ ^tt|qjr, 2ndf. h^& Stt|qri, pi. 2nd hPt^i- Stt|qru; dm makes sg. 2nd m. K^AT gtt|st (§ 8). ' only in (§ 48a) A^C l|qir, let me remain behind. * or |nnq|r. ' or qft-. * § 76. ^ or -at. 9—2 Digitized by Google 132 Amharie Gframmar. [§42C §42c See § 42a» initial remarks. When the lost rad. was the 2nd, the Ist rad. is (§ 4a) riLyi -fi, him|s ^e, or sft^ '^, according as K [0, V, . rttff t|88ye". a^aUl mdty|s^ rti^TI tyfts". (y t00D) *9^0 q^^m(|)h«. ♦**A qiimttar. ^♦•TAj^q^^mal. f>*9* y|q'^m. J&*^ y|qum. ♦^ qum. «fl» qiim'^o, ♦*Tt qiimm^e. ao^9^ mdq^^m*. #*Ti qwfiml ' or tafx, tafk (§ 7c?, under U). * or t^esx, fesk. « or q^Smx, q^Smk. * G. also «liL9A tdfannal (§ 32c). » or t|- (§ 7d). ' S. aka.A ty^dai, G. also taAVA tesannsi (§ 32c). ' G. also *amVA q^^mannftl (§ 32c). ' ' § 8. 'or -tja ' »« S. laA t^es^o. " § 76. » or tas ; for *m^fl. (§ 76). Digitized by Google § 42d; § 43a] Accidence. 183 For the principal parts of various anomaloiis and §42^; derived forms (§ 22) of biliterals see appendix. The Impersonal Verb. Impersonal verbs are only used in the sg. 3rd m., §43a expressing number, person and gender by means of the pera suff (§ 12c) : e.g. ^fliiH rdbau (-4y-), to be or become hungry (§ 6Sd). Ind. Simp, perf sg. 3rd m. IfHoh rdb|u\ he (it) was or is hungry. 3rd f ^n^ rdb&t, she was or is ^ 2ndm. ^fltl rdbah', you (m.) were or are „ 2nd f ^im ribas, you (f ) 2ndpoL^flf' rdba^^ you (pol.) „ „ ^ 1st ^11^ rdbafi^ I was or am „ pi. 3rd ^tWoh rftbfic(c)au, they were or are „ 2nd ^O^U- rabdc(c)yuh*, you „ „ „ Ist ^m rdban^ we „ „ „ Comp. perf CO^A r^^^taJ^' ^ he (it) is hungry, sg. 3rd f CQjl" A r|b8dtal \ she is hungry, etc. Comp. imperf j&Cfl4*A y|rb|ufil^ he will be hungry. CoNT. f^Cdoh yjrbau*, (if, when) he is hungry. Juss. j&^flnH y}r&bau\ let him be hungry. ^ or -ay- (§ 7d) throughout the tense. « or -ah. • or ^flPI- rftba^t. * or-ba.; -fift(§6). • §Vd • or -ba- ; -nn (§ 6) ; or ^fl* rdbanna. ' or -Jy.. ® § 8. * or -ry-. Digitized by Google 134 Amharic Grammar. [§*36 Imp. j&^-atl 7|rdb|h\ be hungry. Gbr. Cnl" rjb^St*, he being hungry. Inf. a»AHi mirdb^' ', to be or become hungry. Part. none. Aux. verbs like VflC (§38) do not take the pers. suff. when used impersonally. §436 The contraction of adjacent vowels described in § 7a has been frequently exemplified in the preceding paragrapha The modification of consonants by a following i (y) or e described in § Ih occurs in the coi\jugation of verbs whose final radical is one of the letters there specified : e.g. h^ kdfiala (§ 84), to divide or pay, Am sitta^ (Uke*^ §426), to give. Ind. comp. per£ sg. 1st hff^Au- kafiyyallau*^*, At^^Aii- sa^ocallau^*. Ind comp. imperf sg. 2nd f *h*^ATl ^kafyallas*, ^•A-i^^A^I t|sacyaUas\ Cont sg. 2nd f 1-h*i& ^kAf i, *A-i^ tjsic'. Imp. sg. 2nd C tl^ k|fg, M^ ^d Neg. imp. sg. 2nd f hPtlni^^ Sttjkfg, ^^A'i^ att|s£'. Ger. sg. 1st h*fr kAfiyye, AT* sdt|6cye. Part h4-i& k4i^^«, A-i^ sa6l ^ or -fiy-, throughout the tense. * or -Jy-. « § 8. * § 7a. * or -s4-, -cl • -dyy (§6). ^ or sa6, Aoi. sdci (sa- ; § 76). Digitized by Google §44«] Aeeidenee. 135 Common Anomalous BiLiTERALa tUi dla, to say, (s.v. VflA, cp. Eth. •flUA) : Indicativb Simp. perf. (§ 25) pL 3rd hAr iln, 2iid MYu- fil^d)|hu>, ist hAi §44a Slna«. o 8g. 3rd m. tUi 8rd f. fcA^ &Lic\ 2ndm. KAU Slh', 2nd£ KaH Sis*, 1st hAU- Slhu^ Gomp. perf. (§ 32a) •fl^A b(ld&l', 8g. 3rd£ -aAAY b|I§]Iad\ sg. 1st •nfiiih biyy^yi*'*, etc Comp. imperf. (§ 32a, ft) J&AA yjlftl, sg. 3rdf. CONTmaBNT (§26) sg. 3rd m. J&A yii. 3rdf. ^A *!». 2ndm .*A 41 2ndf. "ff. <4y"' 1st XA ii. pL 8rd /6A- yjiu. 2nd 1-A- t^u. 1st XIA innfl l-AA^ t|liaiad\ etc JUSSIVB (§27) j60Ay(bal»»-". sg. Srdf l-OA tjbal""' etc Impkrativb (§ 28) sg. 2nd m. flA bal", 2ndf. aj&bg», pi 2nd flA* b^u. » -66 (§ 6). » or ^|h, fcAli Six, ^'^h Ok. (§ ^<0- ' or^ls. * or -hii, ^uh, hAlh Slku (-kii); also XA-V- ^w(ii), (§ 7d). » or -^6)yuh (§ 7rf). • or hM tUn, Up. ' G. also hAVA il|nnftl (§ 32c). * (§ 7^ ; or -A-y-. • or ti " or'-|y-- " or -al " § 76. Digitized by Google 136 Amharic Grcunmar. [§446 Gebund (§29) sg. 3rdf. -flA b^S, 1st -nfr blyye\etc. iNFmrnvE (§30) e Paktioiplb none in use. § 446 hX ayya, to look, see, like *C (§ 425) : Indicative Simp. perf. Af ayya, sg. Srd f. Xf^ S;yya'^ ^ etc. CONTINGBNT (§26) Sg. 3rd m. ffS, J^, 8rd £ ^f^ i^ 2ndm. ;^)& t^|, pL3rd ff' yiQu*, 2nd ^ t^u», 1st Mf, jnnS:|. 2nd f. ;Mk tSi, 1st hj& ^i. ^^1b. »or-at »-«J(§6). * G. also MVA Syyannfil (§ 32e). » or-^^-6cy^(§ra); -A-**. • OP yS;yfil (§ 7d, under f). ' or -t£fir (§ 7», pL 2nd hlrf^ 5tt|yu". Gerund (§29) sg. 8rd UL Xjl-f §|t^o, 8rdf. hfi^^ti, 1st X)&¥ ^oo^e'*, etc. INFLNITIVK (§80) Tf^ mSiat". Participle (§81) t^fti iyyi. ^ or y|, yi " or t|, tl * only with A- (§ 48ft) AfS, l|y, 1|, IL * or yiu, ylu. ' or -n|, -nt * or |, i ' or ji, ti. « or lu, in, » (§ 8) ; or -tj, -tt » or -t|i, -tli. " or -tiu, -tin. " § 76. " or mS^at (§ 7d, under f ). Digitized by Google 138 AmAarie Gframmar. [^ 44c § 44« fn yixA, to seize, take hold (of), like «n^ (§ 42e) : Indioatptb Simp. per£ (§ 25) sg. 3rd m. fit yixA, pL 3rd fVr ySzu, 3rd f. fn"^ yi^\ 2nd fHlV' yftrilc(d)jhu», 2nd 111.^110 ySzh*, 1st fltt yfizna^ 2ndf. ^Tl ySzs', 1st rMU" y&hu*, C!omp. perf. (§ 32a) )&!I.A y|z^ftl^ sg. 3rd f. )&HAY 3^zgllad\ Sg. Ist jtVAU" y|i511au»"'. Oomp. imp. (§ 32a, b) f»fi.H^ yj(y)|z&l, or J&HA ytzSl, sg. 3rd f. ^-/iHA^ ti(y)|zSUacS or tHA^ t|zailac\ etc. Contingent (§26) sg. 3rdm. i6/MI 3l(y)i2. or /Ml y|z> 3rdf. ^•jMI t|(y)|z. „'ini t|z. 2ndm . l-jMI ti(y)iz, „-ini t|z. 2ndf. tf^ , „ Kin Innjz. ^ cc (§ 6). * or yfizlh, ySsh, fnt ySzx» ySsx* ^h ySzk (-sk), (§ Id, under H). ' or y^|8, ySis (§ Id). * or -sh-, htl, y^h, ^Tllh yazku (wsk-, -kti), ^Tf** y^ zhw(ti), (-sh-), {lid, under k% II, M). ' or -fid(6)yuh (§ Id). * or fun y&n, ydsln. ^ G. also ^H9A y&zannftl (-z&-; § 326). « (§ 7«0 ; or -h'^. ' » or -zi (§ 76). ^» or inny^ Digitized by Google § 45] Aeddenee. 189 Jussive (§27) sg. 8rd £ ^f^ t|(y)aaS etc Nbg. Imp. (§88) htr» Stty&S M'fVr Stty^bsu. Imperative (§28) sg. 2nd m. fH ySz, 2ndf. fyr jSi*, pL 2nd ^H* y^beu. Gerund (§29) f,V yjzwo, sg. 3pd f. f,H y|i5, 1st )&1C y^e*, etc. iNFmrnvB (§30) aofv mdyaz*'. Participlb (§ 31) fyr yfii«. Prefixing of Conjunctions to Contingent § 46 A-, A- -n-, etc. (§ 48a), when pref. to the cont. (§ 26) . modify its prefixes thus (§§ 5, 6, 7a) : sg. 3rd m. lUi^^ bildq(|)m^ if he picks, 3rdf. -ath^r b|tt(i)lfl(|)m«, if she picks, etc 2nd m. -fl^-A*^ b|tt(j)liq(|)m», 2ndf -Irt-A**^ b|tt(|)l|qmi«, 1st -nA*^ b|14q(|)m, pL 3rd tUi^0^ bildqmu^ 2nd •a^h^am- bitt(i)ldqmu^ 1st -tt-ih^r bjnn(i)14q(i)m. »§8. _«or-fi(§76). 'orStty^ *§7ft. ' or m^az, mf^Sx (§ 7d, under f ). « or ri yftn (§ 7ft). ' or bjl- (§ 7rf). ' or b|tl- (seldom in G.). Digitized by Google 140 Amharic Grammar. [§*6 8g. 3rd m. A^T4 S7St(|)y, when he washes. 3rdf. ft:lToBite. The simple prepositions are prefixes : e.g. A- la-, for, to, 11- b|-, by means of, with, at, in, +- ta-, or h- ka-, at, in, from, o o f - ya-, of, ftA- s|la-\ because of, /A- yfila-*, without XU- (l)nda-», like, XAi*- |sta-, or XAh- |ska-, as far as, up to. When these are attached to a pers. pron. they take the dii^unctive form (§ 12a). E.g. A^iCA I ioh n lafards^ nau, it is for the horse. hk I ioh n lan^^ nau, it is for me. tthi* I ir^dmoh t bakdrra qwdratau, cut it with a knife. +ll»^ I ioh n tay^^t nau, he (it) is in the house. hlk^iiD^fl kay^^t wcotta, he came out of the house. /1+ 1 ioh u yant&*' * nau, it is yours. ^ or s|la-. ^ G. hA- dla- (cp. § 37a). ^ or (j)nda., * § 8. * ^ 7a. Digitized by Google 142 Amharic Grammar. [§47a AAlf^H I tOH a ^lai^mbl n|u, it is because of tiie flie& ^ATlll'fl 1 Wkft a yftlag^nz^y had&, he went inthout money. Mf!^i.dti I VoH a nd|f^r^^ nau, it is like a horse. XAi*(k^ 1 0a'Q a Ist^Y^^t mdtta^ he (it) came as &r as the housa A-, fl- are also attached with the pers. suff. (§ 12«) to a verb, or interposed between the verb and the aux. ha (§ 32). In these positions their consonants are doubled (§ 6), and they become -A- -11}-, -41- -bb|- before -*?, -0 [-Ti], % -» [-">]; with the sg. 8rd they make m. -At-- -Uat- (-at-), f -^t- -Hat-, m. -ttt- -bb^t- (-at-), f -n^--bbftt-: e.g. Ah Idk^ he sent: Mtfi^i likallifi*, AhAU lik^Ujh, AhAT! likfllis, AhAP IdkaUa^', AhAl- Ifikjult*, AhA^ tftkallat, AhA? l&kallin>, AhA^ih l&kaU&c(c)yuh«, AhA^0- lftkall^c)au. he sent to or for me. you. you (f ). you (pol). him. her. ua you (pL). them (him, poL). M8. ^ 'Ha (§ 6) ; this and the next six form^ are also accented -k4- (§ 8]. » or 'liP^ -lla^ot o or -A) -U|nna. * or -at Digitized by Google you. you (f). you (pol.). him. her. \w. you (pL). them (him, poL). § 476] Accidence. 143 j& Ah A y}ip^, he is sending, will send : J&AllA?A y}l|kjllififi9lS he wUl send to or for me. /5AllAyAy|l|kjll4hal«. „ „ „ /lAhAlf A y|l|1411|8ftl, „ „ „ J&AhAFhA y}l|k)lla^oftl*, „ „ „ i&AllA;^A yllJkiUatftl, „ „ „ j^AhA;^A yiip411fttftl, „ . „ „ iE,AhA9A yjljkilllnnfil, „ j&AhA^A yjimili- 1 c(c)|hwftl*,j " j&AllAV1»A^l|kjll^c)«ifil.„ „ „ A^A ip^dftl, he has sent, AtiA?A l|k^oll|fifiSl*, he has sent to or for me. Composite prepositions consist in a prefix and a s 47^ word following the recipient of the prefix. This type of prp. is often a resolution into its component parts of an adv. composed of a prp. and a substantive (§ 46) : e.g. h- [i*-] ... I J3C ka- (ta-) ... gftr, with (accompany- ing), fl- ... I iD-flT ba- ... wttst, inside, fl- ... I i,^ ba- ... fft', in front of, before, fl- ... I AJ& ba- ... Idj, on, upon, above ; ^ This and the next six forms often have the accent on -k|- (§ 8). » or -TiA -xSl. » or -Ay»;l-A -lla^tal, -APXA -Ul'^oftl, -Aj'»;^A -lll^o- tal. °* or-fic(c)yuhftl(§7rf). » or lik'^d- (§ 8); G. also AhA'fVA ldkalljfifi|nnfiL « or f jt. Digitized by Google 144 Amharic Orammar. [§48a or consists in a simp. prp. and an adv. of that type : e.g. h- [i*-] ... I flohAT ka- (ta-) ... bdu^\ inside. i*k I jiCi ao^ a tan^^^ gftr mdtta, he came with me. nik^ I iihAT I bay^^t^ wtlst, inside the house. nik^ I ^^ I bayy^t' fit', in front of the house. hlk^ I flohAT I Inn a kav^t vau^tl' nau, he (it) is inside the house. The Conjunction. §48a Conjunctions are of three kinds, prefixes, suffixes, and unattached. Prefixed conjunctions, which* introduce dependent clauses, include several particles also used as prepo- sitions (§ 47a) ; e.g. pref to simp. perf. (§ 26) : fl- ba-, when, if, o i*- ta-, or h- ka-, since, as, seeing that, ftA- ala- (-la-), because, Kif^' (|)nda- (-da-), as, in the same way that, XAi*- jsta- or XAh- iska-, until ; pref. to cont. (§§26,46): A- l(i)-, to, that; also pref to juss. sg. 1st (§ 27), A- s(|)-, when, while ; with neg. cont (§ 38) before, -11- b(|)-, if, when, ll- k(})-, than that, ^ § 8. * or fit. ' § Id. * except A- with juss. (§ 27). Digitized by Google §48a] Accidence. 146 AAf - 8|lamm- (La AA- +reL § 14), because, Mf^y (j)iiifcio-^A>»a l6ld*g|nauqdUau^butIknow another. fivn I K AiLA^^ I ^Am-7 I MK n yjh&nn&n alfdll|- g|m, l^laun jnjf, I don't want this one, but the other. ^ § W. ^ § 8. Digitized by VjOOQIC § 49^r— § 50] Accidence. 147 Thb Intbrjbction. Inteijections need no remark : § 49a Kg. iml\ good!, aU right! H^ 4^^^^™^' hush! }Un irag!'» nonsense! 4"^ qass!, softly !» gently! For the use of interj. with hH £la (§ 44a), and §49& hOrf assdftfia, &y. VQA, VAT Formation of Nouns. From a given root, existing or theoretical, various § 50 nouns both substantive and adjective are formed by means of prefixes, sufllxes, and modification of vowels. In dictionaries words are grouped under such roots. Taking the roots A+n© (type A § 84), i.M (type B § 36), the following derivatives are formed : *A*r 14qqim» (-Jm*), adj! hfl^ k^bbada^ to be heavy, hOjC kdbbfd*, adj. heavy. h^A ^dasa, to renew, hVi ^djs, adj. new. *A^^ Idqq&m^ acy. mnn tdbbaba^ to be narrow, mO-fl tdbbdb^ ^ adj. narrow. ^ or -Si (§ 7d). «§7rf;orarftigI ' § 8. * § 7d. • or -t)|d • or -y^ ^ ^ or -fty. 10—2 Digitized by Google 1*8 Amharic Orammar. gSO ♦a**" llqum, adj. (passive), also used as s. hfl^ kdbbara*, to be rich, hlhC k|biir», adj. honoured, exalted ♦-Wl q|ddiis^ a^j. holy; a saint *A**- l|q(i)m. **A-J f|ll|g, s. and adj. A^+ dto*^a, to be dry, f:C¥ djrq, s. dryness; adj. dry. AAA ldbb|8§, to wear, A-nft libs*, a dress ; l^b|s, adj. worn. ♦♦A qdqqala, to boil, ♦♦a q^qqil boiled. *'\r»i^r t|lqiim\ a abstract. Alllf dzzaza, to command, ^XHTI I [Vh-M] t^\ a order. ♦floA^y* m^qam, (mf. § 30), a of place or instrument )7|l n^^a, to trafSc, A mdsqal, crosa * §8. * or -fir-. • or-|T-. *or-ya /Google Digitized by ^ § 60] Accidence. 140 *0m4JiXf mafalUgyS, adj. relative to or instrumental in efibcting the action or state ; commonly used as a hfA kddd^a^ to cover, hdIii^? makddfiSS Ud o o tLHi^ qwcottara^ to count, ^^m£f maqwtltdryS', s. instrument for counting. K^D^ jdmmara^ v.i to begin, ao%aodf maiamm^S^ acy. initial ; s. beginning. %l.C qwcof^ara^ to dig» im^A.£f maqwcof^r7a^ spade, hoe. *A*^n l|q(|)mfin\ s. abstract (Vn^U) n^ bdrrS, to shine, -ncn b|rhAn», s. light; adj. light. £lao r^ggama, to curse, C^ni rig|m&n^ s. curse. Analogous formations are derived from roots of less or more than three letters and from derived verbal forms (§ 22) : e.g. 10 g^bbS, to enter, nD^fl^ m^byS^ s. entrance. ' for *aolnf!Xf § 76. * or -ar-. » § 8. * or hcnnt ^m&a (§ 7rf, § 8). * or -gy-. Digitized by Google 160 Amharic Orammar. [§^0 caus. MQ agibbS, to put in. ^ntHf m%byS\ instrument for putting in. lAflm gal^bb|ta» to invert, lA-IIT gpb|t*, adj. inverted. maom^ tamittama, to wind, twine, mOi^Oi^Xf matamtdmyS, s. turban. ir^aoa^ taqdmmat|,to sit, ao^aa^ maqqamicS', seat. hnAA abd8sala^ to cook, o o o •WlA/ m&bsdyS^ oven. Suffixes: -fi^ -ftm, adj. full of. ^All malk, form, colour, o ^Ah^ mdlkdm^, beautiful, excellent o -•T -mmS, connected^ by -j-, adj. resembling. tumf: amad, ash, o haog:^ amad|mmS^ ash-coloured, grey. -;► -tS, connected^ by -|-, 8. abstract. TIT z^ !, inteij. slowly 1, gently I ^^^ 4SS|^^^ patience, inexcitability. ^ or -gy-. * or -ly- ; also g|l|bb|i » for *ai^*0im^ (§ 7ft, c). * or ay-. * or -vs., -gS; for *^T-nAA/ (§ 7ft). • § 8. ^ with a final consonant ® or -ad-. Digitized by Google § 60] Accident. 161 ^*-at(-at), 8. abetract 0^ muq, adj. hot, 0^-^^ miiq|t, 8. heat. -Vt -nnat (-nnat), connected^ by -|-, a abstract. m^fXi woittdddar*, soldier, mi^f^d^ woittadd jrjimit^ ^ being a soldier, miU- tary service. -? -flfla, connected^ by -|- or -f- (-a-), a4i- relating to ; 8. agent. hrn^ am4ra^ Amhara, hnc^ amftrfflfla*, adj. and s* Amharic. LiJi f&ras, 8. horse, /L^? farasdflfla*, adj. relating to horses; a horse- o o • man. » with a final consonant * or -da-. ' or -ftt * or -Tit- -mh^. ' or -s^-. Digitized by Google 152 Amharie Grammar. [§ 51, § 52a SYNTAX. § 51 Note. Various points of syntax have been treated in the Accidence, especially in that of the pronoun, verb and preposition, the accidence and syntax of which are often so intimately connected in this inflectional and synthetic language that they cannot be separated with either convenience or propriety. Peculiarities of syntax which are not of wide application have usually been rel^ated to the vocabu- laries, where they are discussed under the particular words which exhibit or involve them. . Number. Singular for Plural. §52a The singular is frequently used with a plural force, especially (a) after numerals (§ 20a). (fi) after *fltt* b^, much, many; A'H' ^nt?, how many? (§ 15): e.g. -fltt* I Aoh I ^ u b|zu sau fftjja, he (it) destroyed many people. HVr I Aoh I nD^ u b|zu sau mdtta, many people came. (y) of parts of the body of which there are two or more : e.g. ^Jkt a|n, etc., = eye or eyes, etc. h]S:OJ I hmllah a ^|h|n |tayau, wash your hands. Digitized by VjOOQIC § 52ft, § 63a] Syntax. 153 TCA.*} I hV^Au- a t|rs7en |f|qdllau^, I brush my teeth. (8) of objects not usually occurring or used singly : e.g. ^AT I j&flA4^A a m|8t y|ydlauftl, the white ants will destroy it. ^Hff I Am^ a Sdmrna sdttaft, he gaye me a pair of shoes* TJC'I giidba (-dy-), s., a ditch, channel formed by water: then, in pi. sense, broken ground, e.g. that along a river bank cut up by numerous channels draining into the river (v^)- Plural for Singular. In the 'polite' form, i.e. the mode of addressing § 52& or referring to superiors (§ 12a), the plural verb and pera pron. (§ 12a, 6, c) are used with a singular force : (the adj. remains in the sg. § 53&) : e.g. foh^lt I yauttqdllu, you (sg. pol.) know, or, he (pol.) knows. Concord in Number. The concord in number between substantive, adjec- cgg^ tive, pronoun and verb is generally maintained except in the following cases : A substantive in the pi. may be constr. with an adj. and occasionally (§§ 15, 16) with a pron. in the sg.: e.g. m^^C^ I ^^ I S^OH a wcottdddar^Oc dahnfi nftccau^ the troops are in good health. ^ less commonly #i- 1 IliT^ i V'Fiih » ww- dahn^6d n^iodau; ^^ (q.v., prob. for fl^li?) is one of certain adj. which generally remain in the sg. Digitized by Google 154 Amharie Grammar. [§ 535, § 54a llf I fiJPf I k|fu l^j'^Od, or llcYiA^i k|f^Oi Ijj'^O^ bad children; A^i'VY I U^ I 8arr&t4fiftOd hiillu, or A^i-?YaiM¥iiHi sarrftt&fifiOd hull^io5ai^ all the labourers. § 68& The uses mentioned in § 62 may inyolve breaches of concord : e.g. ant I Aoh • nom- a b|zu sau mdttu, many people came. MiJit9M I hhnjOJ • «'»^'i^'» u |nn)fajajjaudUan |llazzpi{n qunc^n, we will thoroughly destroy these ants. hd.9yb/^im9^r iWohn ftfa njgiis woiftim nd5cau, the Chief Justice is stout. I4lihfiumai4^n rfts almdttum, the Ras has not come» Gbndkr. Concord in Gender. §54a The concord in gender between substantive, art pron. and verb is generally maintained, but see § &id. Substantives denoting male ol^ecte are m., female objects f Other substantives are usually m. but may be made f (§ 9a) : e.g. m'ir:a^ . ion » waind|mmu n^ it is his brother. A»^ • V^ a s^et n&t^ it is a woman. hVis I M^Y 8 ndLtu n^bbarad, it was his mother. Digitized by Google § 645] Syntax. 155 Determination of Oender. The gender of words used for both sexes may be § 546 fixed (a) when the object is determinate, by the art (§ 11) : ag. dMir I fdrasu, the horse, ^L^is • fdra8|tu, the mare ; {p) when the object is indeterminate, by m'if: wornd, male, A»^ s^et, female, of persons and^ animals, and JUP^ dura', male, Mh^ |n|st^ female, of animals : e.g. m'if: % A^ • woindl' l|j, a boy, son, A»^ I Pif: I s^^tljj', a girl, daughter. mlf: • ^Utk I wc^d(|)' f^^ ^ stallion, A»^ • ^Ch I s^et fdras, or h'M^ I l./ih I in^st f|&ras, a mare. m'if: I W? • wwndP d^dr^o, or hohlt^ I W? I aurd d^dr^o, a cock, A.^ • M? • s^et d^dr^o, or Mh^r I W? • in|stp d^dr^o, a hen. hohii* • tun I aurd zdh^on, a bull elephant, M/Mh I |iin I inJstP zdh^on, a cow elephant. (y) The gender of a word of indeterminate gender may also be shown by the verb or its equivalent : e.g. h^ • AoH I M^T' a k|fu sau ndbbarad, she was a bad lot. Il^ • AoH I V^ a k|fo s|u' n&i, she is a bad lot. ^ not gea out of 8. * § 8. • § Id. Digitized by VjOOQIC 166 Amharic Grammar. [354c,§64rf § 54c Diminutive Use of Feminine. The feminine is used to denote smallness : e.g. ^ITl I ^y6 I 9^ a t|nn|8 t|nn|8^ nftt^ it is very small. Mr^fi,^ a att|ttdyy|m, it (is so small that it) is not £ieen. Thus the f. art. (§ 11) or a f. dem. pron. (§ 13a) is added to a word to form a diminutiye, the art in this case often losing its determinative force: e.g. ^W qadftdS, a hole, ♦W|&* qadftda|tu', the (or, a) little hole. Wjt n|ddd\ fever, 'l^'^is n|ddd|tu^ a slight attack of fever. fi- • aoni^ , yac mdtaf \ that little book. Similarly nouns expressing small objects, especially small animals and insects, are commonly feminine: e.g. M^i^^ I ^HAAY » Aqwtirdrit t)zallillad, the toad hops. ff^^^ I ^C^AY a sarant t|r^otdllac, the spider runs. §54^^ A diminutive formed by the f art. (§ 64c) does not always have its verb in the feminine : e.g. 1^<^is I KAYoh a n|dftd}tu dlladdyu, and W«^* I fcAoH n n|ddd|tu dUau, he has a little fever. ^ § 8. « S. *V{9 qadftdauS. » 8. Wit, n|dftdwa.' Digitized by Google § 66a, § 666] Syntax. 1 67 Words of Variable Gender. Several substantives, such as H* zfif, tree, ♦^l qan, day, ^H gjz^e, time, though usually m. are occasionaUy £ without the gen- der having a diminutive forced Cask Position of Nominative. The usual position of the nom^ which is used to § 66a indicate the subject^ is at the b^inning of a clause, the acc^ indicating the object, coming between it and the verb : e.g. AoH I WHih • ^fA XL sdu ambdssa'* ' gaddala, a man has killed a lion. Mfl4 1 AoH I ^fA 8 ambdssa s|u^ gaddala, a lion has killed a man. IrdrodwAory Nominative. A substantive, usually accompanied by a dem. §666 pron. (§ 18a), may also stand in the nom. in an intro- ductory manner at the head of a clause of which it is not the subject, and in which it may be referred to by ^ Gp. the large number of diminutive forms in spoken Latin, esp. of the 'Animula vagula blandula' period, which have lost all diminutive force in the Bomance languages. « ace. (§ 66a). • § 7d: * § 8. Digitized by Google 158 Amharic Ghrammar. [^56, § 56a a proiL amounting to a possessive (genitiye § 12b) or dative (§ 12c) case: e.g. fM I AoH I KQi: I ^'t u y|hd^ sau abbfttu m^dta, this man's father is dead, (lit this man his father is dead). ^ |&*iA^iA36ifAl^« yjc6| s^et IJj yall^tim, this woman has no child, (lit this woman there is not a child to her). A clause may contain more than one such nom. : e.g. J&U I MC I ^^4 I aoiflh • h4- n y^e ftgar Irdy mah'^dnu kiffa, this country has suffered firom famine, (lit. this country famine the happening of it has been harmful). The Accusative. §56 The accusative is the case of the direct object For its position in the clause see § 55a. Indeterminate Accusative. §56a When the aca is indeterminate or indefinite the termination -'I (§ 9c) is usually dropped : e.g. 0>^ I Kf 8 b^et dyya, he saw a house. ^At • 0»^ I hX » t|ll|q^ y^et* dyya, he saw a large house. fff-^ • 0»^ I hX u yasiim^ b^fit dyya, he saw a chiefs (§ 47a) house. fmf^^ 1 0>^ I hf XL yawc^dfqd^ y^et' dyya, he saw a fallen house, (lit which fell, § 14). M8. 'lid. Digitized by VjOOQIC § 565] Syntax. 169 Amharic often uses the indeterminate form where English uses the determinate, Le. the article (cp. §59a): e^. He filled the skin with water: M^^hh*} i any • amiiohn aqmnddaun w^a m^lau, or M^^Ii ^y • am^ aqumdda w^ha (-mftd[duha) m^a» which last also = he filled a skin with water. Determinate Accusative. The ace takes -*} when it is determinate or defi- § 665 nite. When it is rendered so by the art, a pron., an epithet or its equiyalent^ it is these that take -*} and not the ace. which they determine : ag. Ot^*} I Kf 8 b^^tjn dyy&, he saw the house. d>iO I hX XL b^^tun dyy&, he saw the^ house, or, his house. Ikir'} I hf n b^^t^en dyyft, he saw my house. /to*! I Ik^ • hX XL y|h&i b^et dyya, he saw this house. ^A^Iilk^iKfs tpijqiin* b^et dyyft, he saw the large house. ftha^J I tL^ I Kf 8 yasumiin' b^fit dyya, he saw the chiefs house. tmfi*m-t iH^ihtu yawc^daqiun' b^et dyya, he saw the house which fell down. ^ before-mentioned, this. Digitized by Google 160 Amharic Gframmar. [§66c Adverbial or Specific Accusative. § 56c An ace. specifying or particularizing an action or state is found with yerbs which are not transitive in the usual sense of the term, i.a which do not admit a direct object The action or state may be specified as cognate or germane to the sense of the verb, or particularized in r^ard to time, place, direction, manner or degree, or in regard to an objects e.g. KM ^Uaqa, to come to an end, fUJ I mC I ^ Ai^A a y}han woir y&lq&l, .it will come to an end this month. fJt^VLt WC n yan gjz^e ndbbar, it was at that time. Vd z^dra, to go round, revolve, VrCfm^J I Vd n zurydun z^dra, he went right round it, (lit walked round as regards its circum- ference). 7Q gdbba, to go in, Msj 1 7Q u b^^tun gdbba, he went into his house, went home. ^ When the action may be particularized in regard to a variety of objects one begins to feel that the verb may with some propriety be called transitive, (s.v. AAA). There are grammarians who will dis- tinguish between the accusatives in nci:f*j i AAA n and QCk;^'} i A^4* u on the ground that AAA is not a v.t, while admitting that the ace. of the direct object is, ultimately, an adv. ace. The inexpert compiler of a grammar may quote a remark the truth of which he has probably illustrated himself: €t fn) larpol ^a-w, ovhh/ 6v ^v TCtiv ypa/iiiaTLKciv /uapor^pop. Digitized by Google § B6d] Syntax. 161 dyfi hida, to go, ^fiC • dyfi u g^6nd|r^ h&da, he went to Gondan hhli ^kala (q.v.)» to increase, amount to, fj I fUfii I AoH I 9**} I If) a yan yahl^ s^u' m|n h^dna?, what has become of all those men?, (lit. the men' that amount to that number what have they become?). AAA Idbbasa, to dress oneself, QCk;^'}lAflAa bam^tan Idbbasa, he put on the (§ 59a) hat. ;^mfl t&ttava, to wash oneself, hXJ • ^;^mnA•^ u itjyen^* ittattaydllau^ I will wash my hands. haoaooh dmmamau (§ 43a, § 63^), to be ill, in pain, li^thJ • haoaooh n rdsun dmmamau, he has a pain in his head^ This adv. ace. may occur with an adj. or adv. : §566? ^4i^ rdqut, naked, l^J • ^4i^ • rftsun r&qut, with his head bare. •fl?^ b|cca, alone, 'ttfl^J bioSftyen, by myself ^ Here there may be an ellipse of iDfi- (qv.). * For f -TLyOA, s.v. fchA. ' § 52a. * Cp. Xovo/tat Ta9 X€«/>a9. * Cp. oXyci TTjP K€(l>aXijv. AM. GR. II Digitized by Google 162 Amharic Grammar. [§56e — §56gr DetermiruUe and Indeterminate Accusative together. §56e A verb may take a determinate ace. and an in- determinate ace. at the same time^: e,g. Tin^'i I U-A- 1 A^4* a gdnzay^en hiillu 8Arraqa^ he has stolen all my money. Double Accusative. % &ftf Two inco-ordinate accusatiyes may occur when a verb admits of two inco-ordinate objects (§ 68) : e.g. K^tkVi I hif-Oh'i I hhf,Ci » dskarun s|raun asd^- raga» he made his servant do the work. Or one ace. may be the direct object and the other a specific ace. : e.g. ^is*} 1 mWi 1 KflAoH a f |tun wcozun dbbasau, he wiped the sweat off* his face. One of these ace. may remain when the verb is placed in the passive or reflexive : e.g. ;^flA a tdbbasa, he wiped l^mself tDlh*} I ;^flA a wcozun tdbbasa, he wiped the sweat off' himself. Other Accusatives. § 66^ The ace. may be used without the word involving its use being expressed by the speaker : e.g. ^Ch I ^'l a fards (§ 8) can, saddle a horse. ^^^OhlxL yet|fifiaun?, which one? ^ Cp. § 836. « nnVLl I U-A-** • A^4* » can hardly be distinguished from the above in Eng. ; it approaches the meaning ' all the (that) money I had ' ; see § 16. Digitized by Google § 66A— § 676] SyrUax. 163 With the impersonal use of Van ndu (q.v.), it is,§56A with the rel (§ 14) the antecedent is sometimes placed in the ace, when logically it should be in the nom. : e.g. f ^^OHl I ioH I fao^Oh a yet|fifidun^ nau yamdttau?^ which is it he has brought? haoin here has three objects : f^^ah% f -* and -oh. The Adjbotivb. Position of Adjective. An adjective or its equivalent when used as an § 67a epithet precedes, when used as a predicate follows the substantive it qualifies : e.g. ^At 1 tti^ 1 hoh n till^q^ y>'et nau, it is a large house. Ikis 1 ^At I ton a b^^tu t|ll|q^ nau, the house is large. naxPfr I m^fiC % ton a y4ncat' wa>mb4r^ nau, it is a wooden chair. «i9*flC I naxPir I hoh XL wcumbar yanc&t^ nau, the (§ 69a) chair is (made) of wood. Use of Substantive as Adjective, Some substantives denoting abstract qualities are § 676 used as adjectives : e.g. 'fiCn I b|rhftn\ a light, acn I ft*^ I f Ar a birhan* sjfra yallam, there is not a light place. For the use of adj. as substantives see § 60, § 69c. ^ § 8. ' in ^- (§ 7a). * § 70a. § 7a ; av. MaxPt. * There is probably an ellipse of f - in this usage. 11-2 Digitized by Google 164 Amharic Gframmar. [§67c — §68c Use of Adjective as Adverb. § 67c An adjective may be used as an adverb (§ 46) with- out any modification of form : e.g. 'T/* I Aoh u g^m sau, a bad man, *?/• • hfi£l » gim addrraga, he behaved badly- Degrees of Comparison. § 68a There are no forms of the adjective for comparative or superlative, which are expressed by the positive constr. with h- ka- or +- ta- (q.v.), the Am. preposition rendering the Eng. conjunction * than' ^ : e.g. J&U I i*IUI 1 Mf: i ton n y|he tazz^h kabb&d nau, this is heavier than that. hihAr mM f:M^ahu kahiillu kabbdd nau, it is the o e o heaviest of all. §58& Similarly verbs expressing the possession of a quality may have the idea of degree imparted to the quality by being constr. with h- kgr or +- ta- : e.g. 4*m) I qdttana, to be thin : J&U • i*ll.U I J&^^TVA a y|he tazz^h ^^qdtnftl, this is thinner than that. i^ ndtta, to be white : h)ILll I J&U I J&)^A u kannazz^h y|he yinat&l, of these this is the whitest. § 68c Another way of indicating degrees of comparison is by such words as (§ 64a) : ^ Cp. use of ablative in Latin and of genitive in Greek Digitized by Google § 59a] SytUdx, 166 j&flAT yjbdlt (-jy., 4l-), more, (s.v. flAm), jRlf A yiSsftl, better, (av. VTf A), e.g. -H-VTl- 1 l&n AT I MAiJt: n tat|nAnt yiydlt inD|h|d, we must march further than we did yesterday. J&flAT 1 1IAA n }^y^lt z^al, jump higher. The Article, Use of the Article. The function of the article (§11) is to determine § 69a (§66&). It is generally only applied to objects that have been mentioned before, or are in the presence of the speaker, and even so is frequently omitted, especially in the pi., in Am. where Eng. requires it : eg. ti^ b^et, a house, or, the house. tL'P b^^tu, the house in question. He entered the house: hlk^ 1 7Q a kay^^t gdbba. hdiis • 7Q u kay^^tu gdbba would usually mean : he entered his (§ 12b) house. AAllV-fl I i^laz|n&y\ because of the raia flm#hj& 1 ton a bat|hdi^ nau, it is in the sun. +f*JtC « tdmdjr, on the ground. ^A I KA"^ u rSs &lufi, the Bas told me. A/L^AY • Amu-^ u lafdras^Oc sdttahut, I gave it to the horses. n+A*^ I A-P^r^ I ^ A- u bdql^Oc sfttjn^Ooqn tdlu, the mules have thrown (threw) the boxes oft! Digitized by VjOOQIC 166 Amharic Orammar. [§696 — §69rf Transference of the Article. §696 When a subetantiye with the art is qualified by an adj. or its equivalent the art. passes to the adj. or its equivalent, but still refers to the original sub- stantive : e.g. flii: I b^^tu, the house. I' A* I fltl* I t|ll|qu yyfit, the large house. ftfiiiN I flfl' I yasiimu y^et, the chiefs house. f iDft+dH I Ob^t I yawcoddaqdu^ y^'fit, the house that fell down. f»*1-iiii^j&* I ApI- I yamm|ttmatditu^** s^fit, the woman who is coming. § 69c The art. may be attached to an epithet without its substantive being expressed : e.g. ^A4i I ioh I t|ll|qu^ nau, it is the large one. fiOfi^Oh I inc n yawcoddaqau' ndbbar, it was the one that fell down. f ^l-nD^jE.* I VI- « yammittmatditu''* nfit, it is the (female) one that is coming. Generic Use of the Article. l5dd The article is occasionally used generically, Le. to designate a class of object : e.g. MiihTf I ^HAIf A n l|ysun yabbalsis&l it spoils the ( = one's) clothes. ^8. *§§14, 46. »§62a. Digitized by VjOOQIC § 60a— § 61a] Syntax. 167 The Peonoun. The Personal Pronoun. The personal pronouns are inherent m the various § 60a persons of a verb, and need not be expressed except to avoid ambiguity : e.g. AoH^Ail- n auiiqdl1au^ I know. hCAP I foh^dr n Irsd^ yautiqdllu, you (poL) know. hCAVoh I foh^dr n |r8ftdcau yautlqdllu, they know, or, he (pol.) knows. The 3rd pi. and 3rd sg. pol. cannot be distinguished by pronouns. Use of the Diyunctive Personal Pronoun. The disjunctive pers. pron. (§12a) is generally § 60& used to express emphasis or to distinguish between persons: e.g. hmoh n s|tau» give it to him, AmiiHiACA-is sjtau l&rsu, give it to him (not to somebody else). f ij&*7 I ^ih'lHh I f 9>^j&*7 I hri^^ n yftny^tun t|t46cyuh^'* yanndnta|tun dntwfit\ leave (pi.) mine (f. , e.g. cow) and bring yours. Use of Personal Pronouns Coryunctive with Verbs. §61a The pers. suff. coi\j. with verbs (§ 12c) render both the dative and the accusative : e.g. AniiiH n sdttau, (a) he gave to him, {P) he gave him (it) — ^i.e. to somebody else. ^ lid. « § 66a. Digitized by VjOOQIC 168 Amharic Orammar. [§ 616, § 61c To avoid ambig^ty A- (§ 47a) may be used to express the dative: e.g. AmA^ i sdttallat, he gave it to him. A verb camiot take more than one of these suff. at a time ; of two cases, one being ace, Am. omits the ace.: e.g. He gave it to me : Am^ » sdttafi. I gave them to him : AmiM* n sdttahut. Thus AniiiH above ordinarily means: he gave it (them) to him. mhim:^ftAiD.„g|daIyr. Kill hun with it : ^f^^^^ » g|dal|bbat Cp. AmAl* above. §61& The suff. representing the ace. is commonly omitted, especially in the neg. conjug., when the omission does not injure the sense, which remains clear from what has been said before, the attendant circumstances, etc.: e.g. AJt « M^^ « h|d dnta, go and fetch him (her, it, them). AAf ih>* n aldyyahum, I haven't seen him (her, it, them). § 61c As datives, these suff are attached to intransitive verbs : e.g. hdAA mdssala, to seem, )&iidAA?A I y|mdslaflil&l, it seems to me, I think. HD^ mdtta, to come, n^ bdrrada, to be cold, (of the temperature), 'H-A I A.iii»^U I j&nC|^yA n nifas s|mdtfih, y|y4rda- hfil, when the wind strikes you, you will feel cold. Digitized by Google |61ei— §62a] Syntax. 169 Redundant Personal Pronoun. When the direct object is in the determinate ace. § %ld {§ 5o6), the verb, unless it ahready has another pron. suff., often takes a redundant pron. suff referring to the object : e.g. Xrlt^y-I I ^hA- « dtlAkwdnun tjkalu, or JC-lli^y-lil-hA+ii dttnkwftnun tjkalut, pitch (pi) the tent; but f:TW I l-hA- a dttAkwfin t^calu, pitch (pL) a tent ; Xr?l\y-? I ^hA-A^ n dtlAkwdnun t|kalull|ft, please^ pitch the tent A redundant -^ (§ 12c) is sometimes added in the § 616 simp. perf. sg. 1st : e.g. ao^i^ XL mdttahufk, = ao^th » mdttau^*, I have come. i'd^O^ n tardttahufl, = +^il- « tardttau^^ I have o o o o lost (the game, my case, etc.). Use of the Relative Pronoun. See § 14, initial remarks. § 62a If an antecedent to the rel. is expressed, the rel. +verb, as an adjectival clause, amounts to an adj. qualifying that antecedent, and follows the analogy of an a4j. (§ 57a) as regards position: e.g. iDft* I wcoddaqa, he (it) fell, f ID|^4* I yawakldaqa, he who (that or one which) fell or has fallen, ^ lit. for me (§ 47a). * § 7rf, under kd|y. Digitized by VjOOQIC 170 Amharic Grammar. [§62&, §62e f iDft* I flfl* I iiD* n yawcoddaqd^ yyfit nau, it is a house which has fallen, a fallen house. flii: I f iD|^4* I idh n b^^tu yaweJddaqd nau, the house is one which has fallen, a fallen one. § 626 If no antecedent is expressed, the reL + verb amounts to a substantive: e.g. f iD|^4* I i'iHii:^ n yawoiddaqa tasdyrdSl, what fell down is broken. § 62c The rel. + verb takes or drops the art. (§ 69a) and the -1 of the ace. (§ 56a, b) in the same way as a sub- stantive or an adjective. The rel. f- and f- and h- of f r- and hr- (§ 14) are omitted (not transferred) in the same circumstances as the prp. f - (§ 706) : e.g. f •MftA' I Woh n yatagaddalu nficcau, they are some who have been killed. f+lf^dr^ I Woh n yatagdddalutu nfiddau, they are those who were killed, the killed. fhlf I Am^ n ydllan sjtafi, give me what there ia f n-A^l I XA^Ail- » yammittilafifiin |sardllai^, I will do what you tell me. f'^iD^fJl^^r i AAid4^ » yataualladabbat|n' alduti- qim, I don't know where he was bom, (lit. that which he was bom in it). f +lftA^s1 1 AAdH+y* n yatag&ddalutun aldutlq|m, I don't know who were killed. /Google Digitized by ^ §62rf] Syntax. 171 ll'fl^fkiiH? I faomohTr I -P^ n dayddbb^eun y&mdt- taun t|ra, call the man who brought the letter. f^Mhhti.di^TfMtVmficiiAahn yet dlla £&rasun yaddtalljft^ sau ?, where is the man who sold me jthe horse to be found ? #|l.1- 1 f iDfl*1-7 • 4T1 1 A**T+V A n twftt yawofesa- dut|n 8dt|n dnt|tau&P, they have brought back the box which they took away early this morning. (U^^ I hm^M^ I h'^iOfL^ n b|fdrafifi |w6>dddllau^ kamm|wcuddafi, I prefer his fearing me to his liking me. htt^iDUMr I (ttim I i'dyf, I iOg:f » astduw6>skut ydsta tahada wcodya, I remembered it after the post was gone, [(f)rfb|^ = adj. qualifying "711 g^e, time, not expressed]. ttiodfjih t f^^att^ n baucorradau yiqq^mat, let it stay where it came down. +iDft*iD- 1 Oil- 1 iD^ tt taucoddaqdu^ yygt wcotta, it came out of the fallen house. faoma^ I ♦! I WC n yamdttabbdt' (jan ndbbar, it was the day on which he came. htlhao^n^ 1 4*1 1 "fe^ « iskamdttabbdt qan qwcoyyu^ they waited until the day on which he came. The rel. + verb may receive the transferred -^§62dr (§ 376) of the neg. : e.g. f^lf ah¥9^ I f A » yammyduiiq|mm yalla, there isn't anybody that knows. Digitized by VjOOQIC 172 Amharie Orammar. [§62e — §636 Com of the EekUive. § 62e Though the case of the rel+verb can be deter- mined (§ 62c), that of the reL in itself, which is indecL (§ 14), is ambiguous when it is prefixed to a transitiye verb of which it may be either the subject or object : e.g. f^lil yafdllaga, (a) he who sought, (fi) whom (or, what) he sought. The presence of an antecedent may determine the case of the relative : e.g. 77110*? I f ^A7iiH I Aid- i g^zayun yaf&llag|u (§ 8) sau, the man who looked for the money. But when no antecedent is expressed the case of the rel. must be decided by the general sense; usually, however, it is that of the rel. + verb: e.g. f ^A7iiH I hiy a yafdllagau agd&fia, he who sought, found fAJiliO*'} I hiyoh n yafdllagaun agd&ikau, whom (what) he sought he found The Verb. The Indicative: Forces of Tenses. §63a The simple perfect expresses both our past in- definite and our present perfect : the compound per- fect the latter only : e.g. ao^ mdtta, he came, or, he has come ; aoV^^ mdttdal, G. no^V A mdtt&nftl, he has come. § 636 For variations in force of other tenses see § 24. The circumstances in which the tense is used generally make its force clear, as they do the meaning of a verb : Digitized by Google § 68c— §636] Syntax. 173 G-g* J^^AC I VflC a }^tt4s8ar n^bbar, he (it) was being bound : (s.y. hhC). J&U I }k^ I f,^(iC I VflC n y|he |qa y|tt&ssar ndbbar, this baggage ought to have been tied up. f I AoH I f,^(iC I tflC tf y& sau y|ttdssar ndbbar^ that man ought to have been sent to prison. The imperf. may have a potential force in some § 68c verbs : e.g. J&T4-A « y|t{&l he is writing, writes, or, will write ; also, he can write, knows how to write. A)&A^9* « a}ssdmm&m, he (it) is not, or, cannot be heard. In verbs expressing a state, process or a mental §63c^ action the perf. is often used where Eng. uses the present : e.g. hf^^ n dddafa, or hJC^A a ddf5ftl, he (it) is dirty. hm¥o^ a duwwqhut, or hiiK*VA't* tf auttqqyewdllau^ I know (understand) him (it). A^U « sdmmfth?, do you hear? tff» a qwoJyyu, they are late. fi I AoH I ^IC I AiD^iM* I llfi I AAlf) tf yan s^ tdgar aucottahut k|fu silah'^dna, I expelled that man from the country because he is wicked. Similarly, in such verbs, a plup. represents oiur § 63e imperf, and an imperf oiur future : e.g. hJCC I tflC « ddf^o ndbbar, he (it) was du*ty, ^Jt^-A u yddfal, he (it) will get dirty. Digitized by Google 174 Amharie Grammar. [§64a — §656 Use of the Contingent. §64a The contingent do^ not stand alone (except in a few stereotyped forms which have lost the rel. pref (§ 14) and which are practically adverbs, s.v. A*, vTfA, flAm, Mtii, cp. § 58c) but is either used to form composite tenses (§ 246) or the neg. imperf (§ 37) or is introduced by a conj. (§ 48a) or the rel. (§ 14). §646 The cont. is occasionally introduced by another verb expressing a state, instead of Vfl4 (§ 33a) or lf> (§33e): e.g. f^HVTf I Jiao/i » yizafin jdmmara, he began to sing. Use of the Gerund. §65a The gerund denotes the attendant circumstances : e.g. U9V I A.ft n zafii^o hada, he went off singing, he sang as he went. )&All^A- 1 hj&A.-?-^ I ^AdH n yisakrdllu, alhadum c|Iau, they get drunk and then can't walk. Thus it is constantly used where we use co- ordinated principal clauses (§ 74a). § 656 The ger. is sometimes used as a past indicative : e.g. tT^lldHla qwcotrahaun^?, have you counted it? VTf+7 « w&8tan^ we were telling a lie. n^h•All^*1ll bacdkkola' hiinan^ we were in a hurry. ^ -7 (q.v.) is here an interrogative particle (adv.). ^ There is probably an ellipse of *flC (§ 33a). ' § 7d, under ki|y. Digitized by Google § 66c— §666] Syntax. 176 Construction of the Genmd. The construction of the ger. is the same as that § 66c of the indicative, e.g. the ger. of a transitive verb takes an object in the ace. : e.g. )&UV? I mh% I AudAA n 3^hannan waisi jj^e I|mm&las?, shall I come back when I have taken this away? The subject of the ger. and that of the main verb §66rf are usually the same logically if not grammatically: e.g. +ft3?* I +*rair I T-'M-I I fvn n tadajjdf taqd- m|cc^e gumf&n y^fi, I caught cold sitting on the verandah, (lit a cold seized me). Use of the InfinUive. The infinitive is a verbal substantive (§30). It § 66a renders many of our abstract nouns, of which the active and passive senses may be distinguished in Amharic: e.g. ^+* fdttana\ he tempted, oo^ArTi mafdttanS to tempt, tempting, temptation; +^+1 tafdttana\ he was tempted, ao^Afi mafi^dtan^ to be tempted, being tempted, temptation. Construction of the Infinitive. The constr. of the inf is the same as that of the § 66& ind, e.g. the inf of a transitive verb takes an obj. in the ace. : e.g. aonaxfm*'} ttk^Ar XL mazgydun kdflata, he opened the door, ^ or -atta-. ^ or -ata-. Digitized by VjOOQIC 176 Aniharic Grammar. [§67a, §67& aonUXfOh'i I notl^^ I hfoh^ tf mazgydun mdk&t a7duiiq|m, he doesn't know how to open the door. ll^&liAflAnia k|r^un ay^lata, he raised the rent» ll^^l I "^-flAT I hf»yhm-r XL k|r^un mdylat c^ocd- I|um, he cannot raise the rent Use of th>e Participle. §67a The participle is a verbal noun (§ 31), prop, an adj. but commonly used as a substantive: e.g. ++iiDni taqdmmata, to ride, i^^V" I Aid- i ^40* » taqamm&c sau nau, or ++^^ I VdH n he is a rider, a good horseman. A4- sdffa, to sow, A^ safi, a tailor. 4.1^ f drra, to fear, 4.d f ari, a coward. Force of the Participle. § 67& The part, usually expresses an agent (§ 67a), but sometimes it has a sense of obligation or incumbency : e.g. irmfl$: i Voh » taucossdj nau, it ought to be re- moved, it is to be taken away. J&U 1 4*^ > tOH n y|he qarf^ n|u?, is this to stay behind? Digitized by VjOOQIC § 67c— § 68] Syntax. 177 Construction of the Participle. The constr. of the part, is that of a substantiye : § 67c e.g. f A*flA I A^ I yallys safi, a sewer of clothes, tailor, ftI'Vi I lOr I yas|m^^n gai, ruler of Simyen. The part, is also, in certain phrases, constr. with the Eth. ace. in -a (§ 9d): e.g. A*flA I A^ I l|ysa s&fi, a sewer of clothes, tailor, /^p I TiV" I sjgd^ 8ft6, a seller of meat, butcher. Rendering of the English Participle. The Eng. part, may be rendered variously, accord- §67rf ing to its force : but hardly ever by the Am. part. : e.g. I left him, thinking he was dead : f f^i" i aotitir^ i +aHM- a yam^<5ta mdsl^ofl tiuhut. They caught him going into the house: +flf1'i A.7Qi^lh^is tay^^t sjgdya ydzut. You will spoil it using it like that: M^Ut -fl;*-ftCTnl- • ;l-flAffVAO a ndjh yittadar^bbat tabbalftssaudllah. Use of Causative Form, in htl- (§ 22a). § 68 When the primitive verb is transitive, the causative in hh' has two meanings^ : ' §7a, §8. ^ arising apparently thus: the causative merely expresses causation of the action : htllf^hy he caused killing; an object, -hh him, is naturally (a) the object of -IfLli, he caused (others) killing him: but is also ▲M. OR. 12 Digitized by Google 178 Amharie Orammar. [§ 68 (a)^ to cause or allow the object to suffer the action of the primitive verb : {fi) to caitte or allow the object to perform that action: e.g. ^fJi g^dala, to kill, hinfJS asg^dala, (a) to cause or allow to be killed, put to death, (fi) to cause or allow to kill. fn y48|, to catch, hhfn asy^Lza, (a) to cause or allow to be caught, iP) to cause or allow to catch. When there is one object, it is the object of the action of the primitive verb : e.g. hinfMm^n asg^dala^ he caused him to be killed, put him to death. Alt? I hhfn XL l^un asydz^ he had the child caught. When there are two objects the latter is the object of the action of the primitive verb : e.g. Alt? I JC^i'l I hhfn tf l^un djmm^tun asyiz|, he made the child catch the cat In either case the verb may take a redundant -oh (§ 61(f) without altering the sense: e.g. Altl I hhfUOh n l^un asy&z|u, he had the child caught. taken as {$) the object of htilfji as a whole, he caused him killing (others). ^ the usual meaning. Cp. faire tuer, far uccidere, toten lassen. Digitized by Google § 69a— § 70a] Syntaac. 179 Alt? I JC^i^l I hA^lfOH n l^un d|mmatun asyftzau, he made the child catch the cat ' He made the child catch it ' would be : flAlt i hJS: i htifttoh n b|l(ju jjj asyiz^ The Pebposition. Constrtsetion of the Preposition. Prepositions (§ 47) are constr. with the nominative : eg- iDHfli^ I dyfi a wcoday^^t h&da, he went towards the house. They may be constr. with an adverb : fiogjt I ioh n yawoHl^^t nau ?, where is he (it) firom? Position of the Preposition. When a substantive with which a prp. is con-§69& structed has an epithet, the prp., or that part of it which is a prefix, is pref. to the epithet: e.g. XAhfli^ I |skdyy^t (§ 8), as far as the house ; XAh^ A4i I fli^ I }ska411|qu y^et, as far as the large house; flfli^ I A)& I bay^t la|, above the house, a^A4i I a>^ I A)& I bat|ll|qu y^et 1^ above the large house. 7%e Preposition f -. The preposition f- ya-, of, expresses oiur possessive § 70a case, or with the substantive to which it is attached, may amount to an adj. : 12—2 Digitized by VjOOQIC 180 Amharic Grammar. [§706 tf"^ sum, a chief, fff^ yasiim^ of a chief, a chiefs. Vliax?t iiUi, wood, flia^ yancat^ of wood, wooden. •fl^l* bjrat; iron, f •fl^l* 1 4T7 1 yayjrat s&tin, an iron box. § 70& f - with its substantive occupies the same position as epithet or predicate as an adj. (§ 57a), and receives -7 (§ 66a, h) and the art (§ 59a) in the same way as an adj. If another prp. is prefixed, f- disappears'; or if f- is prefixed to a word already bearing f -, one f - dis- appears: e.g. S^T I flfl- 1 h^ a yasiim b^et nau, it is a chiefs house. flii: I fff^ I VoH n b^^tu yasiim nau, the house is a chiefs. fl^iiiNl I flil- 1 foh^fii n yasumiin b^fit yduttqfil, he knows the chiefs house. ir&a^* I fli^ I iD^ n tasiimu y^et wa>tta, he came out of the chiefs house. •Ml^l' I 4T7 I tayjrat s&tin, in an iron box. mf^9^ I fli^ I rfb|^ n wa>dasiim b^et h&da, he went towards the chiefs house. ^ In most composite prps. (§ 47&) there is this ellipse of f- : fln.1- 1 id-At I standing for *nf n.1- 1 id-AT i, etc. Digitized by VjOOQIC §70^ §71] SyrOax. 181 K the subfitantive to which f- is pref. is qualified § 70c by an adj. or its equivalent as an epithet, f- is trans- ferred from the qualified to the qualifying word. If the qualifying word is itself a word with f- pref, the second f - disappears : e.g. f 1- A^ I It** I fkl* I »m- a yat|ll|q Sum b^et nai^ it is the house of an old chief ^A^'iffl^ifk^itm-fl tpi}q y&diim b^^et nau\ it is a large chiefs house. f^ I fk^ I tm- a yalj ju y^et nau, it is his son's house. fittfv* I a3& I fk^ I h0^ a yasiimu l|j y^et nau, it is the chiefs son's house, f^A4kilf^^iA3&ifk^itm-a yat|ll jqu sum l)j y^et nau, it is the old chiefs son's house. o a^fjf0m^ I a3& I fk^ I dyf^ a woKlaliimu l}j y^6t hada, he went to the chiefs son's house. ioft^A4i I It^ I A3& I fk^ I #lwft a wa»d|t|lljqu sum l)j y^et hftda, he went to the old chiefs son's house. iD^lttfv* I A3& I ^A4i I fk^ I #lw^ a woKl^iimu Ijj t|lljqu y^et h&da, he went to the chiefs son's large house. The Prepositions A- and fl-, A- and 11- (q.v.), esp. when attached with the pers. § 71 suff. to a verb (§ 47a), often mean ^ or ftf^ I ^A^ I (k^ I, which emphasizes ftf^ i (§83c). Digitized by Google 182 Amharic Grammar. [§ 72a, §726 A- to the advantage of, fl- to the disadvantage of ^ : e.g. fiM I #cn^ f AmA^ a yamb^ssa q'^^ryat 8dtall}fi, he gave him (them) a lion-skin for me. ^^ I -flCi Am-fl^ a ^m b}iT 8dttabb}ti, he gave him (them) a bad dollar for me. But they are also commonly used m^^ly to denote direction or position : e.g. ^'lf^An^a m}ndllabbat?, whatisthereinit? Thb Conjunction. Use of -T and -V. § 72a .^ and -V (§ 486) jom substantives, V being attached to the former of two, -*• to both: e.g. 049^ I W9^ I ^A a wdham ddbb'^omm (§ 6) dlla, or m^VV 1 40 1 ^A a w^ihanna ddbb'^o dll&, there is water and bread. § 726 They may join sentences, especially if there is a logical change of subject, though aiq^deton (§ 74o) is commoner ; otherwise the gerund (§ 74a, b) and relative (§ 62) constructions are much commoner: e^. ^L^f7Hf^^Uk-^i1^f'afdrasgizza,fdra8umm'^<5ta, he bought a horse and the horse died. ^ A good illustration is given in Guidi, Grammatica §62: ^Ah^A^ masdkk^r|ll|t, he gave evidence for him, was a witness for him, (4) j^). aoUhdtt^ m^s^karabbat, he gave evidence against him, (Af^ j^). Digitized by Google § 72c— § 786] Syntax. 188 l/Jtl I TU-f I V't a firas g^zt^o m^dta, would mean he bought a horse and died; — he bought a horse and it died: Vm i l.iJti i T^n yagdsza fi^ras m^dta. -? occasionally joins verbs without there being a § 12c change of subject : m-A^m-?i ira^hhn w^sad^unna t^dlas, take it away and come back ; more idiomatically a^hfjO i f'tfvAAa woisdah tamdlas. o o o Thb Sentence. The Simple Sentence. The simple sentence consists in a verb, which in- §78a dudes a pronominal subject, may in itself express a predicate (i.e. an adjectival predicate), or may have a pron. object attached to it : e.g. OArfcA a bilt^l, he has eaten, he has had a meal. j&t^A a yjnitsl, it becomes white. flA-f ;^A a bdlf^otal, he has eaten it XAmyA-^ a Isatahdllau^ (§ 61a), I wUl give it (them) to you. Order of Words in the Simple Sentence. When the subject, predicate, or object are expressed § 786 separately, the usual order is : (1) Subject, (2) predicate (§ 78a) or object (3) verb ; (tm- (§ 136), though not etymologically a verb, is used as one) : e.g. ^JLh I m^f: i tm- a fi^r|s w^d| n^u, the horse is dear. Digitized by VjOOQIC 184 Amharic Grammar. [§ 7Sc, § 7Sd d.dh I m-y I j&4LA;iA n fi&ras wdha Jitti^^ the horse wants water. A^'^ I A^^A I ^7!A I j&AT a Icoggwdmi lafdrgs mfi- s|lld (§ 8) y|st\ let the groom give the horse some millet. § lie Epithets (§ 57a), adverbs, adverbial expressions and other determinatives are placed before the verb, which comes last : e.g. j&U I 4.dh f +tLSt n-nH- 1 j&ffAA a y|he firas tazzyft yayjzu y|ss&lsl, this horse is much better than that one. ^7Bd Adverbs, however, and adverbial expressions and even an object may be placed after the verb, being thrown in more or less as after-thoughts, to amplify or explain : e.g. hit I tMjO a dUu kSzzih, there are some, here. hf^^m^ I d.dli (q.v.) : e.g. ^/f*^q«N I f^m^Af^m^ i MK a a^dntauS ydsadau nji, he is not to bring it, he is to take it away. j&« I /^•^A I j&« I T» I hfTcr a ypie ydmr&U y|h^* g|n a^imiim, this is pleasant, that isn't Questions. The Direct Question. §76a Direct questions are introduced by a determina- tive interrogative adverb or pronoun : e.g. M" I Wm- a yet ndccau ?, where are they ? 9^'i f j&^A;i A a m|n y|filljg&l ?, what does he want? M^'i I tfv^ a l|m|i^ ii^^t^ ^> ^^1 has he come ? § 76ft Or they are expressed by an indeterminative inter, particle (adv.) s.v. -iDj& (§ 6), -h (§ 6), -1 : e.g. tfv^iDj& a m^ttaww|?, has he come! fiao^tirfi a y|mdt&llw|?, is he coming! Digitized by VjOOQIC § 76c— § 786] Syntax. 187 If no interrogative word is used a question is § 76c indicated by the tone of the Yoice, which is modulated as in English: eg. tf»^ a mdtta?, has he come ? j&tfv^ A a 7|mdtftl ?, is he coming ? A question may be asked not to elicit a reply but § 77 to express emphasis or surprise (s.y. MA) : e.g. -Off m- 1 M^^ohf^ I fM'i a b|nn^au, annam^ taumm y|zan ?, if we see him (it) shaU we not catch and bring him (it)!, ie. we certainly will, etc jMI I flm-i yr7<-i ^•IjC'C I hm- a y|h^^ sau* njg^ggjru n^nd^r^ nau ?, what is this man's pronunciation ?, Le. how ^4d it is I Tfie Indirect Question. An indirect question may be left in its direct form §78a if it is introduced by a determinatiye inter, adv. or pron.: e.g. m j&+m- 1 %^ f ?7m- 1 t&yyiqau yet niccau, ask him where they are. mj&+m-i^Ti j&^A;iAa tdyy|qau m|n ]^fdll|g&l, ask him what he wants. h^Oh^r % hT'i 1 0om n aldutiq|m lamjn mdtta, I don't know why he has come. Or, esp. when the principal verb is in the neg., it § 78& may be rendered by a substantival or adjectival clause introduced by the rel (§ 62) : f — ■ » § 8. * § 666. . Digitized by VjOOQIC 188 Amhaific Orammar. [§ 78c — §80 e.g. I don't know where they are : fMi^ i M iP -^ f * m ydllubbat|n aUutiq|m. They didn't tell me what they want : f ^A AT-1-1 1 h\lt^T a yamm|f|&ll)gut|n aldlufifiim. I don't know what day I shall go: f*^#lwjtfl^t 4>1 1 K\ah^9^ a yamm}h&d|bbat|n qan aldutiq}m. §78c Or by the inf. (§66): e.g. It remains to be seen whether he will go : 7T i aoAJi- 1 h^^99^ a gdna mahadu alt&yyam, (lit. his going has not yet been seen, is not yet apparent; av. M). §79a When no determinative interrogative adverb or pronoun introduces the direct question (§ 766, e) its indirect form is introduced by Mf^tn (j)ndah^on (-da- ; § 8) q.v„ constructed with the gerund or con- tingent : e.g. m j&+m- 1 upT-f I Mfjn a t&yy|qau m|tt^<5ndah^on, ask him whether he (it) has come. m j&+m- 1 j&np^ I Mftin a tdy^qau y|matdndah^on, ask him whether he (it) is coming. §796 For types of indirect question, s.v. how, what, when, where, whether, who, why ; Mft-, Mj^, Mfjtri. Indirect Narratian. § 80 Indirect narration retains the same form as direct narration (s.v. VQA) : e.g. #ii.^ij&AAa h&du yjlftl, he says that they have gone. Digitized by Google § 81a] Syntax. 189 tag^6ndar tan^tau mat&mma gdbbu yammil woir^e mdtta, news has come that they have arrived at Gallabat from Gondar. A^^ f Mf yA't^ I ^A a si™4^ asayyahdllau^ dla, he said that when he came he would show me. hfoh^r f j&»*AA a a^duq|m 7|mpfil, he swears he (another) doesn't know. The Conditional SerUence. The following are the principal types^ : ^ 81a I. Possibility: Protasis •fl- + cont. (§ 45), or ger. Apodosis comp. imperf., juss. or imp. (a) ILfliX: I j&tfp^ A a biwcodd,y|m^tftl, ifhewishes, he comes. {fi) ^h f j&fib>E A a wcodd'^o yihad&l, if he wishes, he goes. (y) fljojt I j^**^ « biwcodd, y|mta, if he wishes, let him come. (S) ^?- 1 j&#hJt a wokid^o y^|d> if he wishes, let him go. (c) "^^^f: I H a b}ttwakld, na, if you wish, come. (0 lOftU I HuJt a wcjddah h}d, if you wish, go. ^ taking Farrar's classification of conditional sen- tences. Digitized by Google 190 Amharic Grammar. [§ 816 §816 II. Probabmty: 88 in I. (a) -fl^tfvm- 1 ;^/A^l^ a bittm^tu, ti^alldccyuh, if you come, you will see. (P) hll^ I i-^r mil I j&ncl^yA a kazzyd taqdintah yiY^rdahfil, if you sit there you will catch oolA (y) -n;^m•♦ 1 17^^ a b}tUutiq, n^rafi, if you know> tell me. (€) Of a^ 1 119* I j&fl A a b^dutiq, 4mm y|y|l, if he doesn't know, let him be quiet The protasis may also be expressed by (17) -fl- + cont. followed by M^h (|)nddlla, which may be used personally or impersonally^ (0) cont- followed by Mfjtn (pndah^on*-' op Mfjn (|)nd|h^<5n|^ which may be used pers. or impers/ (t) reL + cont. followed by MftlTI [if* etc.]. (if) rel. + cont. followed by HinWh^dn***. Thus •fll'^m- in (a) may be replaced, without changing the sense, by (17) -fl^npm- 1 X14A I b|ttm$tu nddlla, or -O^tfvm- 1 M^K^v- % bittmdtu ndallic5yuh. {6) ^aoatiMf!jn% tjmatiindah^on, ^0oat I Mfjn I t}m$tu ndah'^dna, or ^0oat I hlfjn^v- 1 t}m$tu ndah'^onddcyuh. ^ cp. »n^ (§ 83a). « § 8. » or ^a-. * or bj. Digitized by VjOOQIC § 81c] • . Syntax. 191 (t) f**1-^#n- I Wifjn I yamm|ttmatiindah'^on, etc., as in {6). (k) f9^^09ah I fUn f y&mm|ttin^tu yjh^on. III. Uncertainty: §81c (X) Protaais, •0- + cent. Apodosis, past imperf. (X) thmm I Xhf:Am- 1 WC n b|m$ta, mflau ndbb&r, if he were to come, I should pay him. The protasis may also be expressed by (ft) ger. followed by ttjrj or MfAfJ [-If*, etc.]. (p) rel. ' + cont. followed by fl.ir» or MfLin. {() reV + simp. perf. followed by ttjn or hlfjn. Thus fl«^»^ in (X) may be replaced, without altering the sense, by ill) tfpT-f I tun I mitt^o y|h^on, ^•T-f I Mfjtn I matt^<5ndah^on, or ^pT-f • X'lftlf* I matted ndah^<5na ; (v) f ^TLoo^ I fUn f yamm}m^ta y^h^^on, f *l0»^ I XlftlTJ I yamm|matdndah^on, or Vljaoiq , M^if) i yamm|mdta ndah'^dna ; {() f ^^ I tun I yam^tta ylh'^on, ftf©^* I MftlTJ • yamattdndah^on, or fnp^* I Mftlf* I yamdtta ndah'^dna. ^ the rel. is sometimes dropped before Mfjin. ' sometimes aon. Digitized by Google 192 Aniharic Grammar. [§81rf (o) Protasis, •11- + cont. Apodosis, 11- + simp. perf. (o) tt^wjS: I n#lw^ a b|wokld, bahada, if he wished, he would go. §81rf rV. Impossibility: as in III (fi), (£), (o), which also mean: ' if he had come, I should be paying him', or, 'should have paid him ' ; ' if he had wished, he would have gone.' (tt) Protasis, ger, followed by lUlTJ. Apodosis, 11- + simp. per£ (n) A^filLintfUiv^u-a sAmiocye yjh^on, ba- mdttau^ if I had heard, I should have come. The apodosis of (ir) may be expressed by (/)) the plup. (§ 336, a). (cr) n-hplup. (§33&,i8). Thus fluo^u- in (n) may be replaced, without chang* ing the sense, by (/>) am^^ I WC a m$t|6cye ndbbar. (cr) fluD^U-iMCtt bamdttau^ ndbbar. Finally (r) both protasis and apodosis may be expressed by 11- -h simp, perf (r) OA^U- 1 ttaomO' a ba8dmmau^ bamdttau^, if I had heard, I should have come. Digitized by Google §82, § 83a] Syntax. 193 The Compound Sentence. Substantiyal, adjectival and adverbial clauses take, § 82 in the compound sentence, the places of substantives, adjectives and adverbs, respectively, in the simple sentence (§ 73) : e.g. ^Hr>1- « aili«liC I AA.jt t Vi % flA* i f •rt«1 1 iD7jt'^ i hf- 1 hAP I 004: I AT'I i fMi^l i 77ll-n i -Hk^ i 7-n-f I ACf I #ibft o tindnt woidag'^dndar l}h&d yesterday **to Gondar to go nafk y|l^o yatan^ssa wcondjmm^e k|fu ds^y^o I am" saying who started my brother evilly thinking yabbdt^e sdt|n yall4bbat}n g^nzay tay^^t in my father's box which there is in it money into the house gdyt^o sarq^o hada, my brother who started entering stealing went yesterday for Gondar, led by evil thoughts, entered the house, stole the money from my father's box, and went off. Emplums, A word may be emphasized by being repeated: §83a e.g. AAl I AAl I *77t* o f^lligg^e f^Higg^e agdftiifti^, I searched and searched till I found him (her, it, them, § 616). JiJjT I hf:n I ?!<•♦ I "iOh tt I jjig I jj|g |niq nau, it is a very long way off. But words, especially numerals, may be repeated not for emphasis but in a distributive sense: e.g. n*A*^ I iHT'i^ I hT'i^ i »TC • j&flAA- a b4ql^56 s|mm}nt sjmm|nt n&t}r y|yaldllu, the mules eat 8 lbs. each. AM GB. 13 Digitized by Google 194 Amhane Orammar. [§836 — §84 Qflv^ I Qflv^ I j&fib>E A a b&mat v&mat 7|h4d&l, he goes every year. § 83& When the repeated word has the article or the -*> of the ace. (§ 55a), it may drop them the first time it is said: e.g. f^^ I ft't^m-l I a^aor i ton i fm^^^^ a dahnft dahndun m&qdc^^ n^u yftmdttahut, I selected the very best and brought it (them, § 62a). § 83e A word or expression may be emphasized by being placed at the beginning of the sentence : e.g. j&^ln*ln;^^l^lY^•a yj66| n4n6 yatftc fg nfit, this spring is boiling down below ; LfMiH^if^iTl^i^^^xi emphasizes 'boiling'. j&tl I abH^ I H^ I j&n A a ypie ciihat z|mm y|yal, that noise must stop ; 119* I j&n A I j&tl I abH^ a emphasizes ' stop '. Concrete for Ahstract. § 84 Though Amharic is not lacking in abstract terms (§§ 50, 66a) yet it frequently uses the concrete where English uses the abstract : e.g. A trade route: ^hp^iimmit:i yanaggdd^e m^A- He suppressed brigandage : toltif^ i M^^ a wcom- b^d^e aq^<5ma, (lit. he caused brigands (§ 62a, S) to stop). He (pol.) employed military force against him: lD;^llC I All^n^ a wcottdddar (§52a, 8) s^dda- dubbat. Digitized by Google § 86] Syntax. 195 Similarly an English abstract noun is often best rendered by a verb in Amharic : e.g. During my absence : hX i Q A7C i In^i yfiln^dr. Note. Certain words commonly omitted in English must § 85 be rendered in Amharic, such as that, because, e.g. I'm glad they're coming : fM i -OA*? A i AA*l0»#n- a dass yjl^ofi&ftl s}lamm}m^tu ; or the relative, e.g. Where is the man they sent ? f All- 1 iioh % M- 1 hohn yaldku sau yet nau? Digitized by 13—2 Google Digitized by Google APPENDIX. PRINCIPAL PARTS OF VERBS OCCURRING IN PARTS I— III. Digitized by Google 198 Amharic Orammar. Simp. perf. (§25) hdttam| hada -d|) ^^ MS AovAov lamdllama e e e e Idmmana e o e Idmmada e e e Anom Idmmata AA AAAA be, L Ciomp. perf. (§32) hiindftl irXAg. h'^n5ftl Contingent (§26) seal, i hdttjmdal 7|hdtt)m go, L A^^ f^Jtyf: AJg.A S. had^l(ba;-) be loose, i. AA*A l<^ y|M5 be verdant, • L ldinl|m^l )^|indll|m beg, t ldmm|iid&1 learn, i Ar«,A Idmd^l y|lAmd strop, t Idmm|t^ jiA^T yllteunjt Uck, t ASIA l|s^l be soft, I AAAJLA 1§S1|8^1 J&AAAA yjlasdlljs Comp. impert (§32 ) j&ir?A Jt-M^A yjhdttjmSl J& mdh'^^ii (§8) hwftfi (.ftft§6) y}hdtt|in -M-r Mtt|m hdtt|m^o m|hdttam hattimi yihid hid f. AJJ hy (-ij § 6) hld^'o had^o (h|-) m^had (§8;-hyi) h^ (§8;hftj, -^ -ji) AA-f maldlit(§8) y|Idml|Bai A^AI" mhrhr maldinl|m A^A^TL laml^i ldmm|n maldmman lAmmdii (-fift§6;§8) y|lmad l|m§d Idmd^o milmad A-TJ? 1H^(§8) jtArr yildmmit ldmm|t A^ AAAA AAA^ Idslls'^o iioAAAA mal^I|8 Digitiz edbyGoOQie 198 Amharie Orammar. Simp, pert (§25) Ck>mp. perf. (§32) ConUngent (§26) in be, I hiindSl itxaS. hdttam| seat t hdti|in6ftl 7}hdtf|m Jti^f. go, L A.i?>,A J6A.A- hida (hyt, hi-. b|d^1 (lb«.A S. had^l(ha;-) yih4d (-h4.) AA IdUS be loose, i. AA*A ldlt6&l J&AA yildllS lam^|ma be verdant, • L AyA**A ldml|m^l j^amdlljm Anol Idmmana beg, t I^mm|]i5al yildmmjn Idmmad| learn, i Ar«,A l^d^ y|l|md Aflvm strop, i A9" J&AAAA yjlfcljs AAAA AAAA «»AAAA Digit! zedbyGoOQie 200 Amharie Orammar. Simp. perf. (§26) At liqa be more, i. Comp. perf. (§32) l|qd&l Contingent (§26) J&At Comp.imperf. (§»2) J&A^A y|l|qfil lAqq^l pick, t. At**A liqm^ ^t^A yildqmfil At+ i^qaqa give up, t liqqdfil j&A:^A yjiiqqfti A;^t0> laq^qama pick a little, t. m^l yp^5qq|m ^A;^A ^|qSqq|- m&l AAA ldbb§8| dress one- self, i. A'fljlLA Idbsdiil (-ys-) yjldbs (-ys) J&A'QAA yil^befil (-ys-) Ann l^bbab^ (-ya) Ah put a halter on, t. measure, t. A-flO-A l^bbjbMl Hr) Ab:i:A l$kk|t5&l (li-) fi.A-tt'a yilAbbib (-iy) j&Ah ^l^kS J&A'QQA ^dbbibfil (-|y-) ^hA yildkkfil Ah lik| send, i At^A Ijk^l J&All JB.AhA yjlikil A0m alter, .t. A4P*-«qA 3^1duwiitfil Af < 2nd AfU l^yylih.etc distinguish, t AJ&*A 14yy|t5fil f,lif, yji^yy JE.A/A y|Wyyfii Digitized by Google Appendix. 201 Jussive ImperstiTe Gerund Infinitive (§27) (§28) (§29) (§30) f,^^ fii* a^* yii^(§8) l|q^o in^iq(§8) J6A+/* A+r A*l» ii»A+r y^qam l|q|m l^m^o milqain J&A+* A*^ A'^ ii»A^ y^qaq IJqaq Idqq'^o m^qaq fiii^'H' /^♦r h^*r aoli^*9' yjl^qfiqim laq&qim laq4- mal^a- q(i)m-o qam fiMh AAA Mifi ii»AnA y^bfs IJbas Wbs^o mdlbas (-ly-) (-Jy-) (-ys-) (V) j&A-fi-a A'lHl A'flP noAfl-fl j^dbbib ldbb|b l^bbib^o maUbbab (-iy) (-iy) (-jy-) (-W)' j&Ah Ah All-f n-Ahl- yilikkS IdkkS Idkklf^o maldkkdt aa-) (H) fi.Mn All All 0>All y^lftk (§ 8) Iftk llk'^o miU4k(§8) filim^ Aiiht Atfwn 0BAd»T yjliuwttt l|uwtit ijuwttt'^o mal|uw|t MJ6 AJ6 Alt* aoMt myjM i^yyl l^yyit'o m^dyy&t Participle (§31) A;^n. ,iui l^qiqi imi Aai! Idbds (-if; §8) tAQO. labbdbi '(-yi) tAtU Idkki Ah. Idki A*P* liuwdc(§8) Aft. i^yyi Digitized by Google 202 Amharic Grammar* Simp. perf. (§25) Comp. peri (§32) Contingent (§26) Comp. imperl (§32) A>0B ldggW6)m| put a bridle on, i A-H^A l§ggwtt- m^ jiA7*r yjl^ggwiim yjldggrwtt- mal An Idoda • • 2ndAnU shave, t. idc(|)t^ lftccah,etc. A4. IdffS tire oneself, • 1. A**A liftSal o J&A4. yiUfS J&A4^ yjlAfel mdUS fill, i.&t. OQle Appendix. 203 Jussive Imperative Oerand Infinitive Participle (§27) (§28) (§29) (§30) (§31) j&A7*r A7*r ArT» aoMrT ASJ'T. yp^ggwilm l^gwtim Idggwiim'^o gwtum lotggwdmi (§7rf) J6A* A* A*-f 4I0AA1* Acq. im Iftc i^iro maldc(c)&t I4^d)i (-99; §8) (-«) J&A4. A4. A^:^ 0»A4.^ A^ y|lf5 i|fs Wft^o mdlfat (§ 8) Idfi fi.'r\ rA «»A-f aoTW t-^ y|mlS mps mdlt^o mdml&t (§8) (mayy § 6) J6-TA -TA rtc C<» HPHH^^ aoi.^ yim^q {-mi.) mdrriq (m&-) m^r4q^o {mi-) mam&rraq marrftqi fi.nat idn not a^noi ni-tu y|mftrk(§8) mftrk mfirk''o mamdrak mftrdki S^fCf: rcf: VCf. o^r^ 'T^J^ yim^<5rr|d m'^drrid in^drrid^o mam^dr- o rad m^<5iTdj (§8) f.rdfF r^T trndn nor^T ao^V' Jinarat mp»t mdrt^o (ma-) mdmrat miric (§8)' fjriiti rflA 0i>AA* hp^AA imii^ yjmsal (-al) m|8al (-al) mi8(|)l-o mdmsal (-al) mds4i (-fiyy'§6r§8) fuiohfi 0*AA aohilr 0*0dAA *^^ yjm^l m^issil m^s^l^o mamdssal Val) mdssUl (-%§6;§8) fS^mMlC 0«AtlC tmUhC aoanUhC arnhhi yjm^kir mdskir miskir^o mamdskar (-kl) ° maskftri mdif^o (ia-) mdmsat (-la-) Digitiz DdbyGooQie 206 Amharie Orammar. Simp. perf. (§26) Ck>mp. perf. (§32) Contingent (§26) Oomp. imperl (§■82) (-la.) celebrate a marriage, i. yjm'^ds^rfil m^dqa be warm, i. mdqdSl m''<5q5al 3^m^«? aoaoVi flop's yimdnnin m^im|a mitnniTi*^n m|mdiman mdnndii (-fifl§6;§8) f^yvic fl»rHC 7HC mrii\6 :^m^ii4r mdnKJr mam^lnzar (-za-) manzari fjrwc ^hc a»Mc: a^\iC 4H>h^ y|mkar m|kar mdkr^'o mdinkar makdri (-ka-) (-ka-) (-ka.; jMnic mic V\kC nol^C V\i& yjm'dkkjr m''<5kkir m'dkkjr'o mam'^dk- kar (-ka-) rn'okkiri ^0Blf7 HDTIl imTiT aotmxn o.H'f yjiniz4n mdz^n m^z^n'^o mamdzzau Digiti mdzzftfi (-fifi§6;§8> zedbyGoOQie 208 Amharic Grammar. Simp. perf. (§25) (-Tl) mdttS mdacdara • • e a»K G. (|)r^5 feed, come, (l)rftqa (l)rAbbS measure out, t. scratch, t come, 1. forget, t. be wet, i. be distant, i. be useful, 1. Comp. perf. (§32) mAgg|b5fil (iy-) mdttdftl e • mdt^dftl mdSc^rdSl mdstdfil e • (|)rd8t6ftl [x]ca.A r^sdfil [X]CitA r|qdfil (|rq-) [X>:-n:i:A (Dr^btSftl (-yt-) Contingent (§26) yjm^b (-iy) ^-wTT n y|m6^r yMbs (-ys) Comp. imperf. (§32) ^«>1IIA yjm^ggibal (iy-) ^«*^A ^«i»T9A yimdt^oal ji**J*^A y|mdSo^r&l yjm^sSl J&^4A ^4A ^C^A JFiqfil ^aA (-yfi-) Digitized by Google Appendix. Jussive Imperative Qerund (§27) (§28) (§29) f^'tik tW^'fl a^» yjm^ggjb ™^*> ^i&s^^^ (-iy) (-iy) (-iy-) fjrtik usef it^iV- a^'f y|mtS nS, f. nfi, pLnIi neg. M^'H Stt|mtS va&W'o f.am^'i -IKPT aoff yirndttjn m^ttln mdt^n^o rA*s^ **^C ***cr o / '-> yini5«6^ m5a6^r m5ao^^o f,rK V ««lf-f y|insS nS^etc. m^t^o ^C4 [X]CA [K^ft-f y|««l r^S (|)r$8t-o (ire-) ^A [X]C^ y|rii8 r^'^o (§8) (|rs-o) ^^ [X>* [X]C* 1^ (I)r4q r|q^o (§8) (|rq-) f£fi [X]CQ [XK-fl-f yjrbs if)5 (l)rdbt-o (-ys) (|rb-. -yS) (-yt-) 209 AM. OB. InfinitiTe Participle (^ »0) (§31) amaml-a «-;»0. m^igf^h maggdbi (-ay) (-yi) iwrnH* m^ miiint&t ma6 (§8) (ma-,-ai.-^) tmaomJ aotni>i mam^ttan mdtt&fi (-fifi§6;§8) a^au: S^t>U inamdS66ar mdSdSiri oorAt «•*»• m^ms^t m§c (§8) (ina-,.fll.-di) aoCHIr [x>ni m|r8&t ,(1)'$^ (mft-§8) fk-a-si) TI miris (l)rtiS (m4-°;§8) (-a -ii) ami^ [K]^* mdrftq (l)r^i (m&-;§8) tmcnt [K>ai. m&rbdt (Di^bi (ina-,-i7-;§8) (-yi) 14 Digit zedbyGoOQie 210 Amhrnic Qrami nar. Simp. perf. (§28) Oomp. pert (§32) Contingent (§26) Oomp. imperl (§32) (Prtibfu (-yju;§43a) be hungry, I [X]C0;^A i^b^^tftl (|rb-, -y-^-; §8) (|)rdtt6ftl yjrbwi (-1T-) jmhita <-ry-) (DrdttS OTercome, t. yjrAtS yjritel belong, i. <:ti**a r^zmd&l jt^TITA yjr^Dmftl {|)rfld5 help, t. (-i^t-,-rfirt- yjr^fil (Dr^ggS coagulate, • 1. [X]4:n*A (ijr^gtdftl yjrigS f,^^A yjrtgfil r^gg^m^ • curse, t. r^gmdSl yii1g(|)m j6<:inA yir^Pmfil }k]cfm run, i. [X]<-ip.A (l)nitdla ^AlA yjr^^tfil r^ttfba (-ya) be wet, i. assist, t. rdt(i)b6ftl (-y»-) yi^t(|)b [-(|)y] yirdt(|)b&i [-(l)y-] rifi|da be fore- noon, L ^*J5,A rdfdd&l yir^fd Digitized by VjO yjrdfd&l OQle Appendix, 211 Jussive Imperative Qerund Infinitire Participle (§27) (§28) (§29) (§30) (§31) f^Om^ ^^«U [X]ai* am£^ yjrdb^ y^bpi rjb^^t m^b (-y?«) (-yi-) (|pb-..y-^; 5 8) (mMy;§8) f^ [X]cy- [xyi-* a»C^ [hy:^ y|rta i^tS (|)r4tt-o m^rtit i\)ri& (Jrt-) (mfi!;§8) {M-'e-n) f.cur <:tm» 0oCHr un y|rz|m rdzm^o m^am (mt) r|z&mi f.Cil [hyui [X]^* tmcair [XW y|rd5 r|d£ (ird-) (|)rddt-o (-rArt-,-rftrt- §7rf) m^rd&t (mar; §8) ilHJ (-^j.-3t-ji) f^ [^]C;» [XKi-f aoCpt [XK^ yi««5 ilgS (Dr^gt-o mdrgit (ml-; §8) (l)rigi ficnr [Kptr d'nT aoCTT t4?-l y|rgam iirg-) rigm^o m^rgfm (mir) r^gimi J8,*^ [K}i^ [K}i^ iioCT [X]&* yjru* (i)rvit (l)rdt-o^ mdr^'^t (|)rwft6 -ir-r^^s. (ma-; §8) (-«.-«) jMIflHI [Xjcm-n ^cth AoCm'fl t<:«io. yfrtab n^^ p^t(|)b-o m|rt|b rat4bi (-»y) m-, -|y) (-y-o) rdfd^o (ma-, -ay) mirfad (-yi) (md-) 1 14—2 Digiti; ed by Google 212 Amharie Grammar. '%^ Comp. perl (§32) Contingent (§26) AA cough, i Ad.A B(lS^ )^A AAA be para- lysed, L A^A s^ldftl (s4-) AAA (84.) spy on, t • AA^A s^^l (s4-) (-84-) AT 8^mS hear, t Ar*A s$mt6&l y}8$ma Ao* kiss, t A^A s|m5ftl A^ sirrS (84-) work,) ^ buUd, *• decree, t AC:l:A s^rtdfil (84-) yjs^S (-84-) a<:a^ (sa-, -arj) bore through, i ACA^A sfr^rdkl (84-) fAihC yj8|r$88jr (-jsa-) A^<^ sirraq^ (s4-) steal, t. AC«A s^qdftl fAC* (-84.) sSfisS be thin, i s48(|)td&l yJsSssa Comp.imperl (§ 32); ^AA yjspal ^AAA yjS^lljlfil (WBS.) ^•7A J&ATA yi8|mfil j^^A yjsdrfil (-s4-) B|rdfi4i (-isa-) ^sArqftl (-84-) ^•V^A Digitized by Google Appendix. 213 Jussive (§27) Imperative (§28) Genind (§29) Infinitive (§30) Ftutioiple (§31) MA 4A sfil AA- Aft- (s4-) fluAA in4sAl(§8) 0i4kAA m^al (-al) 84i(8ftyy§fi y|8mS AAA (8ft-) AT s|mS AAft- (si-) Ar-f sdmt^o ovAAA mis^llal (-84-, -al) (§8) AAJ& (84-; -4yy §6; §8) A-l 8^ (84-) Nun (§8) Ar A^» 8|m^o 0mhr m^s4in (§ 8) A-l sdmi yJsrS A^ s|rS AC-f (84-) mftsrdt (§8) siri (84-) fAChC ACAC {si.) ACAl? 8^r^o (8ft-) ovAcAC misirsar (-4reft-) AC4 -ar) (-yr-) (-sy-, -ar) (V) fiAatm A'flfHI A41AP «*A4A-fl A^AO. yjsdbsjb sAb^b 84b4b^o mgs^beab sabsdbi (-y^y) (-y4y) (-y4y-) (-ysay) (-ysdy-) ^(HIC AQ-nc flVwfT «*AQac Aoa^s 3^bdb|r 8ftbib|r sabibr^o masabdbar sababftri My-) (-y^y-) '(-y^y-) (-kV-,-ar) (-yay-) UA* A1- A-f mA^ A* yj8^(§8) sftt s|t^o m$8dt(§8) sac (-«£ -di) ^Xl^ A>frt- A>fl-f a^ajat- a-iqY yjsinl^t 8inb|t s^b|t^o m^sdnbat s^bad (-8^, -ny-) (sir, -ny-) (si-, -ny-) (-sir, -ny-, -at) (Ba-,-ny-; §8) fiAVf* AIT* tyr* a»A?m* A^fll* j^s^^q •4»4q s^tiq^o m|s4nt§q s^t&qi (-si-) (8&-) (sa-) (-si-) Digitize (sa-) dbyGooQie 216 Amharie Ghrammar. Simp, peri (§26) (-ka-) AlD^ (-y A;» s^gga (■ Am 2nd Amu 4ttah(-&h), etc. A4. sdffS o be intoxi- cated, i. hide, t. abuse, t. send, t be afraid, L amble, i adore, t. give, t. Comp. perf. (§32) AhAA {a) sew, t (ft)bebroad, 1. A».AA s^uwtlr6ftl AjtSLA s4d(|)b5ftl (-y»-) AJ5,A 4dd^ An*A sdgr5ftl A1«,A 8$gdd&l '(sa.) At:I:a 4t(|)td&i A9:I:A 8dft5Sl o Ck>ntingent (§26) ^AohC yjsduwtir ^Ajt-0 y|84d(|)b (-7) ^Ajt ^sfld ^A;> (-8ft-) ^84g(|)r (-sft-) ^At y|sftt |^A4. Comp. imperi (§32) ^AII^A yHM|)rti ^A««^^ ^Ajt«A y|8id(Dbftl (-yft-) /&A^A ^s^ddftl ^A;»A (-st) ^iP^^A ^A^^A y|8dgdftl (-84-) ^AAIA yi4tfti ^sdfftl Digitized by Google Appendix, 217 Jussive (§27) Imperative (§28) Gerund (§29) Infinitive (§30) f.M»C AhC AtlC aohhC (-kft-) (.ka-) s^kr^o (-ka-) 7|s|uwttr AohC amAmC f-tlf^-tt Aft-n Ajfl» a^hfM yjsdfb (-?y) s|d^b (-|y) s4d(|)b^o (-y-o) (V) f.tifS: AftA- Af. ifUfSS: yj8d|d sjd|d s^dd^o m^|d ^A;» Ap Al-f A^ yisga 8|g5 sdgt^o (8ft-) m^lsg^t (§8) ^/*^c u>*ie ao/^C yisgF (-ga-) s^^^o ra$sg|r (-gft-) ^Al*- AlJt A^f. «i»A7jf yjsgfd (-gft-) 8|g|d (-ga-) s^gd^o (8^-) m^sgad (■gft-) ^ftT AT AT* 0*Am^ yH 4* s^t(|)t-o (-at) J&A4. hi. 694- «.A«- jipfS 8|fS s^ft^o mdsfftt (§8) Participle (§31) Ahia. sadibi (-yi) s4diij(§8) tAx s^g* (84-) in A;»^ s^gaj (s4-;§8) A^ 8ac e • (sa-, 'OBk. -ci) A/. (a)84fi(84-) (ft)8Affi Digitized by Google 218 Amharie Grammar. Simp, pert (§26) (-fa-) (|SS§8) Ifff 8^8sa (sa-) 2nd -ffU -8sah, etc. IfffT O OC3o -a88a-) fffllffl o o (-ydssfy-) ff-M- sdttat^ 2nd!fMf o e (-ah), etc. Comp. perf. (§32) Contingent (§26) measure,! encamp, l s^froll fAVC need, seek, [X]TI*A (|)8|t5al f.1i yjsa set in authority, t. siimdftl V- 6^6- S. fi.vr y|8^6m flee from, t. VllrtA iatdlll (sM hide, i 8$si|gdftl (§4-) y|s$S8|g (-84-) plait, t. ff-nllaA sdbsjb^I (-W-) yjg^bds^b smell, i. lf*A sdtt^ (sft-) yjsAtt (-i&-) make water, i IfhfcA ^ntdftl yis^n Comp. impeil ^§32) j&A^^A y|4f(|)rftl yjsai y|8^6mSl f.1f1fA yjs^s&l (-8ft-) (-14-) J&ffflTfQA (-y488|y-) yj^ttfil (-84-) l&fffA yJBinftl Digitized by Google Appendix, 219 Jussive (§27) Imperative (§28) ■ Gerund (§29) Infinitive (§30) Participle (§31) rM4JC ttAM A9C tmbijC (ii^ (-fa.) sJfF (-fa-) s^fr^o mfc«jr (-fa-) s^fdri y|Bfi (|8a§8) OJH-f (i)sro mtU^t (§ 8) f,lS^ *r n-'T «.!r^ Tt-l y|8um sum liim^o If- 8-6- S. m$S'din(§8) swami ^TTll Tffi rmi- a^rm tau y|^ ¥ sdst-o (8ft-)' (-&^;§8) (8^) f,rnh mrt fflrt rrata qwcossal^ lock, rob. stand, taste, t. remain be- hind, i. approach, L charge dues, L cut. be wounded, P- Comp. perf . (§32) qwoaiifdftl q^in|td&l qdmdftl ♦- q^^- S. qimsd&l ♦C*A qdrtd&l (V) ♦caA q^bdftl (q4-,-ry-) qirtdftl (qi) qwcurtd&l qwt^ldftl Contingent (§26) y|qwaai|f yjq^ms yjq^r yjq^b (-qa-, -ry) f,*Cf (-qi-) yiqwoJrt J^qwefed)! Oomp. impnl (§32) Jt«feA4A 7|qwo>U|rfiI ^qimmSl y|q^^mftl ^♦^•4A yjq^msftl Jt^^A Jlq^rftl (-q^-) yjq^rbal (-q4-, -ry-) yiq^rtfii (-qi-) ^^^n^ ^qdmmS qdmmS qdmin|t^o maqdmmdt (§8) fA^ *r *1» tm*r y|qum qum qiim^o mdq^^m (§8) f»¥aoh ¥imh ♦r^ 0V^0VA y|qmas q|mas q^ms^o mdqmfs f.^C *C ♦C* im^^^ JiW qjr qdrf'o (qa-) mdqr|t (-at) f,¥Mi ^C'vk tC0 0i>^<:« y|qrab (-IT) q|r|b (-IT) qdrb^o (ql-, -ry-) mdqrab (-IT) jt*<:T ♦^T ♦cm ao^C'? yjqrat qirat qArt^o (q^) mdqrat ^♦*<:t ♦*^T ^cm «ii»t^<:T yiqwttrat qwdr|t qw4^AA yjqwfisfi (-al) qw^ (-al) qwft»8(|)l^o mdqwttsfl °(-al) Participle (£3l5 qwcullftfi *'% qdmmi *^ qwdmi ♦•m qdm^ (§ 8) *& qAri (qM ♦4S4I. (-Ti) qdrfic (§ 8)' qw(uric (§ 8) qwcuEAj ^-ayy§6;§8) Digitized by Google 224 Amhatie Grammar. Simp, pert (§26) Comp. perf. (§32) Contingeiit (§26) Comp. imperl (§32) rouse, t q^8q|8^ y|q§84qq|8 ^♦A^A yjqis^qqj- s&l ♦♦A boa, t q^q|lMl yiq^qji ^♦♦aa ^q^qjlfil qdbbS anoint, t. ♦^1*A qdbtdSl i-Ytr) yiqibS i-iY-) ^qdbSl (-Ay-) qdbb|ra (-ba-) bury, t. ♦^liA qdbr6&l (-yr-) p¥4kC mAb(|)r (-Ay-) yiqAb(i)rfti (-^y-) q^bbjta play the fool, L qdbt^ (-yt-) yiqAbt (-yt) ^qdbtftl (-yt^) q4nnS be straight, L bejealous,L ♦7*A q^t^ ^♦9 yfq^s y|q$n§l q^§ta put girths on, t. ♦l^A qdnn|tOfil yiqAnnj* 3^qdnn|tfil qwwndtt^ta pinch, i «rrai.A qw<^nt}t5&l yiqwa,n$t^t ^♦VP-HA 3^qwo.ndt§- tel qaz^qftz^ be cold, i. ♦Tf+nA q^q|zd&l mfz^qqiz Digitized by VjO( ^♦H^HA yjqF^qi- z&l Appendix, 225 Josrive (§27) Imperative (§28) Oenwd (§29) Infinitive (§30) Participle (§31) f.*li¥h *hHl *lt¥li m^h*h ♦MTI mia^ qdsqjs q^sqls'^o mfq^as q^^ (§8) p*^ti 4^A **/f m^fii ♦^^ ylq^qqp q^qjl q^qil^o mfq^qfJ qfqq^ (-iyy§6;§8) f,^ ♦n ♦^1+ 0»*n>t ♦0. y|qbs <-qy-) q|bS Hy-) q^bt^'o (-yt-) m^bftt (-qy-;§8) q^bi (-^y-) f.^C ^c *-ae tm^ac *a£ y|qb|r <-qv-, -Sr) qibfr (-|y-, -ar) qdbp^o (V) m$qb|r (-qy-.-ar) q^bftri (-yi-) P^ttf *nT *iUn flo^IlT ♦fl^ Jlqbjt <-qy-) q(bft (-|y-) (-yt^) m^bft (-qy-) q^b^ (-^y-;§8) ^♦^ ♦9 ♦Tf m^t ♦'V j|qn5 q|nS q^f'o (§8) q^fi(-fifi§6; -•« -flfli) Jt+n- ♦n- ♦Tf «•♦«• ♦V* Jiq^nnit q^ii}t qdnnit^o miq^nn^t (-at) q^nn^ (§8) j^trpT ♦TPT trpm tfHilm'P t1«l'P' jiqw«nftt qwaJntit 1 qw|(-tt»yy qwa»yy|t^o in|qw -&1-) yibdrS (-jy-, -4iv) Comp. imperC (§32) y|qw&t^ 5S,+m^*J&,A tfl^ddfil i-AjlLA t%6ftl (t&-) +A***A t|l^m^ •M^dLA t^Uqs^l Contingent (8 26) ^A-A yib^dy (-jy-, -^.) yib4d(|)n (-jy-. -id-) yib^jj (IT-, -k-) j&AAll yiUfltic yP&Uik y|Q^m|d ypl$qq|in MM Comp. iiuperC (1 32) JftflJCAA ^b^d^ (-jy., -^-) ^Jt^A y|b4d(DnftI (-jy-. -id-) ^3fA ^b^jjsl (-|y-. -&j-) MA>IA MA>iA yilljalikfil ^A«^A yjll^mmfr dftl M4A ^iaftl M+^A yiU^qimil M^A yyi^qfsftl Digitized by Google Appendix. 28a Jussive (§27) Imperative (§28) yib^<^ (-|y-. -^-) njcA b^dy (bft-) (-jY-,-^-;§8) ^Ah (§8) i-AAh (§8) ^AAll ^UftUik (§8) +AAII t^Aliik (§8) yiU^mid tgl$m|d y|Uis (§8) +AA t^ISs (§8) yillfqim +A+A Gerund (§29) Infinitive (§30) Participle (§31) n«-A- i -^OjiA I tfl^^ b^i^'^o mjbdddil |b^d^(bft-; (ba-) j(-ay-,-adda-)|.^yy § e ; § 8) b^dn^'o (b4-) m^bd^n (-yd-, -an) b^jjit-o (bl-) m|bdjjat i-AAh t^^mk-o (-lai.) iivAAll malldlftk °(§8) 1*AAtl. tflfliki •hAAh tfUil(|)k^o floAAti mfllildk (§8) +AAtl. t^lftUUd tfl^md^o 1-AA in|ll^mad tfnAA miUfis (§8) +A-Tt (§8) +ATS (§8;'-Tt-ii) +A*i» +A*^ tal^s^o mall^im «oA^A +A;ML t^^(§8) Digit zedbyGoOQie 284 Amharic Ghrammar. Simp, peri (§25) tal|qaqq^ •^Ann (-y&) tSll^bac (-^ya- ; •iidc§6) •hAti t§l$kkS +Af 2nd •hAf U taldyyfth, etc be given up, p. Comp. pert. (§32) +A*A^ be picked ' +A^+*%A out, p. ! t|l§5|4q- mdftl have a halter put on, p. •hA^iaA t$1dbb|b6ftl HT-) be milked, ' :^AQAY P- ; tftlbdllac (-lyA-; -add i §6) be measured, P be sent, p. be changed, P- be dis* tinguished, P- i*Ati:i:A tal^kl^tdftl ' (-14-) i*AV^A tdlikdiil (t4-) •i*Ad»*aiLA t|lduwtl- t5ftl i-A^:t:A taldyyitdftl Contingeiit (§26) yyifqSq- q|m j&Afl'fl y|Il^bb|b ^•;^A'0 t^tt^lab y|ll^kS yjllik y|114uw|t Comp. inperl (8 32) JiA*J*A y?ifiqfq«i ^A;#»*nA y|U|qSqq|r m&l l&AflQA y|Ufbbtbfil (-yft-) 1-;*'AnAY t|ttini$bdl- lac (-yd- ; -a6c§6) y^dkkftl M*IA yiUAkfil fAtf'HA y|ll|uw|tel yiUAyyftl Digitized by Google Appendix. 335 JiuBiye (§27) fA^*r fAttH yjU^b^ (-y^y) 4tt^ab (-ay) yjlUkS yJlUUc (§8) (-^yy§6;§8) yjll^yyu Imperative (§28) Oerand (§29) Infinitive (§30) t|l^q-o m^^iq m^Sqi- q^m tfllbblb^'o (-|y-) i|l tilabi (-yi) t4lb& (-ly-) m^ttil§b (-ay) tfl^kg •hAlfl-f t§l^kkit-o (-14-) m^ll^ (§8) (§8) •hAlt t41|k^o (ti-) (§8) t|l|Ji|t tfl^Wtlt'O t|l|yyit-o mfll^yftt (-#t) Participle (§31) tfl|qq«qi t|l|qfiqiini •hAOfl. (-yi) tftldbi (-yi) t+Ah. t^l^kki (-14-) +A11. tflftki (§8) ■ t+Aft. Wyyi Digitized by Google 286 Amharic Chrammar. Simp. perf. (§25) ma o 2nd •hAcau etc +amliA (-ma-) tSinm|in| t|m^rrS tamdr| : Ckmip. perl 1 (§32) have a +A7**iA bridle put j tal^ffffwd- be shaved, self, r. Ccmtingent (§26) come and go, L return, L watch, i be ill, i. be guided, P (a) learn, l (6) be for- given, p. be ex- amined, p. mfr§ (-ar^mmft-) +A**A M'P' t|li6a)t^l yjlto +«i>AAjk.A t«m|lti(l). 85&1 •hfl»Ajk.A t|m^]|86&l (-ml-) •^«•Ah:i:A <-m^) ;i^A tSmmdftl tamdrt^I (-m^) •I^AA t4m(|)r5ftl t^m^rm}- r6&l (-mi-) I|8 (-mfi-) yimm|l^ kjt (-at) j^ttfimm^ ^^mm^rrS y|mmar jj^mmfr^- (-ar^mm&-) Comp. impefl (§3«) JlAl^A mftl ^«>AA4A y|mm§l«l- I98&I J&«^4A yjmm^lli- sal (-m&-) yjmmal^- kftftl Tltt^mf- m&l ysmm^rrftl ^•T^A yymmirftl yjmm^i^m- m|rftl (-&r^mma-) Digitized by Google Appmtdias, 287 Jussive Imperative Gerund Infinitiye (§27) (§28) (§29) (§30) f^'hr ^A-M* trnKM* yj^\Agyt(t)Vii tjl$ggwtt- m'^o mall^gwtiim fAlf' +A* +A*P"f «vAA^ ypiic t^l^ t|li6(|)t-o mfllidat (§8) (§8) 1 fumiihH i-oaAAA -hovAA/k aoa^Mi yiinin^lftl|s t^a1il|s tf»nr m|mm^ lil(J)8^o lil|s ptoHh i-tfuAA ^•^•A/k ovOT^A yiinm^^ t|in^|S t^m^lis^o m^mm^^s {-mi-) (-m^) (-m&-) (-mir) fi^fiiMr •hfl-Ah^ -hovAlfl-f 0>0»Ah^ Timm^k^t t^m^kat tfmdlklf'o m^mmilk|t (-m^, -at) (-mi-, -at) (-mi-) (-mi-, -at) f^ii^ ^ tm^aoT yitt^^ tamm^o m^ttim^ ^0>^ +ii»^ +««<:♦ ^l^0m^^ yimmdrS t^$rS tfm^'^o m^mmdrit (-m4-) (-ml) (-mi-) (-ir-;§8) f,nc •f-7C Arrc 00frc jjoMaair t$mir t4m(|)r'^o mdmmir (§8) (§8) (§8) f^^Ci^C +«ii»crir aoaoCmiC y|inindnn^ tgm^imjr'^o m|mm^- (-§nna-) (-mi-) 'mjr (-irma-) Participle (§31) '^Aa). t^fic(d)i t^m^l&lis (§8) t^mdllSs (-mi-; § 8) +fl»Ah¥ t^m^lkad (-mir; §8) tSmftmi t^mdri (-ma-) (a) ^im6 t|mftri t|marmari (-|ma-) Digitized by Google 288 Amharie Grammar. Simp. perf. <§26) Comp. perf. (§85) (-rar-) be annoyed, i. t|m^rrtt&l t^mSiT§k| be captured, P t^mirkdftl i-andm twnArrata be chosen, P tam^rtdftl (-mft.) tamafi|g- be praised, p. tfmjagl- tambfi^k- kaka (-ba-) t|mdttS kneel, L be struck, i^OdiKA t|mbArk|- k5&l (-ba-) + +ii»ft1T aoaoliin +«>A;j'? y|mm$8g§n t|in|8gan tamas^n^o mamrnds- t|masgiii (-fiftf6;§8) ^rnchii •i-mciiti •I^OCllli 0Bf*achifi t-wnchh. 3^b^k|k t^b^kgk tambdr- mambar- tambarkiki (-b4-;§7c) (-b^ k|k^o (-ba-) kak (-b4-; '§7c) " W ^;^ +ll•;^ +«io1-f ^«iio;Hh +«■¥ ^mm^ta t^^ta tam^tf^o mammdt&t (§8) tam^ (-^;§8; -*e-di) fjn^ •f-7;^ •Ml-f fl»^;H* •f-7* ^mmdtS tamdtS t^m&tf^o mammdtit (§8) tamic (§8;-^-ci) pam'^ ^0.^ flOCBVI* +«•¥ 7|inm46 tamac(c)|t'^o mammacat tam^ (-m^;§8) (-m^) \n£.) (-mar; §8; -'C-ci) Digit zedbyGoOQie 240 Amharie Ghrammar. Simp, perl (8 25) ;*••■* be tSmmanft ibelieved, p. believe, t zar| (-Z&-) tam^ftfla 2nd -7U -flMh, etc tamSkk|r| ' (-ka-) tam'^dk- kara (-ka-) tam^^b^ (-T tSrr|ni| Comp. perf. (§32) (p.)t4mnd&I jj^tt^mm^ (t) tfi:inm|- n5ftl be ! +ii»THiA changed, p.| t|m4n4- r6ftl long for, 1 1 ^m?iXfi I (-mi-) deliberate, 1. be tried, p. t|mikrdftl t|m^<5kk}- weigh, i. i +^1I>.A be weighed,! t|m^z4- P- ndftl be fed, p. j +iiii1(I.A b«ftl (-jy-) be weeded, JHA^ P- : tSrr|mdftl Contingent (§26) s|r (-eft-) y|mm4fifk (-mt) y|mniSkk}r (-ka-) yjnun*<5k- k|r (-ka-) ^mm^EC|n Comp. imperl (§32) ylttSmm^ pmPMin^ y|nnnan^ s|rftl (-sa-) pm^Pi y|nimiftMl (-mi) pttu^ y|mmakkr rftl (-ka-)* prtu^ y|inm*<$k- k^ (-ka) yimm^in- n&I bftl (a?) p^ink y}tt£iT|m ly|ttSrr|iDil Digitized by Google Appendix. 241 Jussive (§27) Imperatiye (§28) Qerund (§29) Infinitive (§30) y}ttftmaii (p.) tamftkftri tam^ok- kiri tamdzz&fl (-fift §'6; §8) t|inaggibi (-Ti) AM. OR. Digitized by 16 Google 242 Amharie Grammar. Simp. perf. (§25) t|r|dkiu (t&r&-) +^<:+ t|rSrr|q^ (ta.) t^rdqu (ta-) tar^S o e -tea irrabi (t&-, -ya) tdrraba o^ o o t-z-fl (ta-, -y§) t^tta (ta-) +^+<: t^r^tt§j^ (-ai^tt^) Comp. perl Contingent (§82) (§26) be +4m:**a JUUHi separated. t^I). yjrrjriqu P- q^ftl (tftri-) (-arft.) make '^^C«A ^+^* peace, L t§rfb<|)q5ftl yjtt|rfirr|q (ta-) (-ta-) be +^C**A ^^^4i separated, ^r^r(D- yjrr&rfiqn P- q^ii&l (ta-) be +<:ft*A ^4 forgotten, tfrtistdftl j^rrdssS P- (-ard-) play, L •H:a.A jt-HI-O tdn^bdftl yit^i^ib (ta-. -jT-) (-t4-. -jy) be hungry. •h:(i.a ^^« i. t^rjbdal yjrrfib (td-, -jy-) (-ay) be +<:i-*A f^ overcome, tar^ttd&I yirr^ttS P- (ta-) crack, t. +C1-AA fA-eta tdrtjr^l yjtir^ttjr '(ti-) (-ite-) Comp. imperl (§32) ^rr|rftq^ii (Mr) J6+^^A 3^ttfrSrr^ qftl (-ta-) ^rr&rftq^a ^4 A yjrr^ssftl ^•^cnA yjtdn^bftl (-ta-. -jy-) ^^OA y|rrdbftl (-ay-) yirr^ttftl yittr^t<|rfil (-jta-) Digitized by Google Appendix. 248 1 • ti f rir Jnasive (§2T) Imperative (§28) Oerund (§29) Infinitive (§30) Participle (§81) j|rr|rdqu (-ftri-) ^ttartoiq (-ta-) t^r|riqu (tarft.) +^<:* t|rir|q (ta-) t|i^r(DqfU (tari.) t|rftr(|)q-o (ta.) m^rrdriq (-arr4-';§8) in|tt^rftr^ (-ta-) tfrarftq*Od (tara-; -d6 §6) tarftrdqi (ta-) j^rrftrftqu t^rarftqu (ta-) t|rft»<|)qao (ta-) marririq (§8) t^riq^Oc (te.j-66§6) ^^4 tardsfo (-ar4-) marr^t (§8) (-^-r§8; a- -si) yjt^b (-tfir, -jy) tdr^b (tl-, -jy) t^rrjb^'o (ta-. -jy-) m|t^rrab (-t&-, -ay) +^0. tfiribi (ti-. -yi) y|rr4b <-ftT;§8) tdrib (t^,-fty;§8) tiiib^o (ti-, -jy-) mdrrdb (-iY;§8) +45.0. tar&bi (ta-. -yi) ylrrdtS tardtS (tft-) tardtt^o (te-) marrdtit (§8) +^* t4rdc(-iri-; §8;-«Hci) (iti-) tirtjr (tSr) t^I^'^O (tft-) IIB+C+C matdrt^ (-irta-) Digit +C;»'ft-»-] (yj8(8)mg-; §7c) Comp. impefl (§32) ^ri-CtiA y|tirkfa (-t^rrik-, -ti) y|tartfggwii- m&l (-ta-) j&cinioA ^r)gfb$g- g|bal(§7c; -y^ggfy-) yitfrffil (-ti) fAh<^ yisefllafal J6A*»A yiBB^mmftl jjss^am- m&l [J1A-T-] (yi8(8)mS-; §Tc) Digitized by Google Appendix. 245 JossiTe (§27) ImperatdTe (§28) yitr^t yitAr4k (-tft-) t(r|k (tft.) yjt^rgwtim (-ta-) t^rgwiim (ti-) yir(r)g4b- gfb(§7c; -ygfy) •HTMn-fl t^g^bgab (ta-, -ygay) ^A9 yj8s41af (-sa-) +AA* tasilaf (-aai) yjssdma +A-1 tas&mS '(tA-) y|ss^m&mS (y^8)m^; t|sam&mS (W) (t|smi-, ta-) Oerand InfinitiTe (§29) (§30) •l-Cti aa^Ol tArk^o m^trak (t^k-, ti-) iiH-^ni in^tdrr|k (-tft.) +cri» flH-or tArgwtim^o matir- (tir) gwoiox (-ta-) •Hn-niii aocmra t^gdb- mF(r)g*b- g|b-o(ta-. gab (§ 7c; -ygiy-) ma-, -ygay) •tec iiirh*:* tirf^o m^traf (t^) '^AAC aoAh9 tasdlljf^o m^^ Vasa-) (-sa-) ^A^-f ^•hIt tasdmt^o massimftt (ta-) (§8) +A*7^-f a^Ann't tasamftmt^o m|8Sfm4- ° (-asa-) mftt (§ 8) [+A-1-] [flWl^f-] (t|smft-,ta-) (m|s(s)mi- ; §7c) Participle (§31) t|r(r)iki (ta-) targwimi '(ta-) tfrgabgibi (ta-, -ygiy-) tar&fi (ta-) t|S^l&fi (-asa-) +A*l tasimi (ta-) +A«f«l tas^m&mi (-asa-) [+A«T-] (t^mi-, ta-) Digitized by Google 246 Amharic Ghrammar. Simp. pmrf. (§25) -hAn*^ S. (-a8&-) 2nd -^U -rrah e (-ah), etc +fl^^ G. t^marra (-asa-) t|s^S (-asa-) MC tdssara (-8ft.) tfsfrdss^ra (-ftrissft-) tas^hraqa (-fte^) +A4+ G. tasasdta (-ftsft-) •fhh^ a tasflsit^ (ta-) gnie, L t|8fm^rtdftl gTM©, 1. be built, p be decreed, P be tied, p. be bored, P be stolen, P- be confused, I be confused, i Gomp. ^txt. (§32) tasam&rt6fil 9 O (-asa-) t^^rt6sl (-asa-) tiisrd&l tasdmrdSl e o o (-as^-) +AC#A tas^rq5Sl (-as^) i*AA:i:A tas4s(Y)tdftl (-as4-) +Aft*A t98fis(|)tMl (ta-) Oontdngent (§26) JB.A««^A yjss^^rrSl yiss^rrS (-84-) y|tt&ssar (-sa-) ^A^CAC (-ar^ssft-) yjssArr^ {-si-) fA¥t (-sfis-) J6AA* Corop. imperl (§32) yjss^mSrrfil i&A^A yjas^rrftl (-8&-) f^A^A yitt&ssar&l (-ea") j&a<:A4sbat^ dismissed, t|san&btd&l yissanSib- (-asa-. -ba-) P- (-asa-, -yt-) bat (-sa-.'-ba-) +AW be +A9'«"AA |iA« tasanSddS prepared. t|8|ndd(i)- y|ss^nSddS (-asa-) P- t5al (-asa-. Comp. imperf. (§32) J&AtAA yiasiqqalil y|ssfibal (-ay-) fAtU-A. y}88ibbaral (-ba-) J&AnAOA 3^ssab^ssa- baJ (-y^ssay-) j^AQfUA yjssababb^r r&l {-Y&-, -ar-) 7|ssfttal ^Avn;^A y|ss|nSb- batal e (-sa-, -ba-) y|8S|nSd- dal Digitized by Google Appendix. 249 Jussive (§27) Imperative (§ 28) . Gerund (§29) Infinitive (§30) Participle (§31) J&A4>A •f-AtA +A*A- iioAtA +A^^ yias^qfi tas^qfl (ta-) tas^l^'o (ta.) mfssfiil t|s4q$(ta-; -fiyy§6;§8) pMk +A^1 +An iiiiA^ +AII. 7|ss&b <-aT;§8) (t4-.-fty;§8) t44b'^o (t^-, -jy-) m^^b (4; §8) tas&bi (ta-, -yi) rA^c •^AOC i-AilC noAflC +AnAQac i-AQQ^S yjssabdbfr (-yfiy-, -ar) t|s|b&bar (-asa-,-yAy-, -ar) tasabibr^o (-asa-, -ydy-) massabd- b|r (-yay-,-ar) tasabfibdri (-a8a-,-yay-) f/^ +A-f 0d4^ yjssit (§8) td4t^o (ta-) m^ssdt (§8) ^A?0^ +A?fl1- +AS''n'f noAffl^ t+Avn^ ^88|nfib^t (-sa-, -fty-. t|sanib|t (-asa-.-dy-, t|sanfi,bt^o (-asa-, -yt-) m|ss^iidbat (-sa-, -dy-, tasandbdc (-asa-, -dy-; -at) -at) -at) §8) fA'IH +AW +A9'«"* 0DA?'t^ +AT3f 7|s8^nddS t|8|n^S (-asa-) t§san&d(D- Vo (-asa-, -irtr § 7.A taldrtnOftl ' (-as^-) (-SS.) be stained, P- •I^A**A taqdlmd&l (-dlljm-) yiqqtfljm be mixed, P- t+*A*A,A t^dlq|ld&I tf,*A*A yiqqsi^q- qai be mixed, P- ++A*0,A tfqaiaqd)- 15al ^^A^A y|qq|laq- qai be locked, P i^A^A taqw(u1l|f5al yiqqwoaiaf be robbed, P- +*r*A t^q^mmj- t5&l 7}qqdmm£ be tasted, P- •i^*-fl.A taq^sd&l yjqq^mmfs sit, ride, i. +*fip.A tjq^m(mD- tdal yjqq^mjt Comp. impert (§32) ^ir +ff*T n-ff^L? +ff4.'$ yji^faii tal^^ tasifiin'^o m|88df§n tas^ffftfi (-84-) (-s^) (-884-) (-sa-) (-as^-; -ftft §6; §8) f.*Ar ++Af» ao^Ar ++A-1 y|qq41am taqdlm'^o {-dll|m-) maqq^l^ tfq|l(l)&mi tj&^A^A t++A*-tf»f yjqq^at tfq^ft taqAm(mD- m^qq^jt t^immfic 1 t^o 1 (§8) Digit izedbyGoOQle 266 Amharic Grammar. Simp. perf. (§25) t|qarar- r^bu taq&ratj tjqwa5rr|t| tjqasiq- q§sf t^qiqqala t^qdbbS tyi4bb|l§ t^q^bbfTi (-ba-) +♦< t§q|ddS becloee together, i. pay dues, i. be cut, p. be roused, P- be boiled, P- be anointed, P- accept, t. be buried, P- be drawn, P Comp. perf. (§32) (-yyi-) t^drt5S,l (-qa-) +tCip.A t^Wairtdftl •l<^Ata.A t^dqq|l5al ++«AA taqdbt5&l ttq^bbil5ftl taqdbrd&l •h+JC^A t|q^|t5&l l(-art-§7mp. imperf. (§32) y|qqfrSrrj^ bdllu (-y^-) ^^^«IA yjqqlrratel 3^qqw*i^-a y|qq|rfi- rabu (-yu) t^q^rftrabu (-yu) taq§i*r(|)- b|u m|qq^ {-?y) f,*df ++<:t ++Cr|t fs,*h*n i^Mh •l^ft^A ao*H*ll yjqqdsqas t|qdsq|S taq^q^^o mfqq^sqfs tS.**fii 't'+^^ «»^A yiqqfiii tfq^qjl^o m^qqiq^ f.*Q ++a ++ -ai) tiq^bl^l'^o m|qq4b|l f.*ac ■t^-ae AD^nc ^qq4b|P {-iY-> -&r) tjq^br^o (-yr-) maqq4b|r i-iY: ^) ylqq^dS (-&rt-§7rf) m|qq^dit (§8) •Participle (§31) taqarftr^ b^od(-fty-; -'^ooc § 6) taq^Mld {§"8) * t^w5+«IA yiqq<*|fii Itt'nA yjqqwoJttfil jB.^fllAA mq^ttfiai j&^mAA yiqqSttflal mq^^^ (-ta-) yjqqwolttjr r&l(-tiir) j&^mOA j^qqwoSttj- b&l (-f y) Digitized by Google Appendix* 269 Jussive (§27) Imperative (§28) Gerund (§29) Infinitive (§30) Participle (§31) f'^fT •lr*fr ++J5:1» m>*f,r t+«1 ^^qq^dgm t|qfl|m t^^dm^o (-qa-, -nn- 11 d) m§qq^|in t§q|dibiii f'^fJ: -t-^f- tio*fJ: ++'«e ^qq^dfd tiq^d'^o m^qfl|d t|q4d(d)4j (§8) |6*«l •t**n -I^T-f flp+^rt* t+** yiqq^s t^qitS t|q|tt-o mfqq^tdt (§8) t$q4c (.qi-; §8;-fll.-6i) J6*fl| •f^*n •hfeT-f tmt^nlr •hfc* yiqqwoJtS taqwiutS tyiwtat (§8) t|qwa»d (-«,-6i) j&^mA •l^mA ++TA- ao*m6i •H"n^ 3lqq*t|» (-al) taq4t|l (-al) taq^ttjl-o maqq4¥ (-al) (-%§6;§8) f^^tn^ +;^niA +;*TA- AD^mA +;^«i^ yiqqfitfi (-al) (■Al). taqftt(|)l''o m|qqfit|l (-aJ) taqft^ (-ftyy§6;§8) j&^mC ++mC t+TI? tfD^mC •H"n<5 yiqq^tar (-ta.) t^q^tF (-ta-) taq^tr^o mfqq^^ (-ta-) t^jttari f,tMiC •hfemC •htTC au^mC t+t«l45 y|qqwa5t|r (-ta-) t|qwo5ty (-ta.) taqwwtr'^o maqqwttib^o (-jy-) m|qqw(ut|b (-^y) D t|qw(uttftbi (-yi) 17—2 gitizedbyCjOOQl 260 Amharie Grammar. Simp, perf . (§25) t^wQA m^bbil (§8) tfb§(-^y-; -iyy§6;§8) j&aATi Tlbb^ds (§8) i-OAH'f tab^&sf'o (-ty-) m^bb^lis&t yibb^rS (-ir-) +OC-f tab&^^o (-iy ° -4r-) m^bb^rie (-ir-;§8) t|b^ (-^y-,'-a^) j|bbir|k t|b&<|k (-&y-) +acii tibftrk'^o (-?y-) m^bir|k t|b&r4ki (-»y-) (-M tSbbls'^o m|ttib|8 (-iy-) tabb& (§8) )igitized by VjOOQ 262 ^mAoru; Grammar. Simp. perf. (§25) Comp. perf. (§32) (Contingent (§26) Comp. inmeri (132) t|b^t^^ (-lY-.-atta-) be scattered, P- i-fl^-XA t^b^ttindal (-17-. -^tt-) 7|bb^ttfn (-4tta-) y|bbdtt|iii (-attar) t|bfld|l^ (-^Y-. -ad-) be m-treated, P- +fl/td.A t^b^d)ld&l ^0)lA yibb^ddfl (-lidda-) J60MA Tibb^ddate (-id-) t^b^dfr^ (-jY-.-^dft-) borrow, t. +0«'iA t^b$dd|r^ (-ay-. -Sd-) Tlbb^dfr (-4ddar) 7|bb^d^ rftl (-^da- Wjja (-IT-, -^j-) 2nd -](U -jjah, etc. be made, P +n3e*A t|b^jjit5ftl (-IT-. -^•-) yjbb^jj (-41-) j&aifA yibbAjjfti t^tSIl^a be deceived, P- +;»-^A t|tS1l5fil ^;^AA TittSUfl (-al) l&^-AAA jjttSllalSl t^ttam| be sealed, P t&tt|m5&l ^tt^ttfin 7|tt&tt|inil tjt|rdtt|r| (-ai^tta-) be cracked, P •M-C^-iA t^t^ri^rdal (-ti-) yittgr^ttir (-ar^tta-) yittgrlttiril (-ar^tta-) t^tn-^ggWia- m| (-ar-) be in- terpreted, P- 'M'C7**tA tatArgwtl- mfial (-ar-) yjtt|rig- gwotm (-ar-) Digitized by VjO m&l (-ar-) OQle Appendix. 263 Jnarive (§27) Imperatiye (§28) Gerond (§29) Infinitive (§30) Pardoiple (§31) ^0+1 pL+n+>. +ai-T ««a-M +a;^'$ ^bb^tfii (-4ta.) t|b4t(t)|iiu t^b^tiin^o {-IT-, -fttt-) m|bb^^n (-4ta-) tfb^ttdft (-|Y-, -itt- ; M§6;§8) JtflAA ■i-ttfA +n)tA- «ion;»A i-Mf, Jibb^d^ (-4dar) t|b4d,i (-|y-,-fidar) t^b^ddll^o (-»y-. -^-) m^b^|l (-4da-) tfbAdd^' (-^Y-.-4d-; 'Ayy§6;§8) f-afjc +OAC +flJfC floflftC iiM£ }^bb^gr ttbAdjr (-»y-,-ada.) tfb^djr'^o (-»y-. -^-) m|bb^|r (-^a-) t|b|dddri (-jy-, -ad-) t^aj^ +flfrf eoaxi- yibbAj (-41 ; § 8) • tfb^jjit-o (-f y-, -4j-) mfbb^jat (-4)-) fi^Ati +;!•*• 0P;^AA +;I-A^ yjttftl|l (-al) tjtSU^o mattil|l (-al) tftftl^ (-iyy§6;§8) ^;H^ ;H^ fli»;^+^ ;»-;^1 jittftt^ tfittjin^o mattatam tatt&mi 16+C+C •i-tCfC ++C1-C nH-Ci-C •M-C^6 y|ttdrt^ (-arta-) tatdrt|r (-4rta-) tat4rt|r^o (-U-) m^tUrt|r (-arta-) (-ata-) ^+o^ •MtTM" tmtChr •M-C^l tatirgwtt- m'^o (-4r-) m^ttir- gwctfin (-4r-) t|targw4ini (-ar-) Digitized by Google m Amharic Ghrammar. Simp. perf. Comp. perl. Oontuig«nt Comp. imperl (§25) (§32) (§26) (§32) ++hA be planted. -hrti^A ^•HlA ^•HlAA ti^kk^j P- t|t$k(Di6fti (-ti.) yjtt^kk^ 7|tt$kkalfil •I*Hi»A be ++tf-a.A fA\^ ^•Hi-^A }|tdkkwct>s^ scorched, t|t^wti- ^tt^kkwois ^tt^kkwoH (-'oikko-) P- s6fil (-kko-) ++fl» be left, p. -H-AA ^+fl»- jt-WA tft^wi tit|td&l yjttfu yitt^wal (-^) *(ti) (-tlilfir) +^A be +^A f.^6i ^^'AA tacftli possible, td^5&l ^ocil 7)0cftl&l j.iii m rise, L +V/»'*A j&t«V ^»-fA t|n^a tan^stdal y|nn^S ^nn^ss&l •Mlf-M- slide, L +^1f*A j&iif-rt- f,'Hti-^A t^nsStt^t^ t|nsStt6&l yjnsStt^t ^sStt^tftl (-at|) (§7c;-at) (§ 7c; -atfil) •n+4+A be moved. +l+4*flLA f.t*fi*n JbTt^^^A t^Aqas^ P tfAqas^d)- yjnq^sS- yinqasS^ qqi«* sd&l qqas qq|B8l (§7rf) (§7c;-j6q-) (§7c;i6q-) +»♦»♦ be shaken. +**1itA f,i*i* f.i*^^fii t|n§qf P tanAqnj- yjnnyi^- yjnnaqf nn^^ q5&l nnaq nn^qfil +V/^»+ be shaken. +V/»'^A fi.i^^ ^»;*»;^A t|n|qd- P- t|n|qi&- yjnniqd- ^nnaqd- nn^^ qdal 1 nnaq 1 nnaqftl Digitized by VjOC )Qle Appendix. 265 Jussive Imperative Oerund Infinitive Participle (§27) (§28) (§29) (§30) (§31) ^-HlA ++IIA- 0HiiA ++hjpj^ yjtt^kil t|t4k(Dl'^o i-d-) m|ti4k|l tft^l^ (-%§6;§8) JB.-HI-A ++H-A sd- kkwa>8^ (§vrf) taAkabd- o o (§7rf;-yA-) taAkwi- o kkwS tremble, L be touched, P- be wetted, P- be bitten, P- bite, L rustle, L be rolled, P- creak, L C!omp. pert Oontingent (§32) (§26) •M+T^ip.A j&l+m+T tfAqdtqj- yinqftf tdftl qqjt (§7c;-jAq-) •HIirfcA ^»l tfn^tdftl y^im^kkS (-ni-) •MIl&A ^thc taniikrOftl 7jnii&kk|r (-4k-) (-4kka-) tttoilLA ^VhA tan^ksdftl y|nnAkk|s i-^jlLA ^9llA t^nikadftl y}imSkk|s •Wb-lTtf-TtA ^Ib-ifh-ll fAAkw&>84- y|nkwa>8d- kwtigdftl kkwots (§ 7c; -ih'kA yjnn^kkfBfil ^Vll4A yjnnakkaail yjnkwcaii- kkwoisftl (§rc;-iAk.) ^IhOAAA 7|nk^b^^ lal (§7c;.|Ak-, -yd-) ^•W\*lA yjnkwftr kkwsl (§7c;-jftk-) Digitized by Google Appendix. 267 Jnsaive ImperatiTe (§28) Gerund Infinitive Participle (§31) . (§27) (§29) (§30) jB.'J+T+T +?+1'+T •«*T* tan&kf^o mannikit tan^ki i-uir) i-ni.) {-ni-;'§8) (-nl) fi.ihC 'hVhC +>hC ii«)hc +*h<{ yjnn^kgr t^ikfr tan^kr^o t^nak^ri (-ftka-) (-aka-) (ik-) (°-4ka-)' {-ak-) j&VhA +>h^ 8i- t^Akwa»8&- taiikwsi- mankwotsi- tftkkwcjsi- kwots kwcus kwiis'^o kwcdS kwil (§7c;-|4k-) (§7c;-^4k-) (§8) ^^haAA i"}hQAA i^mur n-lhnAA •whnAji^ TinkabSlal taAk|b§l|l t|Aka- mpk|b§;- taAkabdl^ (§ 7c; -|4k-. (V, -al) Mll^ lal (-ya-; -y^, -al) (-y^-) (§7c;-aJWiK •i-^tf-f a^TWKt y^kwikwi tafikw^ mankwi- (% 7c; -|Ak-) kwWo (-fikt-) kwlt(§7c; -|Ak-;§8) Digitized by Google 268 Amharic Grammar. Simp, per! . . (§25) 'K'«in {-Wtt»-) +M t^n&dda t|nadd|d| t|n4dd|f^ tandddafi^ +«<: t|nSgg|ra (-ar-) tan|gSgg^ ra (-ar-) •MmAfliA t|nt^l$ttal| be disturbed, P- be driven, P- be annoyed, L be stung, P Comp. perf . (§32) sting, speak, L converse, 1. be hung, P- t^ndutitdftl t|n4d|tdfil (-n^rt-, -n^§7rf) t^dulddftl t|nfdf5ftl +TJ5-VA tanftdfbftl o tan&gr5S.l tan|gd- grdftl •UrtlATOLA Contmgent (§26) j^pnguwfl (-w«-) ^^dS C<»np. imperL (§32) 7{nnSdd|d yinn^ddaf j^ndddaf y|nnSgg|r (-ar) yjnnagS- ggar (-ar) j&'YaiAaiA (§7c;-al) y|nnSuw|- tSl (-Wfifl-) y|nn^dfil y}nnadda- dal 7}nnddda- ffil ^VA4-A y^nndxlda- m 3^nnagg}r ral (-ar-) yjnn|gSgg» rfil (-ar-) lal (§^c) Digitized by Google Appendix. 260 Jussiye (§27) j^nnauft ^^im&d|d 7iimid|f fi.'HC (-ar) (-ar) (§7c;-liltar) Imperative (§28) +^IUf t|ndd|f +T7C (-ar) +>JJ7C (-ar) (-4lt&-) Gerund (§29) •KdH4. i-ni.) (tHr, -mf-) t|iidf|8 tdfifia (t4-, -M) ^hA •HlAhA t^k^m^ (-ma-) Oerund (§29) (-ni-) tfnfls'^o (8 (-tcJkkos) m|kk^s makk^b|r (- Jy., -ar) m^kkdifl (-al) m|ttdk|k Partioiple (§31) tik^rftkdri (-arft-) tikkw^ (taJ-;§8) tMTf (§8) tfkab^ (-yi-). hoiMured; conceited t|k$ttQ (-%§6;§8) tftkiki 18 Google Digitized by 274 Amharic Orammar. Simp. perf. (§25) Ck>mp. perf. (§32) Oontiogent (§26) Comp. imperL (§32) •MihA tfkSkkalf be equal, L •M1I19.A tak^kldsl ^•^hhA y|tt^kakk^ jK+hhAA ^tt^kSkkf. Iftl tak^ffala be divided, P- •Hi¥O.A t§k^d&l (-k4-) y|kkdff|l (-al) ^h^AA 7|kkiffiili] taMfTal} share, t. tAkifldfil 7|kk^|I ^h^AA j^kkdfiaUU takiffat^ be opened, P- •lii«:i:A tak^ftdal yjkk^jt (-at) f.h^;J^A y|kk^atsl •f0 *I*h^A +h4.^ yjkWL^ t|kdf|l tfkifl^o m|kk4f|l fAkiif^ (-al) (■*!) (-al) (-^37 §6; §8) fih^t +h** 0ohd,1- •Hi*^ yjkk^lt t^kift'^'o makk^t tikdfilid (-at) (-at) (§8) f,i'ah •i-oh t^ avt-Oh +f. m^ i^ t|t-o m&t|u tg (§8) f.+^t§ (§8) ^0A«A i*0Ad»^ 0V0A0A ^wwdlwal t^w^l^^o m|ww^w|l (yuwf) -iwta-) (in|uw^) +i»A^ im0Ajt +0A3J t^w^d^o m|ww^^ t|wiUlj (tyif,-aa.) (mjiiw^-, -4i-, -oa-) -aa-; §8) fimi-^ •f0^^ •^0^l:f• «m0^^J^ •^0^^3^ ^ww^rirfd t|W|r^br|d lfW|rird'^o in}ww|iir|d t|w^r^j (yuwj-, (tJua-,-tt»ii-) ;tJuj-,-«rA-) (m|uw^-. (tyif-.-ani-; -«r4-) -Z^UWai-) beloyed, P- t|wakld5fil (tj^oi-) 7|wwaidd|d (yuw-) tfwctfd^ Gerand (§2») wtir^o tdwtts^o (tdutis^o) t|w^s(|)d^o (tauf,-afe-) tdu(ii)q^o tawcoqt^o +iiniiD-B o wttz^o t|Waidd^O (tJucJ-) Infinitive (§30) hdTA mdwwas (mduwds; §8) maww^s^ -aJs-) m|ttdu|q (-gS (yuw<»-) yjwwagS (yuw4-) yizzArS (-z4-) y^qz|q fittoC p^wn Imperative (§28) t^widadu (tfSft-) (taui-) +M+H* ^■ini Oerand (§29) t|wddd^u (t|Ua^) tjwagt^o i-MC-f taz^rf^o (-az^-) •^tfcc (-azdr) Infinitive (§30) Participle (§31) m|wwdd|d (m|uwd-) -^Od6 § 6) mawwo^t (m|uw(^; §8) iron. (tfUf, -enmd (§29) •nn-f (tgz-0) Infinitiye (§30) t^dirg^o (-di-) taddbljq'o (-dl, -yl-) tadabilq'^o ° (V) Wgg|f^o (-d4-) (§8) m|ttf|llt (-s;yat) mdyyaz (§8) maddftm^t Putioiple (§31) -•ji<:i mi (-dir) m^d^bl^ (-di-, -yl-) ^QA^ madd|bd- mfdddgff (-zi-) (t^;§8) (§8) ' t^d^(r)^ (-da-) t§d|bl&qi {-da-, -yl-) +AnA4 tadabftULqi tfdfgg^ Digitized by Google 282 Amharie Orammar. Simp. perf. (§26) t|j^inm|l| t|jfmmap| (-mar) •f^AQflm t|galabib- •HAflai +1^ be added, p. be begun, P- persevere, P- struggle,!. be com- pletely in- verted, p. beinverted, P- be tamed, P- be sur- prised, L Comp. perf. (§32) tfj^nami- Idftl tfj$mm|- rdftl t^gtd&l t%ld&l •hiAn-nip.A tdfti (-yfty-) 'hIA'flfp.A (-ly-) •I-ICAA tfg^rtdftl t|gdrm^ Contrngept (§26) ^X«i»A yiijfmm|l (41) yjij^mmgr (-ma-) jitigs yitt^ggfi >a 1^ (-ga-,-y^) tag&lb|t6ftl yiggal4bb|ty|ggal^bbf (-ga-) y|gg^rrS 7|gg^ra|m Comp.impeil (§32) JtK-AA yyj^mmar l&l yyj^imn|r tSI (-ma-) yitigsi J&;J-IAA ^tt^^fW JB.lAOfl'qA y|gg|l|bab- y|ggalabSt bat&l (-ga-, -y«-) tfil(-ga-) J&7^A yiggArrfil 5lgg*«?- mfil Digitized by Google Appendix. 288 Jussive (§27) (-ma-) yjtgs yjttdgal jB.iAani' bft (.ga-, -ydy-) ^ggilb^ (-ly-, -at) y|gg^ (-gi-) ^ggH«^ Imperative (§28) Gerund (§29) Infinitiye (§30) +E*-A- m|jj>m|l (-al) mjr^o m^jj^mfr (-ar) ■l-7-f mdtgit (§8) ;MA :*-7A- tigl^o m§ttiigal +7AaOT t|g|l§b4bftt (-yiy-) 'hlAll'flin tagal§r bftbt^o (-yAy-) no^AQnT maggala- b%t (-yiy-) '^7A•nln t|gftlb|ro (-ly-) 0o7Aai' mfgg4lb|t (-ly-. -at) •l-IC-f tagdrt^o 0D7^t magg^rdt (-g^;§8) •|-ICT» t|g^rm^o m^gg^ram Participle (§31) t|jainmdri •H. t^gi (tt) t%&| (-%§6;§8) +iAnn* bic (-yay-;§8) +iAa^ t§g4lbftd (-iy-;§8) tagiri (-gi-) tigarr^ Digitized by Google 284 Amharie Orammar. Simp. perf. Oomp. perf. Oontiiigent (§26) (§32) (§26) fli4. be beaten, +icVa SS,1d9 t?g$rrafe P- t|g$ri6ftl msi^ (-gi-) (-g^) (-gi-) ^o» be patient, :i^OJi s^^^ t^gg|S| i. t^g8is6Sl yitt^ggas +ia be proper. +TO*A f^-m tag^bbS i t§g^bt5&l (-yt-) yigg^bbS +^n be married, +;HI*A f'Pn t|gSl>bS P- tagdbtdftl (-yt-) Tlg^bbS •I^OA be bent, p. +T-1'0ft> f.'h^ah tagwcun^b- tagwoim- y|ggwb8l yjggwwnib- b^sfil JfN?A yigg^nSfr yigg^iifiil ^THA Digitized by Google Appendix. 266 Jussive (§27) yjggdba (-y8) (§8) Imperative (§28) Qenmd (§29) +1^* •I-ICC tfg^o (-gi-) ;M/^ ;My t^ tfigg|8''0 tWI-f tig^bfo (-yt-) +;ia +;j'n'f tfgkbs (-y«) tagftbf^o ti-'inft +>'HI/i tagweumbas tagW6>m- bjs^o +1V»J i-l^-f (§8) t|g|nliflt^o +1'« l-i'S* (-«i-;§8) •t-w •hm* t|g^ tgg^'^o Infinitive (§30) eOOe e «i»;M/^ m|gg$Wit (-$y-;§8) ma^ibit (-l^t; §8) magg^cuiD- miggan^fi- (fi)&t (-ga-) ao'fi n»^g^fi(-g^» ftft§6;§8) (§8) Participle (§31) +1^4t (-ga-) 'l«i flofllooj^ t^t^mdyo m|tt^ad +m^m^ +mn'f t/omfmf tat^mt|m^o mattdmtam tmC-f 0vai^^ tatdrt^o matt^t (-^;§8) +«IC'f IIVA|^^ tatirt^o mattdrdt (§8) +mC» aotndl tfttrg^o mfttfrag +mCTir 0vmCmC (-fti-) (-4rta-) FbrtiGiple ( §31) ^1 (-%§6;§8) tat^mindqi +mm3r tat^mzdi (§8) tattmmdj (§8) tatamtdmi e •e • tatdii tatdri o • tftfrtiri 19 Digitized by Google 290 ^mAone Grammar. Simp. perf. Comp. perl (§32) Contingent (§2«) Comp. imped (§32) tftaqiq- qamu be rolled up, p. agree together, 1* -hm^A^A t»t4qljl5al i-ti.) tm^^A t^t^qllldftl +m^*fl^A t^ttqaqd)- maufil )&mtAA yittaqfllal yittaqdq- qamu ifii yjttaqftqqj- mdllu t4tt|b| (-71) be washed, P- ;»-Pfl.A t^(Db6&i yjttittab (-17) yittittabfil (-ay-) t«t^bb|sj be toasted, P- i-m-nilLA tat^bsd&l (-78-) fMtth yim^bas l&AillAA yjtt$bb|8ftl t§tdbb|qa be guarded, P- '^m'n#A tat4bb|qd&l yitt^bbaq l&md^A yitt^bbjqsl t^bb|q| be squeezed, P- +«M1*A tftibq5ftl (-7q-) yittdbb^q ^tdbb|qSl t|tibb|ba (-71) be wise; be in diffi- culty, i •hmSLA t^t^bbdal 3ltt4bbfb (-§7) III tittina beper- fiimed, p. ;M"J.A tit(|)n^ ^ttittfu Digitized by VjC j&;^mfA yjttittanfil •oqIc Appendix. 291 Jussive (§27) Imperative (§28) Gerund (§29) Infinitive (§30) fiMt^hti i-m^hPi •t-m^PUir ^m^AA yitt^iai tatfilal tat4qip-o matt^qlal (-^ift-) (-^la-) tat^U-o (-tl) i-k^) Skm^*0m- ■fm^*0»' toU^^n-lV aom^^r yitt»q^»- tf^i^a- tateqftqd)- mjttaqd- mu mu mau e q^m /B^m-n ^tnra ;#-P0 ao^mH y|tt4ttb %b tik(|)b^o mattitab (-ay) (-ay) (-y-o) hi)' ^^OA +m'0/i flvrnflA 3ltt^b|s tat^bs'^o mattdbas (-y»8) '(V) (-yas) fima¥ +mn* +m'n* 0nna^ nW^n tft^baq tat4bb|q^o mftt^baq Hy^) i-in-) (-^ya-) fima* +«M1* aooia^ yitt^i>»q tatdbq'^o mattAbaq (-yaq) (-yq-) (-yaq) j&mlHl •hmlHl 'hmfl flomfl'fl yjtt4bab tatfbab tat^bb^o matt^bab (-y|y) (-yay) (-yay) fi^mJ ^mJ ^^f ao^ml yitt%ii tAtan tAt(|)n-o matiitan Participle (§31) (#; -dyy §6; §8) tataqftqd- m^S(-d6§6) tfttibi (-yi) tat^b^ (-^y-; § 8) tat^bbiqi tatab^i 7-y^) tatabbdbi (-yi) t^ft (-iifl§6;§8) 19—2 Digitized by Google 202 Amharie Grammar. Simp. perf. (§26) (-ftq-) t^tifa (-mar) (-acfi (-9ciqqon-) beware, i be asked. Comp. p«rf. (§32) lean. be drunk, P- be written, P- be folded, P- be . increased, P- be finished, P- be pressed, P- t^AqiqHfil tat4y3^qSil tft^gi^tfiftl t|tttt|t5al t^^dal (tfir. -A-- ^.) titf^ rd&l -hnc jLA t^rr|s5fil (-adi-) taddqqwtt- * ndftl (-dftJ-) Contingent (§26) yittjn^q- ^ttdyyjq (-&q) yitt^ (-*- -ssA-) f^fAaoC (-ma-) yi6c^iT|s (-tora-) (-<^qo-) Comp. imperl (§32) Jitt^jq- q^al j&rtir^A yitt^yyfqfii (-aq-) ^flipA yitt^ggfii j&moiA TittAttei yittif&l )&:^m4-A 7|d£^m^ rfil (-ma-) yjo6^rr§sfil (-drra-) i&A^?A nfil (-ftkiqo-) Digitized by Google Appendix, 208 Jussive Impetative (§28) Gerund Infinitive (§27) (§29) (§»0) ^m-i*^ +m1** •fmn¥* ••m-}^ y|tWAq|q t|t^q|q tattoq|q^o mftt^qaq jRmf* +mj6* UDOlf^ 3ltt^y|q tat^y^q^o matt^yaq (-fl-. -aq) {#. -aq) J64-) f,4/B' tA-P-f «»^ak^ (-f^;§8) tafdct'^o (-f4-) maffdcat (-fi') J13»A 3Pti ^A- #.5PA yjdftl (§ 8) dsl d|l''o m^l(§8) Itsptf-A iPlf'A VH-iir OD^fh-A y|d^kkwttl m^kkwcttl (iikkol) Til?* fli^'IC dlg^'St madiggar (-ar) j&w: w: i<: aofC yfiur nur nup^o mto'^^r TC 8. (§8) n^^r^o Jtl-t 1-t »/^-f -•vrt* yinss n|sS n^t^o minsit (§8) j&'Mi:*- »ftC^ 0»t(iC yinsfri" n^'^St m|nsar (-8a-) (-sa-) Partioiple (§31) (-f&-;§8; -^ -ji) Ufdc o o • (-f4-;§8; -ai.-ci) cd|(cfiyy§6) (da>-; -dyy §6;§8) daggAri nwfiri nas o (na-, -?£ hK) Digitized by Google 298 Amharie Orammar. Simp, perf . (§25) n^qS n^qjsf n^q^^^ (ba-, -nc -bb^, -ar) ih n^kkS ihd (-ikka-) M n^ddS Comp. perf. (§32) Gontiiigent (§26) wake, i. split, i nfit^ uproot, t. nfildftl ^^A comb, t »*fl.A n^sdftl yinfi(|)8 shake, i »*^A n^niqdal (ni.) jjnyi^q be, I (§33) touch, t iJlAA n^ktdfil (n&-) (-n4-) wet, t. »hAA ndkrd&l (-4k-) (4k-) bite, t IhjLA n|ks5&l yjii|k(|)8 driye, t »JtAA n^dltdal (n^,nart- §W) J6M Comp. imperl (§32) 7iii|qfil ^)^AA yja4q(DW yin^(D8Jl yjnaqfn- niq&l >&)hA (-nt) J&ttl^A yjii^k(|)rtl (-^-) J&ttl4A yji4k(D8ftI J&MA Digitized by Google Appendix. 299 Jnssiye (§27) ImperatiTe ^28) Gerund (§29) InfinitiTe (§30) f^-i^ V »♦* ••1;H- y|AqS n|q5 n^t^o mfAq4t(§8) ^•»+A 1+A »*A- •••J+A yJAqfl njq»i n^l^o in|Aq|l SS.'i*ii •J+ft i^fi iioT^A yinqfs (-Aq-) njqfs n^s'^o m^iiq|s (-Aq-) ^»*^ »♦■»♦ »♦?♦ 0>^*i^ ypfiniq (-n4r) n^njq (n4-) n^ii|q^o (ni) mjn^n^ it-Jh Ih ttl-f tf^lh^ y^AkS njkS [^^(DAkari n^kt^o (n4-) miAkdt (§8) j&7hC ihc th(f ^•ThC yjAkjr (-ka-) nikyr (-ka-) n^kr^o (-4k-) m^Ak^ (-ka-) j&7hft 7hft )»i^ ^•ThA yJAk^ njkfs ndks^o m^Ak|9 ^W 1>? »«^ i-W yjnd5 n|dS (n^,n4rt- I7d) m^ndit (§8) Participle (§31) Mi (-4yy§6;§8) ni (§8) n|qn4qi n^ki (nir) n^kdri (-ak-) n4k4S(§8) (na-, -31 -ji) Digitized by Google 800 Amharie Grammar. Simp. perf. (§25) n^ggS n^ggfTf (-ga-) Vlip ni MA n^tta •• (.ta.) {n4-) (nlr, -jy-) bum, i stmg, i dawn, L say, t. reign, L trade, i be white,! be clarified, i. snatch, t. drip. Ckoip. pert (§32) niddd&l o »Jt*A n^fttftl ndgt6fil n^grdU WSLA n^5ftl WJ5.A ndgddftl »T*A ndt(|)t5&l "(ni-) »TiA ndtr^ e • n|t(|)q5fil (n4-) »TflLA ndib5ftl (nl, -ty.) Contingent (§26) yin^dd i-ni.) {-nM {-n^, -y) Comp. imped (532) JB.MA y|n^dil yjn^(|)f8l yin$g*i ^)^^A y|ndgrfil yjn^gsil y|nAgdiI id-) yln^tftl yjndtrtl (-n4-) JlVHIA yinft(i)bfii (-ni,-yfr) Digitized by Google Appendix. 301 Jussive (§27) Imperative (§28) Genmd (§29) Infinitive (§30) n|d|d if- n^d^o m^dad n|d|f n^df^o m^daf m^t(§8) J6TIC (-g&-) TIC (-ga-) aonc m^iigar (-ga-) yjftgfs nig«8 m^Ag|9 y|Ag|d y|ttt« n|gad (n^gid) nits Vlf- ndgd^o n^t(i)t-o (ni-) m^jd (mfn^ggad) m^tdt (§8) yjntar (-ar) n^tr^o ««7mC mintar y|nt^ 1m* n|t(|)q-o (na.) flolm* m^taq f.lm'Q yintjb n^^o (nir! -ty.) m4nt|b (-fy) Partioiple (§31) n4ddj(§8) nad&fi hp6 nggftri ttigii(§8) »;»» n$gg4l (§8) V V nt99 (na-) n^tiri n^Uqi (na-) natibi o • (na-, -yi) Digitized by Google 802 Amharic Orammar. Simp, perl (825) n4$$a 2nd tnu ni$cah,ete n^§; n|fii8| (§44a) AA dlla (§ 82) 2nd AAU dllah, etc. AAAh G. MAh S. aUsIftka e AAAAA AAt ^(^r pluck out, t n^dtdftl inflate, i M:*A n^ftd&l (ni-) blow, i. »«a.A n^fsd&l say, t •ao,A b|ld&l be. L send to and fro, t. AAAtvA aU^(|)k^ (-1^-) send to and fro, t AAA\\A allil(|)k5&l soften, i hAAAJLA al^l|s5&l end, L AAJtA §lq5ftl Oontmgent (8 26) y|n^ yjnffs J&A ^AAtl yiai^{pk (-111-) /AAh yaaiftl(|)k /aaaa ySljs^llls yiflq Ck>mp. impefl (832) ^V^A yinicfil f^li^A yjnffiU (-ni.) ^M:4A yjn^feal (§8) /AAhA y§ai^(J)kfil (-1IU-) /AAhA yiaidl(DkftI /AAA4A ySIfs^Ujs&l yilqfil Digitized by Google Appendix. 808 Jussive (§27) yp9 yfnfs (-|y., -al) ySU4i(i)k (-iHi-) y§aua(i)k yal^1|8 Imperative (§28) [X]W (bal) AAAtl aU|l(|)k (-111-) MAh al]il(pk Gemnd (§29) (ni-) •OA- XAAli aU$l(|)k-o (-141-) MAli aUil(|)k^o AAAAA al^l|s'^o xa« Slq^o Infinitiye (§30) m^dat ni|n£lt (§8) •7A1* (-at) •TAAh mSUilik (§8) •TAAh mSlUUdk (§8) •7AAAA mSl^l|s •7A* inil|q Participle (§31) n&d (■«.*-«) (ni-) ni (§8) AAAll. aU|Iiki MAtl. all&liki Sllqi Digitized by Google 804 Amhcuric Orammar. Simp. peri. (§25) hh*A aljqSqq^ m| aUfqaqq^ ma e (-ya) weep, cause to pick a little, t hhd. hn dmmS take to pasture, i help to reap, t. help to picj Ipl ck. t milk, dress, t. pass» slander, t Comp. pert (§32) Slqjindfil mdftl Slq|s5ftl ai|q^(l)- m5ftl aUfq^d)- in5&l AAa.A Slbdftl (-ly-) ^A'fljk.A glb^dftl (-ly-) Aa^a §3f5ftl ^^*A Cmitiiigait (§26) y§a^(|)m (-14-) fhftr y511Skiq|in ySa^s yfil^Sq- q|m ySll^Sq- qjm SMk ySlb (-ly) ySl^bs (-ISr, -ys) /A« yaf yamS Comp.imperl (§82 ) /A+^A yia^(pmSl (-14-) /a4^a ySISqqj- mSl /A^4A ySl^sSl yftifqSqqi- m&l ySllaqSqqj- mftl /AOA ySlb&l (-ly-) ^A-nAA ySa^be&l (-14-. -ys-) /A4^ ySlfU Digitized by Google Appendix. $05 JoasiTe (§27) Imperative (§28) Qemnd . (§29) Infinitive (§30) ySlqim ^q|m Slqjin^o ySllftqjm alliq|m mSlU^iain y^qis Slqis •TA+ft mSlq|s ySl^iqim alaq^m ai»q^(D- mfilaqiq^ ySU^ftq|m all^lU]im aii|q^(P- mallaqi- qam (-ly) Slb^^o (-ly-) milab (-sy) yA-flA ySlbis (-ly-) XA'flA Slbis (-ly-) XA-nA Slbjs^o (-ly-) •TAflA malbas (-ly-) fA9 yjiff XA« aac saf^o •7A« milaf y^mS X*7 amt^o mfimit (§8) Participle (§31) Aa;ML alqftmi allftq^mi AA^MI ^q^(§8) AM. OR. Digitized by allaqftqdmi MO. alftbi (-yi) aaqH Slbfis (-iy-;§8) siafi At 20 Google 806 Aniharic Orammar. Simp, perl (§25) Comp. pert (8 32) . Contingent (§26) amm|lSll^ 8* fetch and cany, t. ^wAAjlLA ammalil(|)- s^fil ySmm§l^- l|s hamlM' indicate, t. am4Ik|t5ftl yftm|l^kk|t i-li-) Kaoao am4r^ ache, i be pleasant, l Smmd&l gmrdftl (ySmm) yim(|)r amm^sala stir, t. ATAO.A ammisd)- Idftl /•TftA ySnim^lss|l am^^q^ praise, t warm, t. hamiinX^ am^sgjndfil imuqd&l faotm yfiin|s|g- ySm^^q amb|rdk- kak| (-ba-) cause to kneel, i ArnctitvA ambdrk|- k^ l-hi-) ySmbar^k- k|k (-ba-) dmmanf believe, t A^XA amn^ yim(|)n Comp. impert (§32) /«^A4A ySmm^lal- Ijsftl yftmaUkki- tfti (-14-) /•7A ySmmSl yimrftl /TftAA ami ISl faniimPi yftmjs4gg|- n&l yfim^^qfil ^rn^iiiiA ySmbar^- k|kal "(-ba-) fr':Pi y4in(|)n&i Digitized by Google Appendix. 307 Jussive (§27) LnperatiTe (§28) (3erand (§29) Infinitive (§30) Participle (§31) y%nmalft- 1(1)8 ^0BAAA ammaUil(|)e ammaUUQD- mSmm|llU amm^ilil (§8) ySm^t (-mi-) am^k|t i-mi.) Aa»All-f am^klf'^o (-ma-) •7««Ah^ mSmdlkat a^^lkid (-mi-; §8) fumr y|m|m amm^o ntmr y|m|r (-ar) amr^o nnc mimir (§ 8) hns Smiri ^•TftA ySmmdal hntillr ainm4s({)- 1^0 0|>«7AA mamm^al (-al) ammis^l (-%§6;§8) ySm^^n yamuq haottn am^gju imuq amds^n^o dmuq^o mam^gan mam^oq .(§8) •T^ncaih mSmbdr- k^ {-hi-) am^sgdfi (-fifl§6;§8) amwiqi ySmb^k|k i-hi.) Af*nctih aml^rkjk (-bi.) ambdrklk'^o ambarkftki (-ba.) y|m|n amn^o m^an Digitizec Smift (-fifl§6; -?§7rf;§8) 20—2 ibyGooQie 308 Amharic Orammar. Simp, pert iumm dmmata amdttS KO-* G. arrariq^ (-rar-) arrftrftqa drraqa ar^jja 2nd h£KV ar^jflh,etc. Comp. perf. (§32) Contingent (§26) deceive, t M^*A am^dflfd- tdfti {-flfl § 6) rebel, i hr^ fird^o m4r^ Act* -TCK1- ^jjf'o m^jat •Participle (§31) (§8;-flfl§6) (am'^dfifli) dmm&c(§8) ftmd (-ai.-ci) arrfimi arr^rdqi (-rftr-) anfiriqi Sr^(§8) A^4 arriqi ^(§8) tAcje ftrj (-11 -ji) Digitized by VjOOQIC 810 Amharic Orammar. Simp, perf, (§26) arr§gg|b| (-yj) argib^ggf- b^ (-y^gg^y-) arr^ggjfa hhk¥m asldqqama assdUafa (■ asdllafa o o afisdmmS loosen, i wave, t flutter, i unsaddle, t rest, i cause to gather, t. parade, t let pass, i cause to hear, t Comp. perl (§32) (iy-) airdg^bd&l (iy-) KCMI'Ta.A arg^bgj- bd&l (-ygiy-) asl^ql* mdftl aasdll|f5fil (-si-) asdll|fd&l M^*A tdal Contingent (§26) y5rr|g(pb (-(|)y) ySrr^g}b (iy) fcnorta gib (-ylggjy) y5iTS!gg|f yftrf ySsUqqlm ySssdIl|f (-si) ^AA« ya8dll|f /A*? ySssdmma Comp. impeil (§32) yan^g(|)b&I (-(Py-) ySrraggibftl (iy-) ySrgjbdg- gibal (-yfegiy-) yarr^gjfS] y^fil mfil ^AAiA ya8sdll|f&l (-s4-) /4a4^ ySsdIl|fftl /A^A ySss^mmSl Digitized by Google Appendix, 311 Jussive (§27) fcnn yftr^b Hy) ySrr^b Hy) fcunn ygrgdbgjb i-YSlY) ySrr^f ySslAqqjm yass^Iif {^) yS8dl]|f Imperative (§28) hcn-a Hy) arr^b Hy) arg^bg|b (-ygiy) arr^f hither asldqqjm aasdl]|f (-Sfir) KA«7 assdmmS Gerund (§29) hcna ftrg|b^o (IT-) arr^b^o (-It-) hcmno arg^bglb^'o (-TgJT-) arr^ig^r'o asl^qim^'o assdll|f^o (-si-) Mac asdUlf'o KA^-f Infinitive (§30) mirgab (-IT) mSrrdg|b (■ mgrg^bg^b (-Tgay) m m.i •TAA*^ mSsl^qfin •TAA* mSss^ff {•si) mSsdllaf t^o Participle (§31) hCpO, argibi (-yi) h£'Ptl. arrfigabi (-yi) hcnupUL ai^bgibi (-ygiy-) arrftgafi Srifi aslaqqimi MM. massdmmit ass^mmi m (-Sfir) MM» asallifi JiA-l Digitized by Google 312 Amharic Chrammar. Simp. peri. (§25) CoDip. perl (§32) Contingent (§26) Comp-imperl (§32) a»imm§,m| hurt, t. a8dmni|- fhrr ySsdmmim ySsdinni|- mftl aasamtori 2nd-^U -rrah (-ah),'etc. take to pasture, i assfmlr- tdftl (-ma-) ySsB^iiito* yS8S|m|r- Tfil hdnA- G. assamSlrrS take to pasture,! assfmdiv tdfil ySs8§inS>rrS fAnMK ySssamSr- rfil hhamhh asm^ssala pretend, i a8m|s4I^ ySsm^ll yfism4BS|lSl ZFI (-ar-) cause to change, t. hhamlnni^ ySBinj- asdnunati cause to rebel,! asdinm|t5ftl ySadinm|t hhaotn asmdttS • •• cause to come, i asm4tt|t5fil ySsm^t^S ySsmfttfil (-sa.) bind, t fisrOftl /AC y^(i)p Digitized by VjC yC-fl hh*CO jSaq&rrih (-qa^. |y) asq^b (-qi-. -jy) asqinib^o (-q^, -|y-) yA^T htttC'? hA^cm ySsqw&init asqwcurrit asqwctfrri- Infinitive (§30) Participle (§31) 1A£^ mSss^rdlt (-si-; §8) hAd assdrri (-si-) •TAA^I mSsS;ss|b (-fy) MAfl. asSss&bi (-yi) •7AA1- mSissdsdt (§8) masdteit(§8) hAAl- assdsid (§8) MAf assds&d(§8] missiq(§8) assiqi •7A**»T mSsq^- hA+-T* asqdmmdd (§8) ' mSsqdiT|t (-irra-) hA*£ asqdrri (-qi-) mSsqdrr^b (-?y) KA^^O. asqarrdbi (-yi) •TAt^JT mSsqwctfr- asqw KA^i^A asq^dl- mdftl yasq^dim ySsq^<| mfil dssaba (-yt) suppose, t. KAOA d64b6ftl (-|y-) yfe4b (-jy) ^AaA yiis^b&l (-iy-) asbdrra (-ST-) cause to light, t KAAC:I:a asb4rr|t5al (-sy-, -^-) /AfU. ySsb^rrS (-sy-) yasb^ml (-sy-) AAan^ ass|,bab- (-yS-.-ar-) M-t a8s4ta cause to shatter, t cause to err, t KAQ-fl^A assab^bd)- rdftl (-yAy-) KA:i:A ^tdfil /AQ'flC ySssfbSb- bjr (-ys-) y^t ySasgbab- b|rfil i-Y^) yAj'-A ySnltfil KA+^<: astamftr§ teach, i AA-fr^A astdm(l)- r5&I ^A+rc yS8t4m(i)r yfet|m(D- r&l KA+9 astdftfiS (-ta° -fta) send to sleep, t. KA-rtAA astdfifiit5fi] (-ts.) /A+9 ySst^ftiiS (-t&-,-M) /A+fA ySstifififil KA-HiA astdkkal^ cause to plant, i AA-Hl^A astdkl^d&l i-ti-) /AfilA ySstdkkp (-tfi-) Digitized by VjOO^ /A-HMA ySstikk^ (-tSr) Appendix. 317 Juftaive (§27) Imperative (§28) Oerund (§29) Infinitive (§30) KA^? •TA+lf* mSsqdzz|ii fMf:r M+Jt^ M+jfl^ •TA+A^ Ssq|dd|in asq^ddlm a8q^d|- mSsqdd- d|m SMk KA-fl AAA •TAil ySfisib (-jy) d«4b (-jy) dssjb^o (-jy-) mSss^b (-ly) ^AO^ Aftn^ AAnc-f •TAn^l- ySsb^S (-8T-) asb^rrS (-sy-) asbdnif^o (-sy-, -ir-) mSsbdrrftt (-8y-;§8) fAlHlC hAHilC KAfHlC TAonc ySssfbi- b(Dr ass9bftb(pr (-y^y-) ass^bib(p- (-y^y-) mSss^i- b^ (-yiy-, -ar) ^irt- Kft^ KA-f •7A1- y^jt ds4t ^iasj*^<> mijssit (§8) ^ft-hrc Kft-I^C fcft+rc •TA+^C y5st4m(|)r ast^(|)r a8l4m(|)r^o mSst^mir (§8) ShV? fcft+¥ KA+'<* nhi^t ySstdftfkS (-ta-, -iia) astd&fiS (-ti-, -M) asttflfl|t''o (-ti-) mSstififiit (-tir ; § 8) ^ Digitized by Google B16 Amharie Grammar. Simp. perf. (§25) Gomp. pert (§»2) (§26) Compiiiiifd asq^zzani cause diar- rhoea (to) L&t asq&x4n<^l ^A+HT ySsq^z^n fMnKk asq^d§m| putin front, t asq^dd|- mdfil ySsq^dim yS«iH mil KM iss|b| (-y*) suppose, t KAflA ds^bfifil i-lY-) ya88|b (-jy) ^AQA (-ir-) asb^LrrS (-sy-) cause to Ught, t asb^it5&l (-sy-, -ar-) /AfU- ySeb^rrS (-sy-) ySsb^ (-6T-) hAmi ass§bab- (-ys-, -ftr.) cause to shatter, t. KAIHI^A ass|b4b(|)- rdftl (-yiy-) ySssfbSb- b|r (-yS-) yS8S|bib birtl (-yi) ass^Ua cause to err, t d£4tdfil /A1- yS84t yinitti astfm&r§ teach, t. astdin(|)- rOSl /A+rC y&t4m(i)r ySB^ind riLl ast^fkftS (-ta-, -fla) send to sleep, t. KA-HrtA astdfifi|t5&I (-ta-) /A+9 yIst$flflS (-dr,-M) ^A+?A yistififUl (-ti-) asttfckala cause to plant,! KA-MllA ast(lkky5&l ^A^A y58tikk|I (-tft-) ^A+IHA ySBt^kk^ (-ti-) • Digitized by CjOOQIC Appendix. 317 r:5Juteive (§27) rtir M /'Ml s-ysssjb i Hy) ^,rfeb^5 : (-sy-) liySssfbi- b(Dr (-yay-) yass|t ySsMfifiS (-ar,°-fta) /A+llA ySst^kkll Imperative (§28) Gerund (§29) Infinitive (§30) humt •TA+H-* asq^KZJn^o AA+Jtr hMf:r Ih^fT asq^djin asq^di- mSsq^- dfin hhn KAP nAa ^b (-jy) ds^b^o (-jy-) mSss^b (-ty) KAd^ KAdC-f •TAn^i- asb^rrS (-sy-) asbdirlf^o (-sy-, -^-) mSsb^rrdt (-8y-;§8) Mnnc KAOilC nAnac ass§bftb(pr (-y^y-) a88jbAb(p- (-y^y-) mSssfbi- b^ (-yiy-, -ar) hMr AA-f n/it &BS\t ^f^o mfissdt (§8) hM-rc KA-I^C •TA+^C as<4m(i)r a8t;^(l)r^o mast^mir (§8) fcA+? JiA-rt-f IM^t astdfifiS (-ti-! -fia) astdfifilf'o (-t4-) mSstdfifidt (-ts-'; § 8) KAttiA KA-htlA- TAiilA ast^kky a8t$kk|l'<^o (-t4-) Participle (§31) asqdz9s4fi (-fifl§6;§8) AA*>S1 MO. assdbi (-iy-) AAfl<: asb^rri (-sy-, -4r-) KAnois Euss^bfibiri (-yfty-) dssSc (§8) fcA+^<8 astamdri KA-Mi^ astdkk^ (-%§6;§8> Digitized by Google 318 Amharte Grammar, Simp. perf. (§25) Comp. per! . (§32) Contingent (§26) hM-hhh a8tak^;kk|- equalize, t. KA-MrtilA astakik(i)- 15ftl /A-MitlA ySstak^- l4l hh-t9h astaw&la notice, t. KA•^0^A astfu(ti)ld&I yS8t^(tt)l astduwasa (-WO)-) remind, (of), t. hA:^0•jLA a8t^(tl)sd&l 7astdu(ti)s astduwaqa inform, i KA;l-4iH^A afitdu(ti)qd&l ySstdu(tt)q ^A:^f ast^yya 2nd KA;l*ru astSlyyfth, etc. cause to be seen, t KA:^J&:l:A ast^tdftl ySst^ (-^yy§6) htfPU a^^ra (-ga-) trouble, t. KAirA ^Av-m^A ySssanSb- iHtal Digitized by Google Appendix. 319 Jussive Imperative (Gerund Infinitive Participle (§27) (§28) (§29) (§30) (§31) ^A-MltlA AA-MltlA Aft-MllilA- <7IH-llhA KA-f-fih^ ySst^kakd)] ast^kiikd)! astakftk({)- mast^kikal astakikd| (-%§6;§8) yilrt»'fii KA4-0 askdddftl lkAh«4L.A askdfTild&l o o AA'fi.J^A Ssxl^^ (-sh-) ySsitkk}! 7&B|kk|lfil /AhAbA f AhAUAA ySsk|ldkk|l y &k|]ikki- Ifil ^AV^ ^AV^ ySssanSd- ySssfnad- dS d&l yA'V ^A»f A y&s^fifi ySssa&Ml /Ahh ^Afejc: ySskdd (- ' /Ah«A ySskdff|l ^A*&Jt ySsx^d (-sh-, -ad) yask&kk&l yaskddftl (-kft-) /Ah«AA ySskiflF|ISl ^A-fi^A yS^ygd&l (-eh-, -Sd) Digitized by Google Appendix. 321 Jussive Imperative G^nmd Infinitiye (§27) (§28) (§29) (§30) /A?^ KA?^ KAVjC-f •TAV^H- ySss^duiS assftn^klS assftod- mSssan^- dd)^^© dit (-n4rt-§7cO (§8) f(ei AA'f hA'f-f •TA71- ySss^fi assa&fl assififllt'^o mSssififiat f/ilafii MIlA MIIA* TAIlA yasSkkil asSkliil asSkkU^o mSBakk|l fUhMtfii KAhAhA KAhAtiA- TAtaAbA ySsk^ky ask^1k|1 ask^l^'o mSsk^k^ KAIih-f •TAhti^ askfikt^o mSskiikit (§8) /fttut KAlLA- hMa^f- •7Ate/t 7^k|d ^d ask^^o m^k^ (-k4-) (-k4-;§8) fMt9^ AAh^A KAh^/k- TAh^A ySsk^qi ask^ ask^jl'^o mSsk^fl (-al) fftUjt fcA-fijt M%f' •TA'&JC' y^d ^d ijBxjd^o mS«x^ (-sh.) (-ah-) (^h.) (-ah-, -Id; §8) Participle (§31) KAvje assdn^i (§8;-3t-ji) Mh^ aB. asli (-iyy§6;§8) 5sk^ (§8;-3t-ji) KAh4.^ ask^fi^ (-iyy§6;§8) (-eh-; -Tit §8; -3t-ji) 21 Digitized by Google 322 Amheirie Grammar. Simp, peri (§26) asw^s^df (-WoJ-) cause to remove, t Comp. perf . (§32) asw^dOftl (-Wo^) Contingent (§26) yisw^d Mf as^yya 2nd Mru as^yyah, etc. show, t M^:i:A a8^yy|t5&l ySsSyy hnftt asd^rrigj cause to catch, i cause to do, i ^sy[zd&l asd^rr|g^ i-di.) ySsyJz (§8) fhfjcn ySsdfnjg (-di-) Mm asdddfgi rear, t. asddd|gd&l ySsdddig cause to kill, t aBgfld|15ftl ySsg^djl Mlm asgy% adorn, t MXip.A i^t5&l ySsgy^t Mmp. inqwd ( 8 82) y&w|88idftl yfisSyyftl ySsy^ ySsd^rrjgSl yS9ddd|gfil /A7JC-AA yasg^djtel ySsg^^ftl yfist^gg*! Digitized by Google Appendix. 323 Jusaive (§27) Imperative (§28) Oerand (§29) Infinitive (§30) ySsw^d (-Wc^) a8w^84d asw^s4d^o (-w<^) (-^yy§6;§8) ssii (-^yy§6;§8) asSyyit^o aXaSijy&t yfeyjz ySsd^rrlg (-di-) asdirrlg Sjsyjz^o asdirqg^o (-di) nnfn (§8) mSsd^rr|g ySsdddIg asddd|g asddd^^o mSsddd^ ySsg^ddil asg^d)! asg^djl'^o ntnfA mSsg^dd^ (-Idda-) fhruT ntaf miag4t{lS) y&tS S8tS hhmp astfggif'o (§8) miSst^ggdt (§8) Partdoiple (§31) (-wc^;§8) Mft. asayyi Ssjii (§8;-1C-fi) a8d|rrftgi asadddgi Digitized by (-gi; -iyy §6; §8) M9 ft8$ 21—2 Google 824 Amharie Qrammar. Simp, perl (§26) Comp. perf. (§32) Contuigent (§26) asfffS extend, i f^ft^&l ^A4. ySsffS a8f$U$gf cause to seek, t* asfi^Uig^ ySsfi^ asf^rrS (-ft) frighten,! asffrritOftl ySs^rrS as^rSrrS (-fa-) threaten^ t asf|^r4rt^ (-fa-) ySsfi^rSrrS (-fa-) asfi^ttS cause to untie, t. ySsfi^ttS 2iidMru a8ah.etc. seek, i uses parts of[X]« (|)ift KS 2ndMru dliah.etc. rub, t. Sitdfil yfii (ytt) (-y?) Wf-H* ai^tt^t^ (-84-) turn up- wards,! smell, t. aiSqqjbdSl HY-) 4l|ttdftl ySiiiqqIb (-jy) Comp. impeil (§32) ySs^ yasfi^I]|gSl ySsf||rr&l (-fi.) ySsiarSrrSl (-fa.) ySsfi^ttSl y4i&l (y^) ySiSqq^ (-jy-) yii^ttfil (-14-) Digitized by Google A'ppmAini. 825 JoBsive (§27) ImperatiTe (§28) (Gerund (§29) TnflnitiTe (§30) 9M. hh^ KAf^ •7ft4.1- ySfifS iaSi, ^^o m^sfl&t(§8) ftklM^ hhiM^ hhiM nhiAn ySsfpjg a8fd% asf&U|g^o mSBf||ll|g fhU^ hhi^ hhiXA- •TftA^I- ySsfi&rrS (-fi-) asfi^ralt^o (-fi) mSsfi^t (-fi;§8) fhi.M.' hh4J^ hhiMl* •TA^L^^^ ySsffr^ asfkr^ asfiurirt^o mSsf^dbrit (-fa-) (-fa-) (-fa-) (-f^; § 8) ShiJ^ }A4J^ hhiJM' •TftAjM- ySsf^ttS asfj^ttS asf4t(|)t''o mSsf&ttit (§8) *ITS K& AH* Tifl- yti tg &t^o m^lat W) m ^iff« M^a hlf^O •Tirt-o ySS^q|b agaqq|b ad^q|b''o mSISqq|b m m (-17-) (tY) f^ Met JkH* •m-H- y^tt ti^ii ^tt^o (-at) Partdciple (§31) hhi. asfi^rri (-f4-) dsfi&65 (-fi-;§8; ^-66i) adSqqdbi (-yi) ^it^ (§8) Digitized by Google 826 Amharie Grammes. Siinp. perf. (§25) hSham hVhVU XTffiil askikkl (■gfi-) ht>*ia»tn aqqwctfl^- [K-Jt- G.] (aAqwa>-) aq^U|t| aq^dm| aqrSiTS Comp. pert Ckmtiiigent (§32) (§26) load, t KSfAPi fWnr as8^kk|- yia^kk|in mdftl i-ii-) (-sir) talk scan- hvun-v,^ ^iHiif^ll dal, i. aji^ok^- jm^ok^ kdSl mk [-TS^*i] (-ikdftl) duck, L MfiitirKA fnnti agk^tdftl ySikikka take Air^&A fTilC across, t aiilgrdftl ySsidggir caress, i htArt-] (mSAqwo)-) (ysqijt) 4qjlt (Sqlj^) ^qjlf^o (fiqiiH mSqlft yaqum Mr iqiim iqum'^o n*r m^''^m(§8) ySqdbrS aqr4rS aqiirt^'o mfiqrirftt (§8) Participle (§31) ftai|kk4ini (-ia-) aal^okiwar ki A«^<: n JktA*T* aqqwctfl&r mfi6(§8) (aAqw«-) h*A* Sql46 (§ 8) Sqrdri Digitized by Google 328 Amharic Grammar. Simp. peri. (§2S) ftqq|r^JT|- H (-TJ) (-yf) htAA K+9 aq^nnS aqweayyft 2nd htru aqwcSyyah, etc. a{q)qitt|l| dbb^lf pot dose together,! Comp. peri (§»2) aqq|iAr(|)- bttftl (-y5-) OontingeDt (§26) y*qq§j^ nh (iy) bring near, t ^rbdal (^it-,.y5-) ySq^rb (-q4-. -ry) wound, t straighten, t Kt^O.A dqwti8(pldftl (iqsUl-) irtAA ySqwofe(Pl ySq^ng delay, t. ht^:i:A Sqw<»y3^- t5ftl ySqwciyy bum, t a(q)q^l)- 1^ yS(q)q^tftl embrace, t break one's word,L A4>^A Sqf^ fc-Oft.A (-yi-) ysqf ^A y^(pi (-^y-) Comp. impotl ^♦^-COA ySqq^r^ lib&l (-iy.) ySq^bfil (-q4-, -ry-) ^«AAA ySqwiit ^lit^o mSbl^t Sblft^ (-«y-. lit) («y-, -m t («y-, -pt-) ablilclia^o (-yi-) (-yi-) •WA^A*- mabl^&c (-yi-) (-yi-;§8) /•fl^ hiU- h-ac* •Wl^^ h-ad yibrS ItbrS dbjrt^o m^rit ibri (-F-) (-F-) (iy-) (■F-;§8) (-F-) ^A KflA h-a^ bis^o • mabb|8 dbb^ jf-ah h-ah (§8) 7Sbb|s dbb|s f-ahfii h-anti A'QAA- •roAA h-a/if. jSh^ Sbs|l Sl)8jl^O mSbs^ absll (-ys-) (-ys-) (-ys-) (-ys-. -al) (-ys-;-ftyy §6; §8) fttltUb httMlH KflA^^ •MAflA AaAflTf ySb^b^ ab4sb|s ab^sbls'^o mSb^b|s ab^sbti i-J^-) i-ii^Y-) (-y^-) (-y^sy-) Digi (-y4gy-;§8) izedbyGoOQl 332 Amharic Chrammar. Simp. perL (§25) Comp. pert (§32) Contingent (§26) ab^qS (ay-, -Iq-) finish, h-a4«A ^t5fil (-yq-) ySbfiS (-sy-.-iq-) Ann dbb|b| (-y|) bloom, I dbb|b5&l (-y»-) f-o-a y^b|b (-iy) dbb|d| bemad, l (-yd-) ySbd (-yd) ab^d|r| (ay-, -Idda-) lend, i ab|dd|rd&l (ay-,-4dd-) ySbfidir (-Sy-, -idd-) ab^jja (ay-, -4j-) 2nd -EO -jjah, eta make, t Mje*A ab^jjjtdfil (ay-, -iy) (-5y-, -iy) dbb^ti swell, L h'Q^ll.A §:bt5&l (-yt-) yab^ (-yt) ab^ttjri (ay-, -iWr) winnow, t. ab^t^r6&l (ay-, -it-) yafc ySb^tftr (-iy-. -it) attSU|l| decdy^ 1 fc;^O.A att^^ ySttil]|l Comp. impol (§32) ySb^&I (-5y-, -iq-) /•aaA yabl^bti (iy-) /^n^A ySlxifil (-yd.) ySb^dpSl /fl3(A ySb^jjSl (-5y-,-ii-) ^•noiA y^bt&l (-yt-) ^ot^a y«4t^ (-Sy-, -if) ^;^AAA ySttib]|liI Digitized by Google Appendix. 388 JnssiYe (§27) Imperative (§28) ySbqS (-yq-) (-yq-) f-a-a i-\Y) ySb^ddlr (-5y-, -ddd-) sb^dtr (ay-, -^d-) yib|jj ib|jj (iy-) (-yr) /n-pc y«b^t^ (-Sy-, 4t.) htt'?C (ay-, -if) att4l|[ (Gerund (§29) Ml** (-yq-) ibblb^o (-y-o) h-af' Sbd^'o (-yd-) ab^djc'^o (ay-, .^d-) ab^jjit^'o (ay-,-4j-) (-yt-) httTC ab^t^'^o (ay-, -4t-) ati^^o Infinitive (§30) mlibqii; (-yq-;§8) •ra-o mi (-|y) (-y*-) •MAC mSb^d^ (-5y-,-4dda-) mSb^jjat (-5y-. -^j-) •MT (-yr) •ranic inab^tt|r (-5y-,-itta-) •T;^AA mSttdl|l (-al) Participle (§31) ibqi (-yq-) MO. abbdbi (-yi) ib(b)dj (§8) hM£ ab|dd&ri (ay-, -add-) M'B' Sbic (^y-;§8) ab^ttdri (ay-, -att-) atdUri (-iyy§6;§8) Digitized by Google 834 Amharie Gframmar. Simp. perf. (§26) Comp. pert (§32) atfrr^ (-t4-) an^^T^ seal, t. earn, i put, t dtt|m5fil 4t|rf5ftl ^nurOftl MA AnnnasL diminish,! raise, t. ^nsdftl an^asS ani'^ok^ i^ok§ whisper,! ani^'ok^- kdftl (-skdftl) M^ an^qS wake, t. littqltdai aAq|lSfi7 doze, i. aAq^lftftdSl aAqfS^- q|S| move^ i aAq§s^(p- 85&1 Maa an^bbfb^ (-71) read, 1 SDb|b5fil (^b-,-iy-)| Oontingeiit (§26) y8tt{in yStirf (-ti) ^« ySns ySn^S yfini^ok^ iOk ySnflS ySAq|l£ffS: n*4*A y&liq|8^- q|s ySn^bb Comp. imperf. (§32) y^tt{iDSl yat^rftl ySn^rSl ySnsSl ySn^sSl y&ul'^ok^ iOk&I ySn^ftl f»+A*A ySAqalfiffftl ySAqfs^- fWA ySn^bftl Digitized by Google Appendix. 885 Jussive (§27) Imperative (§28) (Gerund (§29) yat1|m yitjrf dtt}m^o dtjrfo yixmr ftnur^o fiih y^nsS SnsS ins|t^o jSns^oki- idk ani^oki- dtik ani'^oki- [-TSh] (h&^o) ySAqS fiAqS SAqit^o ySAq|ldfS aAq|lifS aAq^lift^o ySAq|si- q(l)8 aAq|84q(S)s aAq|8^ q{P8-o y§iib|b (-Smb-, -jy) Siib|b (^mb-, ^y) Sjib|b^o (^b-,-iy-) Infinitive (§30) mStt|m min^p(§8) •nft inin|8 m^nsit(§8) mani^o- m^qllt(§8) mSAq^lifilt (§8) q|8 •nn-o mijibib (-amb-, -jy) Participle (§31) Strifi anw^ M7! find (-%■&) and^okft- iwdki i&qi aAq|lifi anb^i (amb-, -yi) Digitized by Google 886 Amharic Grammar. Simp, perl (§26) Comp. perl (§32) OantingeDt (§26) Comp. imped (§82) snore, purr, L fdftl ySAkwSnjf ySAkwSR|- f&l MhA be lame, l MtoJUA aAkjaOfil ySD^kk|8 ySii^kk|sil Mta-lfh-ff aAkwcosdk- cause to rustle, i aAkwoiii- ySAkwctfsdk- kwtts ySAkwa.8^- kwtis&l MtaQAA aAk|bdU$l§ (-yA-) roll, t Mtaao.A aAk|l>dU6&l (-yA-) ^ThQAA ySAkfb^ .(-yi-) ^TIHIA^A ySAkabtUli- aAkwikkwS clatter, L aAkwikwti- tdSl(-dkt-) ySAkwdk- kwa ^•>*i^A ySAkw^- kwfil Matm disturb, t. ^^d»*T ^VMA aimS:uw|t| (-WO.) ' anniutlt5&l ySnnSuwiit ySnnSawtt- tftl MfS. an^d|d^ aAgwcordg- kindle, i hum, i. MJC«.A Sndidd&l yfiiifld|d ySn^d gwttr ^I^J^A yan^didil ySn^ddSl ySAgwwrfg- gwtirSl Ml* ai4gg|t| sling over the shoulder, t fiA^t5ftl Digitized by VjO y&^ggitsi osle Appendix. 887 Jusnve (§27) (vaAkwirf §8) ySAkwoMnl- kwttd ySAkabSlp ySAkwakwS ySnniufit y£nd)d ySAg^curft- gwtir y^t AH. OB. ImperatiTe (§28) Gerand (§29) Infinitiye (§30) h'n\c« hJ^CC •nw* aAkwir|f aAkwir(p- m8Akwir|f (ilAkwirf f^o §8) X->li^ -rjhft ^Akis'^o mto|8 Alb-iTtf-l! Mta-tftf-iT •nta-lfh-Tf aAkwoid^ afikwcudi- mSAkwtusd- kwtii kwttS^o kwa>d MtaQAA MhQA- •nhflAA aAk^bSip aAkabdll'^o mSAk^balfl (-y^) (-yA-) (-y^, -al) M^^ M*itf-f •nu*i* aAkwikwS aAkwdkwtt- mSAkwi- f'o (-dkt-) kwit (§ 8) M»^ MohtR •7V»T annHuiit anniuiit^o (-4) fc'JjtJt Mf:f. •nw Sad|d Sudid^o m&id|d hrh^rc Mrh^'T-C •7Th^>C aAgwtari- aAgwoiTft- gwttr gwttp^o gWft»r Arrt- hn-f •TTrt- ^t SAgit^o m^Ag^t Participle (§31) aAkwftrifi Mill! SAyii(§8) aAkwotsi- kwftl (§8) aAkfbildi (-yi-;-iyy §6; §8) M9^ anniudd (§8) * Snd^ (§8) aAgw-) know, t A9^A du(ti)qd&l ydu(tt)q hoHaU auw|zdu- (-oizduwoi-) shake, t. h0H«-|i.A aaw|zduti- (auwcuz-) ftfHOKH yauw|zdu- wttz (yaawa>z-) A0-AAAA aud|I^- (-al&dda-) be idle, i. A«-i>AJtlA aad^d)ldftl yaad|l^d- (-ali-) awcottS expel, t AdHPrtA ySwfu^S (yauftl-) azz^m^t^ send on a campaign, XHr*A azz^mmi- t5&l /lin- Comp. imparl (§32) ySwflqti (yauf. -<»lq-) y5w(^ audildjl'^o mauddld^ aud^d^ (id-) (-4ldk-) (-d4r;4yy §6; §8) AlD^T* •TdMUl* AdH* dutt^o mdutit aud (§8) (-ffl.-^) fcMr-f •7ll«ii1- ATI-7* azz^m- mSzz^m- dzmdd mjt'^o m^t (-&t) (§8) Digiti zedbyGoOQk 3i^ iSf. <|2«> G«) ^\.* Vis** ^.•.H . ^v* >«v. V^ »^,*sV.\. ,**. Vr* <^> ^ .>' Jh ^-vsfiT ^JC \V-Mr >«:«« ^^-^..^^ ^ Aill.^iL. Digitized by Google Appendix. 843 Jusdye (§27) ydzur fittn y|z|z y|y (yi. yi) yjdar (yfij^) Imperative (§28) G^nmd (§29) Infinitiye (§30) hxtc izur Mte •7HC Ml-} A-MT •Till |z|n azn^o Mm Aii fwn |z^ azz^o azsigS azz^gt^o (§8) X)6 *!t* iy (I i) ajfo (mi^'at) id(DlS ddjlf^o m^(|)l&t (§8) dd|int mdd(Dinat idF (-ar) fidro (-ar) fcJtCT ht:Cfl nr:i!n Sdrjg^o mSdr|g (mdr-) Participle (§31) (H azw&ri fifi§6;§8) MPT (§8) M% azzftgi iyyi (ddi) Sd(|)m4d (§8) Sdiri adr^ Digitized by Google 342 Atnharie Orcmumar. ffimp. perf. (§26) Comp. perf. (§32) Oontbgent (§26) Comp.imperi (§32) az'^^ra turn round, i ^lzur6ftl ^lU-A ySz^^ril dzz^n| grieve, i. azndfil yAz(|)n rWVA hm order, t. AHA SIzzd&l ySzz JPHA ySzz&l aiz:^^gS yawn, i. KH'7:i:A azz%tdftl ^H;i WA yS&^ggfil ^yya(§44ft) 2nd hf U Sjyah, etc. see, i ^td&l 7^1 y^ (yS^ftl) addUS show favour, i. *JfA*A idptdftl (§8) ffA ySd^S (-di-) /AAA ySdil&I (-d^-) ad^nmi|t^ listen to, t hj^f«|I.A id)mt^ ffTV ySd^t (-di-) /A^-IA ySddmtal (-di-) ddd^ (-da.)' pass the night, i. ^r5ftl y^(l)r yadrftl ad^n-igj do, t. Aa-c^a Sdi^5ftl (iig- § 7rf) ySd^rg (-di-) Digitized by VjO yiSddrgftl (-di-j OQle Appendix, 343 Jussiye (§27) y|ZJZ y|y (yi. yi) y^(P5 yjd|r (yfii^) Imperative (§28) Gerund (§29) Infinitave (§30) izur AIM? dzur^o •THC aJzn^o azz^o •7ini mSzzftgit (§8) iy mliat (mS^at) ftd(|)la idjlt'^o •T/tAl* mdd(pidt (§8) ddjmt ftdjiut'^o m^(Dm|t (-ar) Sdro •7AC m^|r (-ar) ^drjg (fi^) Sdrjg^o mSdr|g (mir-) Participle (§31) azwari azi& .flfk§6;§8) MPT &zziz(§8) azzdgi iyyi id(|)U [*«:« (4di) Sa(Dmi$ (§8) Sddri adiigi Digitized by Google 844 Amharic Orammar. Simp. perf. (§25) hfA ad^bbS ddd|g| hlMttm aggflabiib- (-ys-) rmevr, t ambush, t. hunt, i sate, t tire, t grow, i be dirty, l completely disarrange, t serv^ t. Comp. perf. (§32) ddd|sdftl ^bt5&l (-yl^, -dbjt-. -dy.) addindftl ^5&1 Sdk{m5&l adgdsl ^(Dfdsi hlAfl'flai.A aggflfbdb- tdil MA<74lA ag^lgjl5ftl Contingent (§26) ySkldjja ySdiba (-di-.-i^ ySdd}n y^djn ySd|g ySd(Df /lAfl'Q'r ysgg»»f- bSbbjt (-ys-) ysg^i^ggii Comp. imperf. (§82) /Jt4A y^dlsfil WIA ySd^bfil i-dir, -yfil) yi!ddinfil yidinftl ySdik({)mSl ^JtPA ySd(Dgfti ySd(i)fftl /lAfHl«IA ySggjifr bSbbitAl (-ys-) flA^AA Iftl Digitized by Google Appendix, 345 Josuve (§27) Imperative (§28) Gernnd (§29) InflnitiTe (§30) Participle (§31) ddd|s 7Aft mSdd|8 dddis (§ 8) y^ODbs (-ys) (-ys) idjbt^o (-yt-,-db|t-, -dy-) m^bit i-yiU §8) lUl(|)bi (-yi) ySkid|ii dddin dddin^o 7AT m^dfn hfpi dddifi (-flfi§6;§8) yddjn ddjn'^o •7^1 (§8) (-fifi§6;§8) SfMr ySklkim Sdk|m Sdlqiu^o Sdklbii W7 miid^ yidaf Kite 5d(|)f^o Tuff ndUlff Mi, Sdifi Wlb(|)t (-yiy-) MAiHlf b(|)^ (-yiy-) AlAQ'Qfn agg^l^bib- (-yiy-) •wAnn-p b^b^t (-yiy-) ih7A009' agg|l|bi- b^ (-yAy-) Maia- ag^lgjl^o •riAiA Digit MA;!^ (-*yy§6;§8) zedbyGoOQk d46 Amharie Grammar. Simp. perf. (§26) (-y») (-ar^gga-) ag^bba aggSt>bS agwa>ndb- hv:y agg^na&fta 2nd -To -fiMh, etc. •) 2nd -To -ftMh, etc. ag^d^l Gomp. perf. Contingent (§32) (§26) be hrCQA rWM bligteredj. igwtirbd&l y§^<^b (-1T-) (-ry) shy, i. h7(M&A /7<:ic ag^rg|r6ftl ySgl^^r (agi-) (-arf) roar, I hl/^AA fr^ ^g|std&l ySg^ cause to M-a^fii rm enter, „„ „ - X ^btdEl ySg^bs marry, t. (-yt-) (-yS) giyein hp-ttHU fpn marriage. a«^btd&l ySggSbbS t. (-yt-) be bent, i. hT-'Hia.A /1-Wlft agw> cause a *1«.A fit: lack of, i ^dd^ ySg^d Oomp. unpen. (§32) f>cnA ySgirorfofil (-ry-) rSJ(-&rf) ySg^ flQA ySg^bSl (-val) ySjggSbbfil ri-Ml4A yil^gwain|b- b|8fil rwr^A ySgg|nSfl- fiftl ySg^Afifil ySg^d&l Digitized by Google Appendix. 847 Jussive (§27) yag^wiirb (-17) y^igsS y^bS (-ys) Sggdl (-yS) jSjgW(unib|s (-ftfk§6;§8) y^gjft (-flfi § 6) r»jf Imperative (§28) Oernnd 6 29) InfnitiTe (§30) igwiirb^o (-ry-) mdgwtir^b (-?y) (-gM •WCIC mSgfig|r (-Arga.) hi/"* m^t(§8) x<7n ^bS (-ys) 4g|bt^o (-yt-) idlgbit (■gy-;§8) aggdbS (-y5) aggdbt^o (-yt-) mi^gibdt {-yit;§8) A-hrnA Wh^ad •n-Mft agw m> atb'^o iuit|b Stdbi i-ff) (-IT) (-ty-) (-?y) (-yi) fHI* h«HI* hm-a* •7«lfl* h*nitt ySfct^ib(J)q att4b(|)q attibq^o mSttdbaq attab^i i'^m (-ya)q) (-yq-) (-y^q) Digit zedbyGoOQ 848 Amharie Orammar. Simp, perf . (§25) Mm dttS at^iqa at^m^^ (-ar-) atdrrS • o Amfl dttab| (-ya) attdbbfqi be orna- mental, i Gomp. pert (§32) ^t6fii Ocmtiiigeat (§26) fVf lack, t. ittdftl deepen, i dt|lq5&l /fllA^ bend, t. a^^mmdftl fmrr ySt^mmlm set (a trap), t. dtimddftl (Stm|d-) ySt^d be short, • ^trdftl purify, t ^rtdil y»^ (-4r.) wash, t. Stb^l (-ty-) squeeze, t attibqd&l (-yq-) ySttdbb|q Gomp. unpen. (§32) /I'qA ^'QA 7^ /mA^A ygMlqil (-*^) ySf^mmi- m&l /m^^A ySt^dAl /'P^A yitrfil /m^A ySt^ (4l^) /TflA yjitbal (-ty-) /«MI^A ySttdbb|qSl Digitized by Google Appendix. 849 Jussive (§27) Imperative (§28) Gerond (§29) Infinitive (§30) Participle (§31) mfe^t(§8) yjts (dtftt-o) mdtdt (§8) &C (-ffl.-di) (ystijq) ATA* dtjiq (fitiiq) hTA« dtjlq^o (atljq-) •TTA* gfcliqi /flir Amr Amf* •TfliflP^ Am«7«TL (§8) itdmm (§ 8) atdmm^o at^imi (yfitmjd) %nd (Simid) Atlmd^o (£^in|d''o) mfitm^ Stmij (§8) (-ar) •TfliC mftt^ (^) Stiri yitrS itrS • itjrt^o mitrdt (§*8) dtri (-IT) Xoi'll (-17) ATP atb^o (V) •Tm-a mit|b (-fV) Stibi (-yi) yatdbQpq (-y(l)q) a*tib(|)q (-ya)q) at^bq^o (-yq-) mSttibaq (-m) Dig attab^i (iyA-) tized by CjOO^ (60 Amharia Orammar. 1 Simp, perl (§25) Gomp. pert. OomfciiigeDt (8 26) (§32) Kmflfl at^bb|b| (-y|) make narrow, t. ^|b6ftl ftna ygt^b ffllQA ySt^bbftl perfiime. atndSl ydt(I)n yitnfil atdttS water, give drink to, t at$tt|t58l /moiA ySt^ttfil dtt|f| fold, i st(|)f6fii y^(i)fel at^ extinguish, lose, i 4tift^ ysfcffs ySt^ converse with, t adadu(tt)- t5&l ySdd^wttt ^-^^;^A y56a^wtf- tftl dcc|d| (-ada) reap, t. fi^dd&l yi^d&l afj^US boil, t ifiltd&l ySfi|lS ySfi|lftI (-fa.) be ashamed, i. ifr6&l Digitized by VjOC ;«^A y^Lfrftl 3gle Appendix. 861 Jnssive (§27) Imperative (§28) Gernnd (§29) TnfinitiTe (§30) yitbib ^b|b (-YiT) Stbjb^o (-nr-) nytm mfi:tb|b Xm7 at^tt|t-o (§8) pm9 5t(|)f-o idit|f ydtfS ySo&kiiit (y^ocaut) aocduiit AT** • dt|ft^o acc^(ii)- mitfiit (§*8) mS6&lu|t (-duft»t) (-ad) m&5|d (-ad) f9^ yiflS h9^ ifls mifldt, (§8) (-fe.) (-fa.) (-fa.) Participle (§31) Stbibi My-) Sltift (-fift§6;§8) (-ti-;§8; itdfi ATA aocduac (*§ 8) iay(§8) ifli (^) Digitized by Google 352 Amharie Orammar. ^ToSf*- Oomp. perf. Contangeat |Comp. imped (§26) (§32) (§26) 632) h4Mk destroy, i hVCOJi S^b flSUk^ affrr|S| dflrsH&I ySfj^ ySf|reftl {-fir) hUk gather up, A«9.A ^«l f«4A dff|8| t ^sdftl yftfs yftfe&l hiAii pour, i K«AA.A fdM fM6i af$8S|sa ^8|sdftl if|8SdftI yaf^ss ySf|8s&l hiM bursty t. A^7jt:i:A ^iLM ^iCMA af^n^da af^nd|t5il y&ifn^da y&f|a^d&l ACT 8. hiss, L . he?ii:tk^ fC^ /C?A af'6fifia af^6flfi|t5ftl ySf^^Ofifi ySfdiiiSftl 2nd -7U • -fiftah, etc. AiLmt hasten, t. AWXA ^ATl ^AT9A af^tt^ni Sftind&l yaf^t(pn yaf^t(Dnftl (-^ta-) (-fd-) (-fSr) whistle, L hy-fr*A f^'B' /?-^A afwS^ afwictdfil ySfwSdc ySfwS6cSl 2nd -iau (-fwdyyt- -o^fth, etc. §7rf) hAhA hinder, i hAhOiA ^hAllA ^hAhAA kal^kkala k^lklldsl yjkalfkkjl yjkaliklq- laJ hr^- kwcor^ rdftl kwttr (-r^) (-r^) M become hA:l:A f,M ^ssS thin, i k^stdftl yik^sS hAA accuse, i hjLA f^m k^88§8f kdssd&l yjk^ss Md be IHI&A fitmc ^hh^ honoured, • k^brdftl yjk^MDr (-ba-) L i'lr-) (-^T-) hail be heavy, IWI«,A JMHIJC k^bb|d| i. kibdMl yjk^bd (-yd-) (-yd) h'M" pack, i hUPi f^Mr k^tt^t^ k^tt5ftl yjk^tt M run away, hjt*A fi.M k^dS L k^(pt^ yjk^dS *>; renounce. tl«.A jMiJt yuli t. k|d5ftl yWd hfil coyer, t hjtXA j6llJt"» k^d^nf k^dftl yik^(l)n Comp. imperl (§32) y|kwatr^- kwttrSl ^h4A yik«>(Dr4l (-*y-) y|k4bd&l (-yd-) y^ttfil 7|k^ f.'MA yjk|dfil yjk^dODnil Digitized by Google Appendix. 365 Jussive Imperative (§28) Oemnd Infinitive (§27) (§29) (§»0) J&tl-Ctf« IH»C IHCIM? n-b-Ch-C yjkwwr- kwtttikwtir kw6irk?rtt- iD}kwi'» Inf,-* hft-T i^^if,-* y^d|Il kid«n k^dn^o m^d^ Participle (§31) kwurkwiri his k^ (kal^-£-di) hAH k^sfii (§ 8) M£ k|b&ri (-yi-) hnje (-y^;§8) (§8) hS k|j (kaj.-31-ji) k^' (-^ -ji) kflifl (-fifi§6;§8) 23—2 Digitized by Google 366 Amharie Grammar. Simp, peril (§86) Oomp. perf. (§82) CoDtiiigeiit (§26) hi. be bad, L h**A k^ftdfil ^hi. h^ divide, i hf:d,A. k^fld&l j&h«A yik^(l)i (-ki) k^|t| open, t h**A k^t5ftl yjwft k|^kk$f| sprinkle, t. h«h^A kffkif5&l y|k|f^kkjf w6( spend noon, L •^A w|ld&l j&0*A (j^wiayta) get dislo- cated, i. •A«A w^qd&l yjw^q (yuf . -iA-) «AoA wipe, t. OiAtf^A w^wpdftl (-Iwiil-) (yu|r, -wtil) •All* (wi-, wZ^UW6>-) W6)dd|q| shake, i fflJift w fall. love, Wwggg Wgg (yu<^) JlWiufS |6«^ ^W^$ (yu^) yjwwt^r . (y«<^) ^««A 7}waz|awii- z&l (yu^, .oafa-) ^«Xr;'>A yiwwdOpqal (yu*^) j&0^A j^w weidd^o m^wtid|d (m|ad-) (ytig-) m^wttgit (m^-;§8) yjwtitS (ydtS) wJtS (wiits) m^wtitdt (mfJit.;§8) y|^ (y^; §8) wftt (m|;iit;§8) ]&4DTC (yudJ.) watjr mfC wwttjr^o (m^ctf-, -ar) Participle (§31) (waJ-;§8) woKiUkii (§8) w^gi (WftJ-, ^(tt-) (w«»-,-fla.-ci) wft$ (-ffl.-$i) wcott&ri Digitized by Google 862 Amharie Orammar. Simp. perf. (§25) (-ar-) HAA (-ar-) z^rrS (z4-) zfr^ggS (za.) z^rr^fi^ (z^) Il+ll* z^^zzfq^ Oomp. perl (§32) Cantingciit (§26) be thick, I •«&A iM«C w P9M:^ d^d|Id&l (di-) ^d^l^djl (.ftii-) bleed, L R^*A f-sn d^mt^ (di.) Tld^mS (-d^) gin, t dimt^ fArt ^ddinm|t arriye, i. RCflLA fS'fJCh dfrsd&l (di-) yid$rs (-di-) dry, i IIC#A f,f,c¥ d^6ftl (d^) ^dipq (A-) handle, t. ilflLA ddssdftl fAMi yidis^a mix, i A-flAdtA ^llflA* d$bl)q6&l (d^, -yl-) yidfb^q (-da-, -|y^-, -iu-) recover, L JtXA JiJtr'* d|n6ftl Jid^ wonder, 1 ll'»*;^A f.f.'i*dh^ d^q^'otSl (d^) (-di-) Comp. imperl (8 32) yjdjlfldj- ISl (-ali-) f'KnA yid^mlU (-di.) ^ddmn4tsl y|d^l (-di-) yjd^rqfil (-di-) fAhMi y|di8fi|3Sl jtj^aA;^A yjdjb^qal (-da-, -^yf, -ill-) Jtft-TA y|d|nfil yjd44q|i«I (-di-) Digitized by Google Appendix. 867 Jossive (§27) 7|din5 y|d4mt(§8) yidr|8 y|.A j% j4l6ftl UilSal) 1 Digitized by VjO( 3Qle Appendix. 860 Joasive (§27) Imperative (828) Oentnd (§29) Infinitiye (§30) Partidple (§31) ^dlbnbjr dimb|r d^blr'^o mjd^mb^ (-fir) damb^ i-di.) Tlddfi -fift§6;§8) dftft (-flft § 6) (di.) difit^'o m|d^Ag|t (-ligfi.) aotnt m|ddfi(fl)at d^Ag^ (d4-;§8) dftft (-ftfi§6; y|dknn d&(Pm^o m^kfin Ah-l dfikdmi dfuwtU d^wtil^o «»A0A m|d|uw|I d^uw^ (4yy§6;§8) 7|dg|m dfeam d^gm^o (d^mm^o, dl-) m^dgam (da-) AW d$g8if (dir) d^g^f-o (d^) midfgg^f yj*A- maj^mm^ (-fil) (.fir) y^b (-iy;§8) /lA-fl gftlb (-ly) ;>AP gfl(Db-o (-y-o) ^pA-fl m^^b (■fy) ^lAfHlT yig^|b4bt (-gir,-yiy-; §8) 1AIH1T g|l|bdbt (gi,-y6y-; §8) -lAO-n/n gll^bibf^o (-yiy-) m^^bi- (-yiy-) jigiibii (■y|-) lA-OT giibit (-n-) lA'flin g&b|t-o (-yi-) m^bat {-ly-. -m ^^ rftl(-«rf) y}gwo>r^- g«|ral (-ro%gwto-) ^7CiA yjg^rftl J&lA^4A yig|Ng83- 8fii(-dig-) p-MA ^g^ (-y*i) yig^bjriU yjgitsi ^7VA tf QO^ ■•■■III J&74A ^g^ Digitized by Google Appendix. 878 Jnfldye (§27) Imperatiye (§28) Tig^rgir (-gwttr) 'hCHl (-gwttr) J&7A1A (-ga-) g^ (gft-) ^10 yfebs 10 gibs (-ys) j^bbjr g^bbip ftp* yfeit (§ 8) ;>* f. pi- gftt, fgfid yfenfn y|g»« 1H gi»s Gtorand (§29) icTir (g&-) (-gwttp^o) ice g^rfo ■IftiA InfinitiTe (§30) ■Ml-f g^bt^o (-yt-) ■MIC g^bbjp^o 1* 7T TM-f «b7C7C mjgffgF (-irga-) in|gwfi»r- gw«ir m^gr|f mfg$8g)8 m^bdt (-gy-;§8) n»§g^bbfr (-ar) m^t(§8) m^gzat (§8) Participle (§31) ICpd gfrgdri (gfi^) gwnrgynn g^fl (ga-) 7A;iT! (§8) 10. g^bi (g^. -yi) 70^ gfta 7^ gondii (-flft§6;§8) 7Pr gj* (ga-.-TC-li) Digitized by Google 874 Amhatie Orommw. Simp, perf . (§25) ■HI gwcuddS IRA >AA gw -jy) yjg^d y|g^ yjg^djf (-gi-) Coou). imperf. e32) y|gw«dftl yjg^difti (-g^-, -gi) Jt>JtAA y^gwcidlfil ^^JtOA 7}g^d|b«l {-gi-. -jy-) Jbl^A Jlg^dsl ^tJt*A 3^g|df«l j|gfld|ffil (-g«^) 7|g|tftl ^rp^A 7|g^t({)mS] Digitized by Google Appendix. 876 Jussive (§27) y^wttds (41) yjgdddlb {5^. -iy) y|gd§d yjgd|f yjg^djf 7|g^t (§8) pnokf* Imperatiye (§28) g^wlidS gjdfl (-al) >JtA g;wttd^ (-al) gfddib (g^. -jy) g^ddjf gftt gjt^ Qerund (§29) gwcJd(Dt^o (g^U^O, g^r) gwcJdl^o g^d|b^o (g^. iy^o) g^d^o g^df^o {sir) g^dif'o giro InfinitiTe (§30) m^gwtiddt (§8) m$gd^ mdgwtid|I (-aJ) m|g^d|b (-g^. -|y) m§gd|d m^gdff m^gfddjf m^t(§8) Participla (§81) gWft»j (-^ -ji) gfd^ (gi;-4yy §6; §8) gw -rr-) Digitized by Google Appendix. 379 JoflsiTe (§37) Imperative (§28) Oenind (§29) InfinitiTe (§30) tiim^o (§8) y|tni|m t(in|m m^tmftm m^tm^q 7|tinaxi (§8) 7|tfin4z earrsn^ mrnH A tfiqfs* Aid t^bbS Ccnnp. perl (§32) Oontiiigent (§26) clean, i AlfTIA t^rg^ (-tir) doubt, i m(-t(u-) J6T*ft T+ft Al^^ 0^T*h yitqjs t4q«8 t^S^O m^as ^Tfl Tfl fll-fl-f mrnt yJtbi (-ty-) t|b5 (-ys) (-yt-) m^^bit (-ty-; § 8) Partdoiple (§31) tfigi (ta-) tartiri (ta-) tysd (tfti) tfiiii (ti-; -iyy §6; §8) taq&ni (t&-) t^qqwdmi * (t«-) tfiiS (§ 8) mil. tdbi (ti-. -yi) Digitized by Google 382 Amharic Orammar. Simp. perf. (§26) AiQA i(bb|q^ t$bb|q| AiQQ t^bb^b} i-vt) tanfiqwo*- (-y&-) (-71) • o * • griU. t be tied tight^ L guard, i be narrow, L prick, i ask, bake^ i haye enough (food,etG.),i drink, t Oomp. perl (§32) t^bs^ (-ys-) (■yq-) |^bb|qdftl miLA t^bdftl t^Aqwttldftl tiyyjq^ -PJ&.A ${d^ ai^a.A t^|)b6fil (t4-, -75-) ^ (§8) dftft(-ftfi§6; iMk'fi All C§8) $0^ Aii.aB. 25 Digitize d by Google 886 Amharic Orammar, ffimp. perl (826) T^r Contingent (8 26) writer i 4A bon, L /.AAA (fi-) yjfijlS make a slightsearch for. i seek, t AASIA fear, i iLC:i:A %t5&l (ft) (-fi-) be mined, L Aca.A fl^rs66l (fi-) (-ft) judges L AC«,A fj^dftl (fi-) (.ft) leak, i i^diA fj^SS^ yjfilas scrape^ i ««A f|q«&l %qfd» aUow, t A*«,A %(|)d«ftl (ft) yjfiK^Pd (-ft) Oomp. imparf. (8»2) y|8(f«l ^AA ^AAJ9A yjfipijgai ^iL^A (-ft) J&iLC4A yj;f||r8Sl (-ft) l&iLC^A y|f||pdftl (-ft) ^/>kA |i«^A y|f|qftl i&iL4>^A y}fiK(l)d«» (-ft) Digitized by Google Appendix. 387 Jnssiye (§27) Imperative (§28) (Gerund (§29) Infinitiye (§30) Participle (§31) f,A9 «« irc «•«« A4, y^(§8) laf s^o m|9if(§8) ^ J&«A «A iLA-f •k:a1- tAj& yjflS fps (fi.) in4flit.(§8) (^yy § 6) fiMPil iLAA^ iLAA^ 0m^fiM iLAAX yjf#ig ¥% i5^(Pgwo m^il|g f^i&ligi fidMl ^LA^ i.M «»^^ AAX yjffUig w? ipig^o mffj^Ufg f^lligi j&«^ «^ iX-f m>«^^ L& yJfrS f|rS (fi-) m^t(§8) (fii-) j&«<:A 4JCfi im9£h iL^lf yifrjs (fi-) m^fr|8 (fi-;§8) J6«<* «<* UCf- •i-WJt /^3f yjfryi f|r|d fj^^'O (fir) m^fr^ («i-;§8) J&«AA ^ 0o9ikn iLAT! y|fe|8 f^as^o m^Sa^ £|8id(§8) ^4* *♦ «« dH^ i4 yi«k(§8) fftq fiq'^o in^iq(§8) fiqi liwjf Wjt 4,¥f' *»«*Jt. A^J? yifqfd fiq|d (fi-) in^q|d %^(§8) 26—2 Digitize d by Google 388 (S2S) I OoiipLpefl I «») (S32) untie, t : y^^ (-Itta-) test, t 1 more, t yi^n^qq)! bunt, L fi^d|t6ftl y^fip^di y^^dfil (-ar-) boast, L yjfijkkjr y|f|kkirfil A0A cnre^ t. fiuwttsO&l ^fi^wtisSl ^&(fi^) 2nd -Ku -Uah, etc. (fa-) 2nd-3^U -jjiUi,etc. destroy,! destroy utteriy, i %j(ptd&i (fii.) %j4j(pt6&i (fa-) mi (-ft) (-fa-) Digitized by V^j( (-ft) yjfoj^ijfil (-fS.) 30Qle Appendix. 889 JnssiTe (§27) y^dS IU.I1C y|ffkkjr yjf||awtis (§8) (-fi-;§8) Imperative (§28) Qerond (§29) Infinitive (§30) «;^ iL^hf flM::M- f|tS fi^t(|)t^o mfftit (§8) AJ« A*ff -•iL+l i)^tt|ii''o (itta-) iL-y^A A-***- d^A-l+A f^q|l f|^q|l''o inaf|^q{l AlJt* ««iLl4^ fj^dit^'o (§8) iLtiC Allf? «»^C f^kkjr f^kkip^o m|£|kkar (-ar) fi&uwtis^o m|f|uwa8 «» ^J^f «H«* fij fi^jdro m^j&t (f<^;§8) (fft-) m|fajij&t (.fa-) Participle (§81) (fa-, -1! -ffl) fdttdft (fi; -lift §6; §8) fdAqQ (-^yy§«;§8) f^ (f i-, -5t -ji) fakUri o (§8) tAje (fft-, -It -ji) (ft; §8; -^ -ji) Digitized by Google 390 Amharic Cframmar. Simp, perl (§2g) MM (fir) 2nd-afcU -^dah,etc. mb. hasten, i. grind, t. Oomp. peri (§32 ) %f|gdfil fi^t(|)n^ (fi) (fir) Oontdngent (§26) Camp, imperi (§32) yj%g$flr|g«l j6AT^A yifi^t(pn8i (-dr) Digitized by Google Appendix. 891 Jussive (§27) Imperative (§28) Gtomnd (§29) Infinitive (§»0) Participle (§3l[ JBA1€>7 dJlV^ An^ amiM^.I A-W-X men^ %% filgfjgwo 009%% %gf^ fiVan Vrnt ATT tfvfVnl IM^ yjft|n n^ fi|t(|)n-o (ft) m^ft^ (ft; -ftfi §6; §8) f,fi9 ** 4,1^ «»«A^ A* m n$ (ft) m^f^t (fa-,-«.-d Digitized by Google Digitized by Google INDEX. {The wmnbers refer to the panngrapha.) abstract rendered by concrete, 84. accent^ 8. accusatiyey adverbialy 56€f d. accusatiye, determinate, 566. accusative, determinate and in- determinate together, 56«, 836. accusative, double, 56/ accusative, Ethiopic, 9d. accusative for nominative, 56h. accusative, indeterminate, 56a. accusative of noun, formation of, 9c, 10. accusative, omission of personal pronoun representing, 615. accusative, position o^ 55a. accusative, specific, 56c, d. accusative, use of, 56. adjacent vowek, contraction of, 7a. adjectival clause, 62a. adjectival clause, position of, 82. adjective, 10. adjective, position of, 57a. adjective used as adverb, 46, 57c adverb, 46. adverb, position o^ 73c, A adverbial accusative, 56c, d. adverbial clause, position o^ 82. adverbial expression, position o( 73c, dL adversative proposition, 75. alphabet, phonetic, 3. Amharic characters, 4a. Amharic, dialects o( 15. Amharic, field of, la. Amharic, place of in Semitic Family, 2. Amharic syllabary, 4a. anomalies of pronunciation, 7dL anomalous biliterals, common, 44. article, 11. article, generic use of, 59d, article, transference o( 595. article, use of, 59. assimilation of consonant by fol- lowing consonant, 7c, d. biliteral verbs, coqjugation o^ 42. biliterals, common anomalous, 44. breaches of concord, 535, 54d. cardinal numerals, 20a. case, 9c, 55, 56. Digitized by Google 394 Amharic Grammar. case of relative pronoun, 62e. caosatiye form in hA-, use of, 6a causatiye form of verb, coqjuga- tion of, 41d,e,/ caosatiye form of verb, forma- tion o^ 22. characters, Amharic, 4a. characters, interchangeable, 4b. characters, value o^ 46. clauses, order of, in sentence, 82. comparison, degrees of, 5a composite prepositions, 47b. composite tenses, 24b. compound imperfect, 24a. compound imperfect, formation and inflexion o^ 32. compound imperfect with poten- tial force, 63c. compound perfect, 24a. compound perfect, force of, 63a. compound perfect, formation and inflexion of, 32. compound sentence, 82. concord in gender, 54a, d. concord in number, 63. concrete for abstract, 84. conditional sentence, 81. conjugation of biliteral verbs, 42. conjugation of causative form of verb, 41c^ e,/. conjugation of negative verb, 3a conjugation of passive form of verb, 41a> 6, c conjugation of quadriliteralverb, 36. conjugation of reflexive form of verb, 41a) 6, e. conjugation of regular triliteral verb, 34, 35. conjunction, 4a conjunctions, prefixing of to con- tingent, 45. conjunctions, use o^ 48» 72. consonant, assimilation of by following consonant^ 7c, d. consonant, modification of by following vowel, 76, 436. consonants, 3. consonants, doubling of, 5, 6. contingent, 236. contingent, formation and in- flexion o^ 26. contingent, prefixing of conjunc- tions to, 45. contingent, use o^ 64 contraction of adjacent vowels,7a. co-ordinatedprincipalclauseB,74. crasis, 7a. dative, personal pronoun repre- senting, 12c, 61a, c degrees of comparison, 5a demonstrative pronoun, 13a. derived forms of verb, 22. derived forms of verb, conjuga- tion of, 41. determinate accusative, 566. determinate and indeterminate accusative together, 56e, 836. determination of gender, 546. determinative, position of, 73c, dL Digitized by Google Index. 305 dialects of Amharic, 16. diminutiye use of femmine, 54c. diphthongs, 3. direct question, 76, 77. disjunctive personal pronoun, 12a. disjunctive personal pronoun, use of, 606. displacement of u, 7d. distributive pronoun, 18. distributive sense, words re- peated in, 83a. double accusative, 56/ doubling of consonants, 5, 6. emphasis, 83. enclitics, 8. English participle, rendering of, %7d. epithet, position of, 57a, 73c. Ethiopic accusative, 9d Ethiopic, relationship of Am- haric to, 2. feminine, diminutive use of, 54c. field of Amharic, la. final consonants, doubling of, 6. forces of tenses, 24, 63. formation of nouns, 50. fractions, 20c. gender, concord in, 54a, d. gender, determination o^ 546. gender of noun, 9a, 10. gender, words of variable, 54e. generic use of the article, 59d gerund, 22b. gerund, construction of, 65c, d. gerund, force of, 236, 746. gerund, formation and infiexion of, 29. gerund, use o^ 65a, 6, 74a. imperative, 236. imperative, formation and in- flexion of, 2a imperfect, compound, 24a. imperfect, compound, formation and inflexion of, 32. imperfect, compound, with po- tential force, 63c imperfect, past, 246, 33a. imperfect, simple, (=contingentX 236, 24a. impersonal verb, 43a. indefinite pronoun, 16. indeterminate accusative, 56a. indicative, 236. indirect narration, 80. indirect object, 736. indirect question, 78, 79. infinitive, 236. infinitive, construction o^ 666. infinitive, formation and in- fiexion of, 30. infinitive, use o^ 66a, 78c. interchangeable characters, 46. interjection, 49. interrogative pronoun, 15. intonation, 8. intransitive verb, personal suf- fixes attached to, 61c introductory nominative, 556. Digitized by Google 806 Amharic Orammar. jussive, 236. jussive, formation and inflexion of, 27. last radical doubled, verb with, 25, 42a, h. mental action, verbs expressing, 63rf,e. mood, 23&. narration, indirect, 80. negative coqjugation, 37, 38. nominative, introductory, 556. nominative, position of, 55a. noun, 9, 10. nouns, formation o^ 50. number, concord in, 53. numerals, cardinal, 20a. numerals, ordinal, 206. object, indirect, 736. object, position of, 736, ciL omitted English words rendered in Amharic, 85. order of clauses in sentence, 82. order of words in sentence, 73, 83c. ordinal numerals, 206. participle, 236. participle, construction of, VJc participle, force of, Q7h. participle, formation and in- flexion o^ 31. participle, r^idering of English, participle, use of, 67a. passive form of verb^ conjuga- tion o^ ildyhjC passive form of verb, formation 0^22. past imperfect, 246, 330^ perfect, compound, 24a. perfect, compound, force o^ 63a perfect, compound, formation and inflexion of, 32. perfect, simple, 21, 24a. perfect, simple, force o^ 63a. perfect, simple, inflexion o^ 25. personal pronoun, 12, 60, 61. personal pronoun, redundimt, 61d,6. personal pronoun representing accusative, omission o^ 616. personal pronoun representing dative, 12e, 61a, c phonetic alphabet, 3. pluperfect, 246, 336. plural for singular, 526. plural of noun, formation o^ 96, 10. polite form of address and refer- ence, 12, 26, 526. position of accusative, 55a. position of adjective, 57a. position of nominative, 55a. possessive expressed by prepo- sition, 70. potential force of compound im- perfect, 63c. Digitized by Google Index. 397 predicate, positioii of, 57a> 736. prepofiitioD, composite, 47b. prepodtioD, constructioD of, 69a. preposition expressing posses- sive, 70. preposition, position o^ 696. preposition, simple, 47a. primitiye form of verb, 21. process, verbs expressing, Q3d, e. pronoun, case of relative, 62e. pronoun, demonstrative, 13. pronoun, distributive, la pronoun, indefinite, 16. pronoun, interrogative, 15. pronoun, personal, 12, 60, 61. pronoun, reciprocal, 19. pronoun, reflexive, 17. pronoun, relative, 14. pronoun, use of relative, 62. pronunciation, variations and anomalies of, 7dL punctuation, 4e. quadriliteral verb, conjugation o^ 36. quantity of vowels, 46, 7d. question, direct, 76, 77^ question, indirect, 78, 79. reciprocal pronoun, 19. redundant personal pronoun, eid, e. reflexive form of verb, conjuga- tion of, 41a> b, c reflexive form of verb, forma- tion of, 22. reflexive pronoun, 17. regular triliteral verb, conjuga- tion of, 34, 35. relative pronoun, 14. relative pronoun, case o^ 626. relative pronoun, use o^ 62. repetition of word, 83a> b. root of verb, 21. Semitic Family, place of Am- haric in, 2. sentence, compound, 82. sentence, conditional, 81. sentence, simple, 73. sex, method of indicating, 546. simple imperfect («> contingent), 235, 24a. simple perfect, 21, 24a. simple perfect, force of, 63a. simple perfect, inflexion of, 26. simple prepositions, 47a. simple sentence, 73. singular for plural, 52a. smallness denoted by feminine, 54c specific accusative, 56€f d. state, verbs expressing, 63c{, e. subject, position o^ 73(. subordination of clauses co-or- dinated in English, 74a, b. substantival clause, position o^ 82. substantive, 9. substantive, formation of accu- sative of, 9c. Digitized by Google 808 Amharic Grammar. sabstaDtiye, formation of plural o^9&. subetantiye, gender o^ 9a. subetantiYe used as acyective, 576. subBtantiye used as adverb, 46. syllabary, Amharic, 4a. tenses, 24. tenses, forces o^ 24, 6a transference of the article, 596. triliteral verb, conjugation of, 34, 35. u, displacement o^ 7dL value of characters, 46. variable gender, words of, 54e. variations of pronunciation, 7d. verb, conjugation of biliteral, 42. verb, conjugation of derived forms o^ 41. verb, conjugation of quadri- literal, 36. verb, conjugation of regular tri- literal, 34, 35. verb, derived forms o^ 22. verb, impersonal, 43a. verb, negative, 37, 38. verb, position o^ 736. verb, primitive form of, 2L verb with last radical douUed, 25, 42a, 6. verbs, common anomalous In- literal, 44 verbs expressing a state, process or mental action, 63d^ e. voice, 23a. vowel, modification of preceding consonant by, 76, 436. vowels, 3. vowels, contraction of a^jac^it, 7a. vowels, quantity o^ 46, 7dL words omitted in English ren- dered in Amharic, 85. OAMBBIDOB : PBIMTSI) BT JOHN OLAT, M.A. AT THE UNITBB8ITT PBE88. Digitized by Google CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS ORIENTAL LANGUAGES, ETC. A Grammar of the Arabic Language, translated from the German of Caspar!, and edited, with numerous additions and corrections, by W. Wright, LL.D. Third Edition. Revised bj W. Robertson Smith and M. J. db Goijb, Professor of Arabic in the University of Leyden. Demy 8vo. Vol. I. ixr. 6d, Vol. II. I5J. Elementary Arabic. A Grammar. By Frederic Du Pre Thornton, being an abridgement of Wri|4it*8 Arabic Granunar. Edited by Reynold A. Nicholson, M.A., Lecturer in Persian in the University of Cambridge. Crown 8vo. 6s. Net. Elementary Arabic. First Reading-Book. By Frederic Du Pre Thornton and Reynold A. Nicholson, M.A. Crown 8vo. 6x. Net. The Modem Egyptian Dialect of Arabic. A Grammar, with Exercises, Reading Lessons and Glossaries, firom the German of Dr K. VoLLBRS. With numerous additions by the Author. Translated by F. C. Burkitt, M.A. Crown 8vo. lor. 6d. Grammar of the Dialects of Vernacular Syriac. As spoken by the Eastern Syrians of Kurdistan, North- West Persia and the Plain of Mosul, with notices of the Vernacular of the Jews of Azerbaijan and of Zakhu near Mosul. By Arthur John Maclean, M. A., F.R.G.S. DemySvo. i8j. Poems of Beha ed din Zoheir of Egypt. With a Metrical Translation, Notes and Introduction, by E. H. Palmer, M.A. i vols. Crown 4to. Vol. I. The Arabic Text. lor. 6a Vol. II. English Translation. lor. 6iL Vocabularies of the Kamba and Kikuyu Languages of East Africa. By Hildbgarde Hinde (Mrs Sidney L. Hinde). Crown 8vo. 3J. Net. The Masai Language. Grammatical Notes, together with a Vocabulary. Compiled by Hildegarde Hinde. Crown 8vo. 31. (id. A Grammar of the Somali Language with Examples in Prose and Verse. And an account of the Yibir and Midgan Dialects. By T. W. C. Kirk, B.A., King's College, Gunbridge, Lieutenant, Duke of Comwairs Li^t Inftintry and 6th (Somaliland) Battalion, King's African Rifles. Demy 8vo. 7/. $